Harrier Hybrid 201706 Eng

Translated from Japanese to English - www.onlinedoctranslator.
com
Illustration table of contents An illustrationSearch from
1 For safety and security to customersThings you must read
2 How to read the meter Types and how to read meters/warning lights/indicator lights, etc.
3 Operation of each part Opening/closing doors and door glass, adjusting before driving, etc.
Fourdriving Operations and advice necessary for driving
FiveIndoor equipment/functions How to use indoor equipment, etc.
6 How to care for it Car care and maintenance methods
7 In case of emergency What to do in case of breakdown or emergency
8 Vehicle information Information on car specifications and features that can be selected according to your preferences, etc.
symptomsSearch from
soundSearch from
Sakein
alphabetsearch for
Japanese syllabarysearch for

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS table of contents
Things you should know........... 6

How to read this book................................... 10
3 Operation of each part
How to search................................... 11
Illustration table of contents................................... 12 3-1. Key
Key...................................................92
1 For safety and security
3-2. How to open, close and lock the door
Door (front door/
1-1. For safe use rear door)...................................98
Before driving................................ 22 Backdoor................................... 104
For a safe drive......24 Smart entry &
Start system..........118
Seat belt.......................................... 26
SRS airbag.......................... 33 3-3. Seat adjustment
For your child's safety......41 Front seat................... 124
Children's seat................................ 42 Rear seat....................... 126
child seat power easy

Installation................................... 50 Access system/
Position memory/
Precautions regarding exhaust gases..........56
Memory call ...................... 128
1-2. Hybrid system Headrest................................... 133
hybrid system
3-4. Handle position/mirror
Features................................... 57
Handle................................... 136
hybrid system
Caution................................... 61 Inner mirror................... 139
Door mirrors....................... 141
1-3. Anti-theft device
Auxiliary confirmation device................... 143
Immobilizer system......66
Auto alarm ................................ 67 3-5. Door glass
Opening and closing the moonroof
2 How to read the meter Power window......144

Panoramic moonroof .......... 147
2. How to read the instruments
Warning lights/indicator lights......72

Instruments ................................................ 76
multi information
Display................................... 80
Energy monitor/
Fuel consumption screen/ESPO screen......85
3
4-5. About driving support devices

Fourdriving
Toyota Safety Sense P... 212
PCS (precrash
4-1. Before driving safety system)..........218
Before driving...................154 LDA (Lane Departure)

Alert [ Steering 1
Precautions when loading luggage..........164
]) with control function......229
4-2. How to drive radar cruise
power (ignition) Control
2
Switch...................................165 (With full vehicle speed tracking function)...... 239
EV drive mode..........171 Clearance sonar..........251

Transmission..........174 intelligent
Clearance sonar..........262 3
Direction indicator lever..........179
Devices that assist driving.... 274
Electric parking brake ......180
Brake hold...................184 4-6. Driving advice
Four
hybrid car driving
4-3. How to turn on the lamp/
Advice................................... 281
How to use wipers
Driving in cold weather.......................... 283
Lamp switch..........................187 Five
adaptive high beam
FiveIndoor equipment/functions
System................................190
automatic
6
High beam...................................195 5-1. Air conditioner and defogger
Fog light switch..........200 How to use
wiper & washer Auto air conditioner................... 288

(Front)..........................202
7
Seat heater/
wiper & washer Seat ventilator......298
(Rear)...................................206
5-2. How to turn on indoor lights
4-4. How to refuel 8
List of interior lights....................... 300
How to open the fuel filler port......208
･Personal lamp/
Front room lamp....301
･Rear room lamp..........301
Four TABLE OF CONTENTS table of contents
5-3. Storage equipment
List of storage equipment..........................303

6 How to care for it
･Accessories case......304
･Glove box..........304 6-1. How to care
･Card holder....304 Exterior care.......................... 324
･Console box..........305 Interior care....................... 328
･Cup holder/ 6-2. Simple inspection/parts replacement
Bottle holder..........306
Bonnet................................... 331
Equipment in the luggage room..........308
Garage jack....................... 334
5-4. How to use other indoor equipment
Refilling washer fluid ..........335
Other interior equipment..........311
About tires................... 337
･Sun visor......311 About tire pressure..........341
･Vanity mirror..........311 Replacing the air conditioner filter... 343
･Clock...................................312 Replacing the battery of the electronic key..........345
･Accessory socket/ Inspecting and replacing fuses ............. 347
accessories
Outlet ................................314 Replacing light bulbs ............. 350
･Armrest...................320
･Coat hook...................321
･Assist grip..........321
･Steering switch....322
Five
7 In case of emergency 8 Vehicle information
7-1. First of all 8-1. Specification list
When something goes wrong...................366 maintenance data

(Specified fuel/ 1
emergency flashing lights
(hazard lamp)..........367 oil amount, etc.)......428
Flaming cylinder...................................368 8-2. Customization function

To stop the vehicle in an emergency ......370 User customization 2
Function list ................................ 434
7-2. What to do in an emergency
8-3. Initial settings
About towing.......................371
Items that require initial settings ............. 445
3
When the warning light comes on......377
warning message
When displayed ................382 Sakein
Four
When you get a flat tire
(tire puncture In times like this
(Vehicles equipped with emergency repair kit)....386
(Symptom-specific screening)................................. 448
When you get a flat tire Five
When the car makes a noise
(Vehicle equipped with emergency tires)...400
(Sound sound)................................. 451
hybrid system Sort alphabetically..........453
If you cannot start......411 6
Alphabetical order ............................. 454
electronic key is working properly
When I'm not working......413

Auxiliary battery
7
When I got up......415
When it overheats....420
When stuck......425
8
If you drive a vehicle equipped with a navigation system as a manufacturer option, please read the
separate ``Navigation System Instruction Manual'' for information on the following equipment.
·navigation ･ETC2.0 system

･Audio & visual ·hands free
･Voice operation system ･T-Connect
･Back guide monitor
6
What you need to know
About the contents of this book
This manual describes all equipment including options. Therefore, there may
be descriptions of equipment that does not exist on your vehicle. Also,
please note that due to changes in car specifications, the contents may not
match your car.
For information on handling equipment installed at a Toyota dealer (dealer option),
please read the instruction manual that comes with the product.
The illustrations may not match the equipment of your vehicle due to
differences in specifications, etc.
About unauthorized modification
- If you install parts other than those that Toyota has notified the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and
Tourism, it may be illegal modification.
- Installing parts that are not suitable for the vehicle's performance or functionality, such as
lowering the vehicle height or installing wide tires, is dangerous as it may cause a malfunction,
cause an accident, and cause serious injury.
- Never modify the handle. The steering wheel has a built-in SRS air bag
that, if handled improperly, may malfunction or inflate incorrectly,
resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Please contact your Toyota dealer in the following cases.

･ Replacing tires, disc wheels, and wheel mounting nuts Using a different
type or one other than specified may adversely affect driving or result
in unauthorized modification.
･ Installation and removal of electrical components and radio equipment
Doing so is dangerous as it may adversely affect electronic equipment components and lead to
accidents such as malfunctions and vehicle fires.

See also page 9 for information on installing the RF transmitter.
- Do not attach colored films (including transparent films) to the front
window glass or the driver's and passenger's door glass. Not only will it
obstruct your view, but it may also lead to unauthorized modification.
7
Regarding the installation of electrical components to failure diagnosis connectors, etc.
Inspect and clean failure diagnosis connectors, etc.

Fault diagnosis
Electrical equipment other than the failure diagnosis equipment provided connector
Do not install.
adversely affect electronic equipment,
The battery may go flat, etc.
This may lead to unexpected trouble.
I will.
About recording vehicle data
Your car is equipped with multiple computers that record data related to
vehicle control and operation, and mainly record the following data.
· Engine RPM
･ Electric motor rotation speed
･ Accelerator operation status
･ Brake operation status
･ Vehicle speed
· Shift position
･ Condition of drive battery
The data items recorded differ depending on the grade and optional equipment. Please
note that the computer does not record audio or video such as conversations.
- About data handling
Toyota may acquire and use data recorded on computers for the purposes of vehicle
failure diagnosis, research and development, and quality improvement.
Furthermore, except in the following cases, Toyota will not disclose or provide the
acquired data to any third party.
･ When there is the consent of the user of the car (for leased cars, the consent of the lessee) ･ When based on
a legally enforceable request from the police, court, government agency, etc. ･ For the purpose of statistical
processing, when the user When providing data that has been processed so that the vehicle or vehicle cannot
be identified to a research institution, etc.
- About data handling by T-Connect

If you use T-Connect, please see the T-Connect Terms of Use
regarding recorded data and its use.
8
event data recorder

Your vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). EDR records data
about how vehicle systems are operating during certain collisions and near-
collision conditions (such as SRS airbag deployment and contact with road
objects). EDR is designed to record data about vehicle movements and safety
systems for short periods of time. However, depending on the severity and
type of collision, data may not be recorded.
EDR records data such as:
･ Operating status of each vehicle system
･ Accelerator and brake pedal operation status ･ Vehicle
speed
This data can help you understand the circumstances in which a collision or injury occurred.
Note: EDR records data when a collision occurs. No data is recorded during normal
driving. Additionally, personal information (e.g. name, gender, age, location of
collision) is not recorded. However, during accident investigations, third parties such as
law enforcement agencies may use his EDR data in combination with personally
identifiable types of data collected as part of their normal procedures. To read the data
recorded by the EDR, special equipment must be connected to the vehicle or the EDR.
In addition to Toyota, he can read information even if a third party with special
equipment, such as a law enforcement agency, connects to the vehicle or EDR.
- Disclosure of EDR data

Toyota will not disclose data recorded by EDR to third parties except in
the following cases:
･ When there is the consent of the user of the car (for leased cars, the consent of the lessee) ･ When it
is based on a legally enforceable request from the police, court, government agency, etc. ･ When
Toyota uses it in a lawsuit
However, Toyota
･ Data may be used for research on vehicle safety performance. - He may disclose
data that does not identify the user or vehicle to a third party for research
purposes.
9
About installing the RF transmitter
Installing an RF transmitter in your vehicle may affect systems such as:
- hybrid system
- EFI computer
- Toyota Safety Sense P
- ABS (anti-lock brake system)
- SRS airbag
- seat belt pretensioner
Be sure to contact your Toyota dealer for information on measures and installation
methods to prevent adverse effects.
Upon request, your Toyota dealer will be able to provide detailed information on installing
the RF transmitter (frequency band, power level, antenna location, installation conditions).
About warranty and inspection
Warranty and inspection and maintenance information is included in the separate

``Maintenance Note'', so please read this as well.
It is the customer's responsibility to carry out daily and periodic inspections

and maintenance. (required by law)
About hybrid system
The Harrier uses a hybrid system that combines an electric motor and a
gasoline engine.
Please read this manual carefully to use your Harrier safely and
comfortably.
Ten
How to read this book
This symbol explains that, if you do not follow these precautions,

there is a risk of death or serious injury to you and those around you.
This explains that if you do not follow these precautions, there is a risk of
malfunction or damage to your vehicle or equipment.
Indicates the operation/work procedure. Please follow the number order.
I was pushing, turning, etc.

Indicates the desired operation.
Actions after operations such as opening the lid
is shown.
BTO53DP008
The object/place to be explained

is showing.
“You must not do this” “Please
do not do this” “This
Don't let something like this happen
It means "Dasai".
In addition to explaining functions and operation methods, this section

explains useful information that you should know.
11
How to search
- Search by name
･ Scan in alphabetical order...........454
· Alphabetical order
Sake...................................453
- Search by installation position

･ Illustration table of contents......12
- Search by symptoms or sounds
･ At times like this

(Symptom-specific screening)...........448
･ When the car makes a noise
(sound sound)...................451
- Search by title
･Table of contents...................................2
12 Illustration table of contents
Illustration table of contents
- exterior
1 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking/Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening/
closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Warning
message . . . . . . . . . . . P. 382 Backdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open from
inside the car★
2 .....................................................................
P. 382 Door mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting the angle of the
mirror
surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 P. 290
Illustration table of contents 13
Four
Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . deicer)★. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 291
Precautions when washing the car . . . . . . . . P. 326 Fuel filler
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refueling method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Five
Fuel tank capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Size/
Pneumatic Pressure...P. 433 Winter Tires/Tire
Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P. 337 What to do in
6 case of a flat tire . .386, 400 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to
open... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
420 Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 382 Auxiliary confirmation
device★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .★※
8
9
Exterior lamp bulbs related to driving
(Replacement instructions: P. 350, Wattage: P. 433)
TenFront fog lamp/rear fog lamp★. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 200

11Headlamps, width lights, cornering lights★. . . . . . . . . . P. 187
12Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13Tail lights/Brake lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14Number light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15 Reversing light
Set the shift position to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16LED daylight★/twilight light★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
★:Equipment may or may not be provided depending on grade, options, etc.
*:Please refer to the separate "Navigation System Instruction Manual".

- instrument panel
1 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting the hybrid system and

switching modes . . 370 What to do when the hybrid system cannot
start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 382
2Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the shift position...P. 174 Precautions when
towing... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P. 177 Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment of viewing and
3 brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four
Multi-information display...P. 80 Display
contents... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What to do when... P. 382
Parking brake switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Winter
Five
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P. 377, 382 Direction indicator
lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps, side lights, tail lights, number lights, LED daylights★/

Twilight light★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lamp/rear fog lamp★. . . . . . . . P. 200, 201 Wiper & washer
7 switch...P. 202, 206 How to use... P. 202, 206 Refilling the washer
fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8Emergency flashing light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9Fuel filler opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TenBonnet release lever...P. 331
11Handle position adjustment switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12Automatic air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjustment method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal (rear window
defogger) . . . P. 290 navigation system★※
13

- switches
1Driving position memory switch★. . . . . . . . . .P.129

2Door mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3Window lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FourPower window switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FiveDoor lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Brake hold switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7Vehicle approach notification temporary stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8VSC OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 Adaptive high beam system switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 190 Automatic
high beam switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
TenFront wiper de-icer switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 291
11back door open switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12accessory outlet main switch★ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 314
13 Panoramic view monitor (with left and right confirmation
support) Main switch★※
1talk switch *
2Audio switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Meter operation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 TRIP
Four
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FiveInter-vehicle distance changeover switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 cruise control switch
Radar cruise control (with all-speed tracking function) . . . P. 239
7 LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
[With steering control function]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 phone switch *

1 seat ventilator switch★P. 298 Seat heater switch★

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 171
3
FourECO MODE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Indoor
1SRS airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four
FiveHeadrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8Lock lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TenAssist grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 Inner mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *1
2 ......................................................
3
Four
Personal lamp/Front room lamp/
rear room lamp *2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Five
panoramic moonroof switch★. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*1:I have no choice but to put a child seat in the passenger seat.
When installing, use a child seat
Do not install it backwards.
Serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
It may lead to.
(→P. 54)
*2:The picture shows the front, but it is also installed on the rear.
twenty one
For safety and security

~Please read~
1
1-1. For safe use
Before driving................................22
For safe driving..........24
Seat belt ................................26
SRS airbag..........................33
For your child's safety..........41
Children's seat................................42
child seat
Installation...................................50
Precautions regarding exhaust gas..........56
1-2. Hybrid system

hybrid system
Features...................................57
hybrid system
Caution...................................61
1-3. Anti-theft device
Immobilizer system..........66
Auto alarm..........................67
twenty two 1-1. For safe use
before driving
Inspection and maintenance
By law, it is the customer's responsibility to carry out daily and periodic inspections and
maintenance. Carry out inspections and maintenance at appropriate times to ensure that
there are no abnormalities with the vehicle.
For details on daily inspection and maintenance, inspection items, etc., please refer to the separate
``Maintenance Note''.
If you find any abnormality, be sure to have it inspected and serviced at a Toyota dealer.
floor mat
Please use the dedicated floor mat firmly fixed on the floor carpet.
1 Fixed hook (clip) on the floor

Fit the mat mounting holes
2 The lever on the top of the fixed hook (clip)

Turn the bar to remove the floor mat.
fix
*
Be sure to match the marks. *
The shape of the fixed hook (clip) may differ from the illustration.
1-1. For safe use twenty three
caveat
Please be sure to observe the following.

If you do not follow these precautions, the floor mat may shift and interfere with each pedal while driving,
causing an accident such as unexpected speed or difficulty in stopping the vehicle, resulting in serious
injury or, in the worst case, death. There is a risk of connection.
- When placing a floor mat on the driver's seat 1

- Do not use floor mats from other car models or years, even if they are genuine Toyota products.
Cheap
all
- Use floor mats specifically for the driver's seat ·
Cheap
- Use the fixing hook (clip) to always securely fix the product. heart
of
Ta
- Do not stack with other floor mats. eye
to
- Do not use the floor mat upside down or inside out.
- before driving
- If the floor mat is attached to all fixed hooks

lip) to securely hold it in the correct position.
Check regularly that the vehicle is clean, especially when washing
Be sure to check afterwards
- Hybrid system stop and shift

With the lever in P position, press each pedal all the
way so that it does not interfere with the floor mat.
check
twenty four 1-1. For safe use
For safe driving
To drive safely, please adjust your seat, mirrors, etc. appropriately before
driving.
About correct driving posture
1 Sit up straight and keep your body straight when driving.
Do not let go of the backrest. 3

Adjust the angle of the sauce
(→P. 124) 1
2 Depress the pedal firmly and Four
When you hold the handle, your elbows are weak.
Position the seat so that it bends. 2

(→P. 124) BTO11DP001
3 Make sure the center of the headrest is above the ears (→P. 133)
Wear your seat belt correctly (→P. 26)

Four
Wear your seat belt correctly

All occupants must properly fasten their seat belts before driving. (→P.
26)
If you are transporting a small child who cannot properly wear a seat belt,
please prepare an appropriate child seat. (→P. 42)
adjust mirror
Adjust the inside mirror and door mirror correctly so that you can clearly see
what's behind you. (→P. 139, 141)
1-1. For safe use twenty five
caveat

Failure to do so may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Do not adjust the driver's seat while driving.

There is a risk of driving incorrectly. 1
- Do not put anything such as a cushion between the backrest and the back. Not only will
you not be able to maintain the correct driving position, but in the event of a collision, Cheap
seatbelts and headrests may not be fully effective. all

·
-
Cheap
Do not place anything under the front seat. If something gets caught in the seat, the seat will not be secured heart
of
properly, causing an unexpected accident or failure of the adjustment mechanism. Ta
eye
to
- When driving on public roads, please comply with legal speed limits and speed limits.
- Always pay attention to your surroundings, such as other vehicles and pedestrians, and drive
safely.
- Never drink and drive. Drinking alcohol can impair your attentiveness and
judgment, which can lead to unexpected accidents. Also, avoid driving if you
have taken drugs that make you sleepy.
- Do not use your mobile phone or adjust any equipment while driving. This can lead to
insufficient attention to the surrounding situation, which is extremely dangerous. Using a non-
hands-free car phone or mobile phone while driving is prohibited by law.
- When driving long distances, take regular breaks before you feel tired. Also, if you feel
tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to drive and take a break immediately.
26 1-1. For safe use
Seat belt
All occupants must properly fasten their seat belts before driving.
wear it correctly
- Place the shoulder belt sufficiently over your shoulders.
It won't hang around your neck or fall off your shoulders.
Please do so.
- Be sure to place the waist belt around your hip bones.
place it in close contact with the lower position
- Adjust the backrest and raise your upper body.
and sit deeply

BTO11DP002
- avoid twisting
How to put on/take off (front seats/rear outside seats)
1 Click “click” to secure the belt.

Back up the plate until you hear a sound.
insert it into the
2 To release the belt, press the release button.

press the button
release button
1-1. For safe use 27
How to wear it (rear center seat)
1 take out the plate

Plate B
Plate A 1
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
BTO11DP105
2 To secure the belt, use the plate Plate A

Plate B
A, “Click” in order of plate B 1
Back up the plate until it makes a clicking sound. 2
insert it into the cage
1 Plate A, buckle A
2 Plate B, buckle B Buckle A
Buckle B BTO11DP006
How to remove and store (rear center seat)
1 Press the release button on buckle B.

to release the belt.
release button BTO11DP007
2 Insert plate B into buckle A and

separate the belt.
When retracting the seat belt, please
Slowly unwind while holding the
vinegar.
Plate B Buckle A
BTO11DP008
3 Store plates A and B in the holder Plate A

do
Plate B
Push it in firmly to ensure that it is securely fixed.
Please insert it.

Middle seat seat belt buckle A,

Four
Store buckle B in your pocket
Buckle B 1
Buckle A
BTO11DP010
Cheap
all
Seat belt height adjustment (front seats) ·
Cheap
heart
1 While pressing the release button, release the adjuster. of
lower star 1 Ta
eye
to
2raise the adjuster 2
When it is fixed with a “click” sound,
Please move it all the way.
BTO11DP004
Seatbelt pretensioner (front seats/rear outboard seats)

If you have been hit by a strong collision from the front or side.
by pulling in the seat belt.

Ensures appropriate occupant restraint effect.
When the impact from the front or side is weak, or when
In the case of an impact from the side or a rollover, usually
It doesn't work.
knowledge
- How to release the seat belt lock

The belt will lock when there is a sudden stop or impact. The seat belt may lock
even if you suddenly lean forward or pull out the seat belt quickly. If the seat belt
is locked and cannot be pulled out, you can pull the belt out by pulling it hard
once, loosening it, and moving it slowly.
- How to use your child's seat belt
The seat belts in this vehicle are designed for people who are large enough to
wear a seat belt.
- If your child is too young to wear the seat belt in the correct position, use a
child seat that fits the child's body. (→P. 42)
- If your child can wear a seat belt in the correct position, please follow the
directions for wearing a seat belt. (→P. 26)
- About seatbelt pretensioners
Seatbelt pretensioners only operate once. Once activated, it will not activate in subsequent
collisions, even if the system is subjected to continuous impact such as in a collision.
caveat
To avoid injury in the event of sudden braking or an accident, be sure to observe

the following: Failure to do so may result in serious injury or, in the worst case,
death.
- About wearing seat belts
- everyone wears seatbelts 1
- Wear your seat belt correctly

- Seat belts should be used by one person per pair.
Cheap
all
·
Do not use one set of belts with multiple people, even children. Cheap
-
heart
Have your child sit in the rear seat and fasten their seat belt. of
Ta
- Do not recline the backrest any further than necessary; sit upright and sit deeply in the seat.
eye
to
- Do not wear the shoulder belt by passing it under your arm.
- Wear the waist belt as low as possible.
- When using the rear center seat seat belt

Then, connect plate A and buckle A, and
plate B and buckle B.
BTO11DP012
- For pregnant women
Check with your doctor for precautions, and be sure to wear them correctly.
please use it. (→P. 26)

The waist belt should be worn as you would normally wear it.
The bolt rests as low as possible on the hipbone.

Place the shoulder belt under the bulge of your stomach.
Make sure to pass through your shoulders and avoid bulging your stomach.
Please wear it so that it covers your chest.

Collisions may occur if the belt is not worn correctly.
When something happens, not only the mother's body but also the fetus'
Serious injury or, in the worst case, death.

There is a risk of connection.
BTO11DP013
- If you have a disease

Please check the precautions with your doctor and be sure to wear it correctly.
caveat
- When transporting your child
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the belt gets wrapped around
your neck, it may cause serious injury such as suffocation, or in the worst case,
death.
If you accidentally end up in such a situation and cannot undo the buckle, cut the
seat belt with scissors or something similar.
- About seat belts with pretensioners
When the seatbelt pretensioner is activated, the SRS airbag/pretensioner
warning light will illuminate. In this case, the seat belt cannot be reused, so be
sure to have it replaced at your Toyota dealer.
- Regarding seat belt damage/failure
- Be careful not to damage belts, plates, buckles, etc. by getting them caught in
seats or doors.
- If the seat belt is damaged, do not use the seat until the seat belt is repaired.
- Check that the plate is securely inserted into the buckle and that the seat belt
is not twisted. If you cannot insert it properly, please contact your Toyota
dealer immediately.
- If you are involved in a serious accident, replace the seat and seat belt, even if
there is no obvious damage.
- Seat belts with pretensioners should only be installed, removed,
disassembled, disposed of, etc. by a Toyota dealer.
Improper handling may result in malfunction.
SRS airbag
SRS airbags inflate in the event of a strong impact that could cause serious harm to the
occupants, and together with the seatbelt's restraint function, the SRS airbag reduces the
impact on the occupants.
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
- Front SRS airbag
1 Driver seat SRS airbag/Passenger seat SRS airbag (mitigates impact

to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger)
2 SRS knee airbag

(Assists in cushioning the driver's impact)
- SRS side & curtain shield airbags
3 SRS side airbag

(Reduces the impact on the front seat occupants' chests, etc.)
SRS curtain shield airbag

Four
(Reducing impact mainly to the head of front seat and rear outboard seat occupants)
caveat
- About SRS airbags

- The driver and all passengers must properly wear seat belts. SRS
airbags are intended to assist seat belts.
- The passenger SRS airbag inflates with a strong force, so if the passenger gets too
close to the airbag, this could result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
This is especially dangerous if the occupant is close to the inflation area of her SRS
airbag. Adjust the seat backrest to move the seat as far away from the SRS airbag as
possible and sit up straight.
- If the child is not seated properly in the seat, the impact of the SRS airbag may
cause serious injury or, in the worst case, death. If your child is too small to
use a seat belt, secure her in a child seat.
We recommend that children be placed in the rear seat and fastened with a
child seat or seat belt. (→P. 42)
- Sit on the edge of the seat or on the dashboard

Don't lean back
- Place your child in front of the passenger seat SRS airbag

Do not stand up or hold the child on your lap.
- The driver and front passenger should not carry anything on their laps.
don't have
caveat
- About SRS airbags
- Doors, front pillars, center pillars,

Close to the rear pillar/roof side rail?
It doesn't matter
Cheap
all
BTO11DP017 ·
Cheap
- In the passenger seat, I knelt down facing the door. heart

of
Do not put your face or hands out of the window. Ta
eye
to
BTO11DP018
- Dashboard/handle pad area/

What's on the bottom of the instrument panel?
Do not install or place
- Door, windshield, door glass, floor

front pillar and rear pillar/roof side
Nothing for drail assist grip etc.
Not installed
(Excluding speed limit labels: →P. 393)
BTO11DP020
- Do not hang hard objects such as hangers on the coat hook. If the SRS curtain
shield airbag deploys, you may be ejected, resulting in serious injury or, in the
worst case, death.
caveat
- About SRS airbags

- If a vinyl cover is attached to the area where the SRS knee airbag inflates,
remove it.
- Do not use seat accessories that cover the area where the SRS side airbag
inflates. Accessories may interfere with the airbag deployment. Such
accessories may interfere with the proper deployment of the airbag, disabling
the system, or causing the airbag to deploy incorrectly, resulting in serious
injury or even death. there is.
- Do not hit or apply excessive force around the SRS airbag system
components.
The SRS airbag may not operate properly.
- Immediately after the SRS airbag is inflated, the components will be hot, so do not
touch them.
- If you find it difficult to breathe after the SRS airbag inflates, open the door or
door glass to let in some air, or exit the vehicle when it is safe to do so. Wash
off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
- If the pad area where the SRS airbag is housed or the front/side/rear pillar
garnish area is scratched or cracked, do not continue to use it and have it
replaced at a Toyota dealer.
- Regarding modification/disposal
Do not make the following modifications or disposal without consulting your Toyota
dealer. Doing so may cause the SRS airbag to malfunction or inflate incorrectly,
- Removal/installation/disassembly/repair of SRS airbag
- Repair, removal, and modification of the steering wheel, instrument panel,
dashboard, seat, seat skin, front pillar, center pillar, rear pillar, and roof side
rails.
- Repair and modification of front fender, front bumper, and interior side of the car
- Installation of grill guards (bull bars, kangaroo bars, etc.), snow removal equipment, winches,
etc.
- suspension modification
- Installation of electrical appliances such as CD players and radios

knowledge
- When the SRS airbag is activated
- SRS airbags inflate at a very high speed due to high-temperature gas, which can
cause abrasions, burns, and bruises.
- White gas is generated along with the operating sound.
- Not only the front seats, front pillars, rear pillars, and parts of the roof side rails, 1
but also the airbag components (steering wheel hub, airbag cover, inflator) may
become hot for several minutes. The airbag itself also becomes hot. Cheap
all
·
- The front window glass may be damaged.
Cheap
heart
of
- When the SRS airbag activates (front SRS airbag) Ta
eye
to
- The front SRS airbag is designed to operate when the impact strength exceeds a set value (a value equivalent to the impact
strength in a head-on collision at a vehicle speed of approximately 20 to 30 km/h with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform). It works in case.
However, in the following cases, the vehicle speed at which the airbag deploys will be higher than the set value.
･ If you collide with something that moves or deforms due to impact, such as a parked car or a
sign
･ In the case of a collision where the vehicle crawls into the vehicle (for example, the front of the vehicle crawls under or under the
vehicle, or the vehicle is crushed under a truck, etc.)
- Depending on the collision conditions, only the seatbelt pretensioner may operate.
- When SRS airbags activate (SRS side & curtain shield airbags)
- SRS side and curtain shield airbags have an impact strength that exceeds a set value (a value equivalent to the impact
strength when a vehicle weighing approximately 1.5 tons collides with the passenger compartment at a right angle at a
speed of approximately 20 to 30 km/h). It operates in the case of
- Even in the event of a frontal collision, the left and right SRS curtain shield air bags may deploy if
the impact is particularly strong.
- When activated in situations other than collision
The front SRS airbags and SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy when the lower part of
the vehicle receives a strong impact in the following situations.
- If you hit a hard object, such as a curb or the edge of a sidewalk,
When
- When falling into or climbing over a deep hole or ditch
- Jump and hit the ground, or hit the road?

when falling from
- When the SRS airbag does not operate (front SRS airbag)
The front SRS airbag normally does not deploy in the event of a side or rear
impact, rollover, or low-speed frontal impact. However, if those impacts cause
sufficient forward deceleration, the front SRS airbags may deploy.
- collision from the side
- collision from behind
- rollover
- When the SRS airbag does not operate (SRS side & curtain shield airbag)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not deploy if the vehicle receives an impact
from an angle or on a side other than the passenger compartment.
- Impact to sides other than the passenger compartment
- Impact from an angle
Cheap
BTO11DP023 all
·
Cheap
SRS side airbags normally do not deploy in front or rear impacts, rollovers, or heart
of
low-speed side impacts. Ta
eye
- collision from the front to
- rollover
SRS curtain shield airbags normally do not deploy in the event of a rear impact,
rollover, or low-speed frontal or side impact.
- rollover
- If you need to contact your Toyota dealer
Inspection and repair are required in the following cases: Please contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
- When one of the SRS airbags inflates

- Although the front SRS airbag did not inflate, it appears that
the front of the vehicle was struck in the accident.
When the product is damaged, deformed, etc.
BTO11DP026
- SRS side & curtain shield airbag

Although the gas did not inflate, the accident caused the door and
When the surrounding area of the vehicle collides or breaks.
When there is damage or deformation, etc.
BTO11DP027
- Pad part of steering wheel/dashboard

Passenger seat SRS airbag area/installation
The lower part of the ment panel is damaged or cracked.
or is otherwise damaged.
- Built-in SRS side airbag

If the sheet surface is scratched or cracked,
When receiving other damage
- Built-in SRS curtain shield airbag

Front pillar and rear pillar
Damaged or cracked roof side part
or when the unit is damaged in any other way.
BTO11DP030
For your child's safety
When transporting children, please observe the following:
- Please ensure that your child also wears a seat belt. If you are
transporting a small child who cannot properly wear a seat belt,
1
please use a suitable child seat.
(→P. 42)
- We recommend that children be placed in the rear seat to prevent them from touching the
Cheap
operating equipment. all
·
- Use the child protector (→ P. 101) to prevent opening the door or Cheap
heart
·Window Rocks
accidentally operating the power window while driving. of
Ta
Please use the switch (→P. 144). eye
to
- Do not allow small children to operate equipment such as power
windows, bonnets, back doors, seats, etc. that could trap their bodies.
caveat
- Do not leave children unattended in the car. The heat inside the car could cause her to
suffer from heat stroke or dehydration, which could lead to serious health problems or
even death.
Additionally, there is a danger that children may operate equipment inside the car and get caught in
the door glass, get burned by flares, or move the operating equipment, leading to an unexpected
accident.
- When carrying a child in the car, please refer to `Ìnstalling a child seat,'' which
includes precautions to ensure your child's safety and how to install a child
seat. (→P. 50)
child seat
You can use the child seat locking mechanism to secure the child seat.
What you need to know

- Please choose the appropriate child seat according to the vehicle specifications and the age
and physique of your child.
- For information on how to install and remove child seats, please read the
instruction manual that comes with each child seat.
- This car is equipped as standard with an ISOFIX-compliant child seat fixing bar that complies
with the safety standards that came into effect on October 1, 2006.
About the compatibility list of child seats
- About mass groups

ECE R44*Children's seats that meet the standards are classified into the following five
types depending on the child's weight.
Group 0: up to 10kg
group 0 +:Up to 13kg
Group I: 9-18kg
Group II: 15-25kg
Group III: 22-36kg
This book introduces how to secure the following three types of child
seats with seat belts.
*ECE R44 is the international regulation for child seats.
- About size class and fixings
This is the classification symbol displayed on the child seat and the accompanying symbol for
the attachment equipment.
Types of child seats

Baby Seat child seat
ECE R44 standard group 0, 0 + Group 0 of ECE R44 standard +, equivalent
equivalent to to I
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
BTO11DP031 BTO11DP032
junior seat
Groups II and III of ECE R44 standard
equivalent
BTO11DP033
Child seat compatibility list by seat position

( Installation with seat belt)
Seated position (or other position)
mass group front seat rear seat
Passenger seat left and right seats center seat
0 (up to 10kg) × U*3 ×

0 +(up to 13kg) × U*3 ×
Backward ×
Ⅰ (9-18kg) U*2,3 ×
forward facing UF*1
II (15-25kg) UF*1, 2 U*2,3 ×

Ⅲ (22-36kg) UF*1, 2 U*2,3 ×
- Explanation of the characters to be written in the table above
U: Children of the universal category allowed to be used in this mass group

Suitable for use as a dedicated seat.
UF: Universal category permitted for use in this mass group.

Suitable for forward-facing child seats.
×: Child-specific seats cannot be installed.
*1Keep the backrest upright. If the seat height is adjustable,

Please adjust to the highest position.
*2The headrest and child seat are interfering and the child seat is not installed correctly.
If the headrest cannot be removed, remove the headrest if possible.
*3Fold the backrest down to the point where the child seat can be installed. child in fallen state
Equipped with a special seat, the backrest can be raised until it is stable.
When a child seat is installed on the left rear seat, do not ride in the center seat of
the rear seat.
For information on installing child seats, please also refer to the instruction manual for
the child seat. If you wish to use a child seat not listed in the table, please contact the
child seat manufacturer or distributor.
Compatibility table for children's seats by seat position

( Installation with ISOFIX compatible top tether anchor)
Vehicle ISOFIX position

mass group size class Fixture
Rear seat left and right seats
F ISO/L1 ×
calicot 1
G ISO/L2 ×
0 (up to 10kg) E ISO/R1 IL*2
Cheap
E ISO/R1 IL*2 all

·
IL*2
Cheap
0 +(up to 13kg) D ISO/R2 heart

of
C ISO/R3 IL*2 Ta
eye
to
D ISO/R2 ×
C ISO/R3 ×
Ⅰ (9-18kg) B ISO/F2 IUF, IL*1
B1 ISO/F2X IUF, IL*1

A ISO/F3 IUF, IL*1
- Explanation of the characters to be written in the table above
IUF: Universal category authorized for use in this mass group.

Suitable for ISOFIX compatible forward-facing child seats.
IL: Suitable for child seats in the semi-universal category shown in the list of
ISOFIX child seats.
×: ISOFIX child seats cannot be installed.
*1The headrest and child seat are interfering and the child seat is not installed correctly.
If the headrest cannot be removed, remove the headrest if possible.
*2Fold the backrest down to the point where the child seat can be installed. child in fallen state
Equipped with a special seat, the backrest can be raised until it is stable.
When the ISOFIX child seat is installed on the left rear seat, do not ride in the
center rear seat.
For information on installing child seats, please also refer to the instruction manual for
the child seat. If you wish to use a child seat not listed in the table, please contact the
child seat manufacturer or distributor.
List of ISOFIX children's seats
size
mass group Fixture ISOFIX child seat Category
grade
Toyota genuine NEOG-Child

E ISO/R1 Semi-general purpose
ISO baby
0 (up to 10kg)
ISO leg
ISO baby
0 +(up to 13kg) E ISO/R1

D ISO/R2 Semi-general purpose
ISO leg
C ISO/R3
B ISO/F2
ISO/ Toyota genuine NEOG-Child
Ⅰ (9-18kg) B1 Semi-general purpose
F2X ISO leg
A ISO/F3
knowledge
- About ISOFIX compatible child seat fixation bar

The ISOFIX compatible child seat fixing bar that is standard equipment on this car
is exclusively for installing child seats that comply with ECE R44. You cannot use
anything else.
- Regarding selection and use of child-specific seats
- Please consult the child seat manufacturer or distributor to determine the best
child seat for your child.
- Use the appropriate child seat until your child grows up and is able to wear a
seat belt properly.
- If your child is large enough and does not require a special child seat, please place him or her in
the rear seat and use the car's seat belt.
- About choosing a child-specific seat that attaches with a seat belt

Refer to the "Child seat compatibility list by seat position" (→ P. 44), check the position where the
child seat can be installed and the corresponding child seat type (symbol), and then check if it is
suitable. Please select the one you want.
- Regarding the selection of ISOFIX compatible children's seats that are ECE R44 compliant
"List of compatibility of children's seats by seat position" (→P. 45) and select the appropriate
Please select a sheet.
1 Check the applicable "mass group" based on the child's weight
(Example 1): If the child's weight is 12 kg, the mass group is "0". +”.
(Example 2): If the weight is 15 kg, the mass group will be "I". Select
1
2 size class
Check1the applicable size class from the "mass group" checked in step.* Cheap
all
(Example 1): Mass group is "0"+”, the size grade is “C” ·“D”
·“E” applies ·
I win.
Cheap
heart
of
(Example 2): If the mass group is "I", the size class is "A" ·
"B" ·
"B1" ·
"C" · Ta
eye
"D" applies. to
*However, even for the corresponding size class, there is an "x" in the "Vehicle ISOFIX position" of the compatibility list.
Items marked with cannot be selected. Also, If "IL" is written

"List of ISOFIX children's seats" (→P. 46)
Please use.
3 Marks displayed on child seats
/ Check the label and make sure it meets the standards.
make sure it is
Universal child seat
The following marks and labels are displayed.
I am.
*The displayed positions and symbols are on the product.
It's more different.
1 Must be an ISOFIX compatible child-only seat

Display indicating
Size grades are indicated. (Displayed

(The characters displayed vary depending on the product.)
2 with the size class confirmed in step

Compatible
Please select the one you have.
2 Universal child seat

approval mark
UNIVERSAL is a general-purpose product approval.

In addition, it represents the target children.
Weight ranges are listed.
3 Mark indicating top tether (→P. 50)

The design may vary depending on the location of the product's mounting device.
is different.
- Types of ISOFIX compatible child seats (by size grade)
A-ISO/F3 Full height forward facing infant child seat
B-ISO/F2 Low-profile forward-facing infant child seat
Low-profile forward-facing infant child seat

B1-ISO/F2X
( (Different shape from B-ISO/F2)
C-ISO/R3 Large rear-facing infant child seat
D-ISO/R2 Small rear-facing infant child seat
E-ISO/R1 Rear-facing infant car seat
F-ISO/L1 Child seat for left-facing position (carricot)

G-ISO/L2 Child seat for right-facing position (carricot)
- When installing a child seat on the passenger seat
If you have no choice but to install a child seat in the front passenger seat, adjust the
passenger seat as follows and install the child seat facing forward.
- Place the backrest in an upright position
- lower the seat all the way back

- Set the seat belt height to the lowest position
1
lower to
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
BTO11DP034
- About calicot
A calicot is a baby seat that can be installed horizontally. Please contact the child
seat manufacturer or distributor for more information.
caveat
- When not using child seats

- Make sure the child seat is properly and securely attached to the seat even
when not in use. Avoid leaving it loose in the cabin.
- If the child seat needs to be removed, either remove it from the vehicle and store it, or
store it in the luggage compartment so that it cannot be easily moved.
Installing a child seat
Please use a child seat when transporting a small child who cannot
properly wear a seat belt. For your child's safety, please install the Chai
Kano Seat in the rear seat.
Please be sure to follow the instruction manual included with the product for installation.
Installation with seat belt

(→P. 51)
ISOFIX compatible child seat fixing

Exclusive bar (→P. 52)
It is installed on the rear outer seat.
(It must be equipped with a fixed bar.
There is a tag attached to the sheet indicating
Top tether anchor (→P. 52)

tether belt
Used to secure the tether belt.
vinegar.
Top tether anchor on rear outboard seat

Equipped.
top tether
anchor
Fasten with seat belt

1 Seat bell on child seat
and back the plate.
until you hear a “click” sound.
Insert. The belt is twisted
be careful
1
Instruction manual included with child seat
Obey child seat belt
Please fix it firmly to the seat. Cheap
BTO11DP038 all
stomach. ·
Cheap
2 Seat bell on child seat

heart
of
Ta
is not equipped with a fixing device. eye
to
Locking clip (separate)
Fix it using
When purchasing a locking clip
Please consult your Toyota dealer.
(Locking clip part number:
73119-22010)
BTO11DP039
After installing, rock the child seat back and forth and from side to side to
make sure it is securely fastened.
Secure with ISOFIX compatible child seat fixing bar & top tether anchor
1 raise the headrest
BTO11DP040
2 ISOFIX compatible child seat

Check the position of the dedicated bar
The fixed bar is for the seat cushion.

It's in the back.
BTO11DP041
3 Attach the child seat to the seat.

Attach
Child seat mounting hardware
Attach to the bar dedicated to securing the child seat.
Is included.
The installation method is for each child.
according to the instruction manual included with the
please.
BTO11DP042
Four
Open the lid and attach the top tether
Fix the hook to the car and use the tether
tighten the bolts
Tighten the tether belt and make sure the hook

make sure it is firmly fixed
Masu.
tether belt
hook BTO11DP043
The installed child seat

Five
Shake it back and forth, left and right, and make sure it is fixed.
To verify that
1
BTO11DP044
Cheap
all
·
caveat Cheap
heart
of
- About child seats Ta
eye
- To effectively protect your child in the event of an accident or sudden stop, be sure to use to
a seat belt or child restraint system that is appropriate for your child's age and size.
Carrying your child in your arms is not a substitute for a child seat. In the event of an
accident, your child may get hit by the windshield, passengers, or equipment inside the
vehicle, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Use a child restraint system that is appropriate for your child's age and body size, and
attach it to the rear seat.
- Even if the child is seated in a child seat, make sure that the child's head or any
part of the body does not lean against the door, seat, front pillar, rear pillar, or
roof side rail. If the SRS airbag inflates, it is extremely dangerous and could
result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Depending on the child seat, it may not be possible or difficult to install. Be
sure to read the instruction manual that comes with the child seat carefully,
install it correctly, and follow the instructions for use. If used incorrectly or not
securely secured, sudden braking or a collision may result in serious injury or,
in the worst case, death.
- When installing a child seat
- Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the belt were to get wrapped
around her neck, it could cause serious injury such as suffocation, or in the worst
case, death.
If you accidentally end up in such a situation and cannot undo the buckle, cut the
seat belt with scissors or something similar.
- Make sure that the seat belt plate and buckle are securely fastened and that
the belt is not twisted.
- Make sure that the child restraint system is firmly secured by rocking it back and forth and from side
to side.
- Do not adjust the child seat after securing it.

caveat
- The driver's seat and child seat interfere, causing chatter.

The idle sheet cannot be installed correctly.
If so, install it on the rear seat on the passenger side.
Please.
- Interference between passenger seat and child seat
Adjust the passenger seat to prevent
Please. BTO11DP045
- If you have no choice but to install a child seat in the passenger seat, do not
install the child seat facing backwards.
If it is installed facing backwards, if the passenger SRS airbag inflates due to
an accident, serious injury or, in the worst case scenario, death may result.
A label with the same content is affixed to the sun visor on the passenger side. Please
also refer to it.
caveat
- I had no choice but to put my child in the passenger seat facing forward.
When installing the seat, install the passenger seat

Attach it by lowering it all the way back.
please. 1
The passenger seat SRS airbag has a considerable speed and
It swells with force, so please do not protect it.

Cheap
may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death. all
BTO11DP047 ·
This may lead to death. Cheap
heart
- If you are using a junior seat, make sure that the shoulder belt is always centered over of
Ta
your child's shoulders. Keep the belt away from your neck and prevent it from falling off eye
to
your shoulders. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death,
in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
- When using the ISOFIX compatible child seat fixing bar, check that there are
no obstacles in the area and that the seat belt is not caught.
- Install a child seat on the left rear seat.

When installing, sit in the center seat of the rear seat.
Please don't. seat belt and child
The seat belt may interfere and the seat belt may not be properly seated.
It cannot be worn, and it may cause serious damage in the event of sudden braking or a collision.
This may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
There is a risk that the

Precautions regarding exhaust gas
Exhaust gas contains substances that are harmful to humans if inhaled.
caveat
Exhaust gas contains colorless, odorless, and harmful carbon monoxide (CO), so be sure to
observe the following.
If you do not follow these precautions, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle,
causing drowsiness, causing an accident, serious health problems, or in the worst
case, death.
- Things to keep in mind while driving
Please close the back door.

If you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle even though the back door is closed, open the door glass to
let in some fresh air, and have your vehicle inspected and serviced promptly by a Toyota dealer.
- when parking
- Stop the hybrid system in a poorly ventilated or enclosed area, such as in a
garage.
- Do not leave the hybrid system running for long periods of time. If it is
unavoidable, park the vehicle in an open area and make sure that exhaust gas
does not enter the vehicle.
- Do not leave the hybrid system running during snowfall or in snow-covered areas. Exhaust gas
may accumulate due to snow that has accumulated around the vehicle and may enter the
interior of the vehicle.
- About the exhaust pipe
Exhaust pipes must be inspected regularly. If you notice holes or cracks in the exhaust
pipe due to corrosion, damage to the joints, or abnormal exhaust noise, be sure to have
the vehicle inspected by a Toyota dealer.
1-2. Hybrid system 57
Features of hybrid system
A hybrid system is a system that achieves both excellent power performance and low fuel
consumption at a high level through the synergistic effect of two power sources: an electric
motor and a gasoline engine. Furthermore, it is an environmentally friendly technology
that reduces exhaust gas and makes it leaner.
1
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
The illustration is an example for illustrative purposes only and may differ from the actual product.
1 gasoline engine 3rear electric motor

2 front electric motor
- When stopping/starting/driving at low speed
Stops the gasoline engine when stopped* To do.

When starting, it uses an electric motor.
Stops the gasoline engine even when driving at low speeds or downhill* and runs
using an electric motor.
When the shift lever is in N, the drive battery will not be charged.
*The gasoline engine automatically shuts down when the drive battery needs to be charged or when the engine is warming up.
It may not stop moving. (→P. 59)
- During normal driving
It mainly runs using a gasoline engine.

If necessary, the electric motor operates as a generator to charge the drive
battery.
58 1-2. Hybrid system
- During sudden acceleration
When the accelerator pedal is pressed hard, power is supplied to the electric motor from the
drive battery in addition to the gasoline engine, increasing the electric motor's output and
accelerating powerfully.
- During deceleration/braking (regenerative braking)
The wheels run an electric motor as a generator, which charges the drive battery.
Vehicle approach notification device
When driving with the gasoline engine stopped, a sound is emitted at a scale corresponding to the vehicle
speed to notify people around you of the vehicle's approach. The sound is muted when the vehicle speed
exceeds approximately 25km/h. You can also mute the sound by operating a switch.
To mute the sound, press the READY indicator.

While the light is on, press the switch.
press
The indicator on the switch lights up.
Masu. Press the switch again to turn it
on. Start the hybrid system
The vehicle approach notification device is turned on every time
It will be.
knowledge
- About regenerative brakes
In the following cases, the kinetic energy of the vehicle can be converted into electrical energy to charge
the drive battery and provide deceleration power.
- When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal while driving with the shift lever set to D or S.
- When the brake pedal is pressed while the shift lever is set to D or S.
- About EV indicator
When the gasoline engine is stopped or the electric motor
When the EV indicator is
The indicator will light up.
- About automatic stop of gasoline engine
The gasoline engine automatically starts and stops depending on the vehicle condition.
However, it may not stop automatically in the following situations.*
- Gasoline engine warming up
- When charging the drive battery
- When the temperature of the drive battery is high or low

1
- When the heating is on
*Depending on the situation, the gasoline engine may not stop automatically in addition to the above.
Cheap
vinegar. all
·
- About charging the drive battery
Cheap
heart
of
The drive battery is charged using power from the gasoline engine and regenerative braking, Ta
eye
so there is no need to charge it from outside the vehicle. However, if the vehicle is left for a to
long time, the battery will gradually discharge. So at least once every 2-3 months, drive him
for about 30 minutes or 10 miles.
In the unlikely event that the drive battery is completely discharged and the hybrid system cannot be
started, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- About charging the auxiliary battery
→ P. 417
- After the auxiliary battery is dead or when the terminal is attached or detached for replacement, etc.
The gasoline engine may not stop automatically. If the system does not automatically
stop for 2 to 3 days, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- About sounds and vibrations specific to hybrid cars
Even if the READY indicator lights up and the hybrid vehicle is ready to drive,
there may be no engine noise or vibrations like in a normal car, so you may not
realize that it is ready to drive. For your safety, when parking, be sure to shift the
shift lever to P and apply the parking brake.
After the hybrid system starts, the following sounds and vibrations may occur, but this
is not a malfunction.
- motor noise from engine room
- Sounds from the rear of the vehicle and the drive battery that can be heard when starting or stopping the hybrid
system
- High-voltage relay sounds such as clicking or clicking that can be heard from the rear of the
vehicle when starting or stopping the hybrid system
- Operating noise heard when opening the back door
- A clicking or rattling noise that can be heard near the transmission when starting or
stopping the gasoline engine, when driving at low speeds, or while idling.
- Engine noise during sudden acceleration
- Regenerative braking noise that can be heard when you press the brake pedal or release the
accelerator pedal
- Vibrations caused by starting and stopping a gasoline engine
- Fan noise heard from the drive battery cooling inlet/outlet (→P. 62)
- About vehicle approach notification device
In the following cases, it may be difficult for people around you to hear the alert sound.
- When the surrounding noise is loud
- In case of rain or strong winds
Also, since the vehicle approach notification device is located at the front of the vehicle, it may be harder to hear from the
rear of the vehicle than from the front of the vehicle.
- About maintenance, repair, and scrapped cars
Please be sure to consult your Toyota dealer when maintaining, repairing, or scrapping your vehicle. In
particular, if you are scrapping your vehicle, we ask that you cooperate with us in collecting drive batteries
through Toyota dealers.
- Customization function
You can increase the volume of the vehicle approach notification device or change the EV indicator so that
it does not light up.
(Customization list: →P. 436)
Hybrid system precautions
Please note that the hybrid system has high voltage parts (up to
approximately 650V) such as the drive battery, power control unit, orange
high voltage cable, and electric motor, as well as high temperature parts
such as the cooling radiator. Please note that high-voltage parts are labeled
1
with handling precautions, so please follow the label instructions for proper
handling.
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
The illustration is an example for illustrative purposes only and may differ from the actual product.
1 label service plug

Five
2 High voltage cable (orange) 6 front electric motor
3 Drive battery 7 air conditioner compressor
Four
rear electric motor 8 power control unit
Drive battery cooling inlet/outlet

The drive battery is cooled at the bottom of the rear seat.
Air inlet, rear seat rear and

There is a drive battery between the deck boards.
Each has its own outlet for cooling.

vinegar. Block the inlet or outlet
Doing so may cause the drive battery to overheat or
This may cause a decrease in power.

Inlet
Vent
BTO12DQ105
Emergency stop system
In the event of a shock due to an accident, etc., the hybrid system will be
stopped and the high voltage will be cut off. Additionally, fuel pump control
stops fuel supply to minimize fuel leaks.
In this case, the hybrid system cannot be restarted, so please contact
your Toyota dealer.
warning message
This will be displayed automatically if there is an abnormality in the hybrid system or something you want
to be notified about.
Warning messages are displayed on the multi-info

displayed on the message display.
It will be.
Follow the instructions on the screen that appears.
stomach. (→P. 382)

knowledge
- When a warning light lights up, a warning message is displayed, or the connection with the
auxiliary battery is severed.
The hybrid system may not be able to restart. If the READY indicator does not
light up even after starting the engine again, please contact your Toyota dealer.
1
- When you run out of gas
If the hybrid system cannot be started due to gas shortage, refuel until the fuel level Cheap
warning light (→ P. 378) goes out and then restart. It may not be possible to start with all
·
a small amount of oil. (The approximate amount of refueling is approximately 8.4L when the vehicle is Cheap
heart
horizontal. The amount of refueling will vary depending on the tilt of the vehicle. If the vehicle is tilted, refuel a little more. of
Ta
) eye
to
- About electromagnetic waves
- High voltage parts and high voltage wiring have an electromagnetic shield structure. Compared to conventional
cars and home appliances, they do not emit as much electromagnetic waves.
- Please note that some amateur radio communications (long-distance

communications) may include noise during reception.
- About drive batteries
The drive battery has a limited lifespan. The lifespan varies depending on how the car is used and driving conditions.
- Declaration of conformity
This vehicle complies with hydrogen emissions according to ECE100 (Battery Electric Vehicle
Safety).
caveat
- Regarding high voltage and high temperature
This car uses a high voltage system.

Failure to observe the following may result in serious injury such as burns or
electric shock, or in the worst case, death.
- Never remove or disassemble high-voltage parts, high-voltage wiring
(orange), or their connectors.
- The hybrid system becomes hot after driving. Always follow the instructions on the label
on your vehicle and be aware of high voltage and hot areas.
- The service plug is installed in the drive battery.

I will. Never touch the service plug
Please come. Service plug is Toyota
When repairing a vehicle at a dealership, etc.,
This is to cut off the high voltage of the pond.
BTO12DQ007
- When an accident occurs
Failure to observe the following may result in serious injury such as electric
shock, or in the worst case, death.
- To prevent further accidents, stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking
brake, shift the shift lever to P, and stop the hybrid system.
- Never touch high voltage parts or high voltage wiring (orange).

- Never touch any electrical wiring that protrudes inside or outside the vehicle.
- If there is any liquid attached or leaking, do not touch it. If the electrolyte (strongly alkaline) of the drive
battery comes in contact with your eyes or skin, it is dangerous as it may cause blindness or skin damage. If it
comes into contact with your eyes or skin, immediately rinse with plenty of water and seek medical attention
immediately.
- In the event of a vehicle fire, use an ABC fire extinguisher to extinguish the fire.If
you have to pour water, use a large amount of water from a fire hydrant.
- Do not tow the vehicle with the tires on the ground.

Electricity is generated by an electric motor, and depending on the state of damage, there is a risk of
fire. (→P. 371)
- Check the road surface under the vehicle and if you find any fluid leaks (other
than water from the air conditioner), the fuel system may be damaged. Do not
start the hybrid system as it is dangerous as the fuel may catch fire.
In this case, please let us know when contacting your Toyota dealer about the situation.
caveat
- About drive batteries

- Please do not resell, transfer, modify, etc. To prevent accidents, drive batteries that have
been removed from scrapped cars are collected through Toyota dealers, so please
cooperate with us.
If it is not collected properly, the following may occur, resulting in serious 1
injury or, in the worst case, death.
･ Illegal dumping or abandonment may not only cause environmental pollution, but also cause a third party to come into contact
Cheap
with high-voltage parts and cause an electric shock accident. all

·
･ If the drive battery is used in a vehicle other than the one in which it is equipped (including modification), accidents Cheap
heart
such as electric shock, heat generation, smoke, ignition, explosion, and electrolyte leakage may occur.In particular, if of
Ta
you resell or transfer the battery, The other person may not be aware of these dangers, which may lead to an accident. eye
to
- If you discard your vehicle without removing the drive battery, there is a risk of serious
electric shock if you touch high-voltage parts, cables, or their connectors. When
disposing of your vehicle, please dispose of the drive battery at your Toyota dealer. If
drive batteries are not disposed of properly, they can cause electric shock resulting in
serious injury or even death.
Note
- Regarding the inlet and outlet for cooling the drive battery
- Do not place items that block the inlet or outlet. If the inlet or outlet is
blocked, the drive battery may overheat or malfunction.
- Clean the inlet or outlet regularly to avoid clogging.

- Do not allow water or foreign objects to enter the inlet or
outlet. Doing so may damage the drive battery.
- Be careful not to spill a large amount of water around the drive battery. If you
accidentally spill something, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
66 1-3. Anti-theft device
immobilizer system
The key has a built-in signal transmitter, and the hybrid system cannot be started with any
key other than the one registered in advance.
If you leave your vehicle unattended, do not leave your keys in the vehicle.
This system is a function that helps prevent vehicle theft, but does not
guarantee complete security against all vehicle thefts.
When the power switch is turned OFF, the

An indicator is displayed to indicate the operation of the stem.
indicator will blink.

Carry the registered key and use the power
switch to accessory mode or
When set to ON mode, the system is deactivated.
The indicator will turn off.
knowledge
- About maintenance
No maintenance is required for the immobilizer system.
- When the system does not work properly
- When the key is in contact with or covered with metal objects
- When the key overlaps or is close to another vehicle's security system key
(signal transmitter built-in key)
Note
- To make the immobilizer system work properly

Do not modify or remove the system. There is a risk that the system may not
function properly.
1-3. Anti-theft device 67
auto alarm
What is auto alarm?
Auto alarm is a function that alerts you with sound and light when an intrusion is
detected. If you set the auto alarm, the auto alarm will be activated in the following
situations. 1
- When a locked door is unlocked or opened without using the Smart
Entry & Start System, wireless remote control, or mechanical key. Cheap
all
·
- when the bonnet is opened

Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
Set auto alarm to
Close all doors and bonnet,

lock the door of * To do.
Automatically set after 30 seconds or more
will be done.
The indicator will appear when the auto alarm is set.
The indicator changes from lit to flashing.

vinegar.
*When locked with a mechanical key,

Auto alarm will not be set
yeah.
Canceling the auto alarm setting/stopping the operation
Please do one of the following:

- unlock the door
- Set the power switch to accessory mode or ON mode, or Yes
Start the BRID system (it will release/stop after a few seconds)
knowledge
- About maintenance
Auto alarm system requires no maintenance.
- Check before locking the door
To prevent unexpected activation of the auto alarm and theft, be sure to check the
following.
- Is there anyone inside the car?
- door glass and panoramic moonroof★Is it closed?

- Are you leaving valuables in your car?
- About automatic alarm operation
The auto alarm may be activated in the following cases. Please perform the operation to
cancel the auto alarm setting and stop its operation.
- If the person remaining in the vehicle opens the door or bonnet,
When it hit
- After locking the door, the auxiliary equipment may be disconnected due to a dead auxiliary equipment battery.
When charging or replacing the battery

(→P. 417)
BTO13DQ002
- Regarding the door lock function due to automatic alarm activation
In the following cases, the doors may be automatically locked to prevent unauthorized entry
into the vehicle.
- When the door is unlocked with something other than the key and the auto alarm is activated
- When the door is unlocked with something other than the key while the auto alarm is activated
- When charging or replacing the auxiliary battery due to a dead battery, etc.
You can change the setting so that an automatic alarm is activated when the door is unlocked
using the mechanical key. (Customization list: →P. 437)
★
:Equipment may or may not be provided depending on grade, options, etc.
1-3. Anti-theft device 69
Note
- To make the auto alarm work properly

Do not modify or remove the system. There is a risk that the system may not
function properly.
Cheap
all
·
Cheap
heart
of
Ta
eye
to
71
How to read the meter

2
2. How to read the instruments
Warning light/indicator light...................72
Instruments...................................76
multi information
Display.......................80
Energy monitor/
Fuel consumption screen/ESPO screen......85
72 2. How to read the instruments
Warning light/indicator light
A warning light/indicator light inside the meter will notify you of the vehicle's status. The
following illustration shows all warning/indicator lights for illustrative purposes.
warning light
Warns about system abnormalities, etc.
*1 SRS airbag/
brake warning light
Pretensioner warning light
(→P. 377)
(red) (→P. 377)
*1 *1
brake warning light ABS & Brake Assist Police
(→P. 377) Announcement (→P. 378)
(yellow)
*2
charging warning light Fuel level warning light
(→ P. 377) (→P. 378)
*2
oil pressure warning light Seatbelt not worn warning light
(→ P. 377) (→P. 378)
*1 *1
engine warning light master warning
(→P. 377) (→P. 378)
2. How to read the instruments 73
*1 *2
slip indicator light LDA indicator light
(→P. 378) (→P. 379)

(yellow)
*1
parking brake indicator light ICS OFF indicator light★
(→P. 378) (→P. 379)
(blinking)
(blinking)
*2 *2 Brake override
Stem warning light/
Brake hold operation display
drive start control
Light (→P. 378) 2
(blinking) Roll warning light/
ICS warning light★(→P. 380)
*1 *2 Mail
-
Ta
power steering warning light High water temperature warning light
-
(→P. 378) (→ P. 380) of
(red/ look
direction
yellow)
*2
PCS warning light
(→P. 379)
*1When you turn the power switch to ON mode to confirm operation, the light will light up, and after a few seconds it will light up again.
turns off when the hybrid system is started. If it does not light up or it stays
on, there may be a system malfunction. Please have it checked at your
Toyota dealer.
*2Displayed on the multi-information display.
★
Indicator light
Displays system operating status.

※twenty three
direction indicator light PCS warning light
(→P. 179) (→P. 218)
tail light indicator light parking brake indicator light

(→P. 187) (→P. 180)
*2
High beam indicator light brake hold standby
(→P. 187) Indicator light (→P. 184)
adaptive high beam system *2

stem★(→P. 190) / Automatic Brake hold operation display
high beam Light (→P. 184)
Indicator light★(→P. 195)
front fog lamp READY indicator

Indicator light (→P. 200) (→P. 165)
*2
Rear fog lamp indicator light★ LDA indicator light
(→P. 201) (→P. 229)

(White)
*2
clearance sonar indicator light★ LDA indicator light
(→P. 252) (→P. 229)

(green)
*1 *2
ICS OFF indicator light★ LDA indicator light
(→P. 264) (→P. 229)

(flashing yellow)
*1 *2
slip indicator light cruise control
(→P. 275) Indicator light (→P. 239)
(blinking)
*1 *2
VSC OFF indicator light cruise control
(→P. 276) Set indicator light (→P. 239)
★
*2 radar cruise control

security indicator light
roll indicator light
(→P. 66, 67)
(→P. 239)
*2 Smart entry &
EV indicator
Start system indicator light
(→P. 58)
(→P. 165)
*2 ※twenty four
EV drive mode indicator light low temperature indicator light
(→P. 171) (→P. 76)

2
*2
ECO MODE indicator light
(→P. 175) Mail
-
Ta
-
*1
It lights up when you turn the power switch to ON mode to check operation, and goes of
look
off after a few seconds or when you start the hybrid system. If it does not light up or it direction
stays on, there may be a system malfunction. Please have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.
*2Displayed on the multi-information display.

*3Lights up when the system is off.
※FourWhen the outside temperature is about 3 degrees Celsius or lower, it will blink for about 10 seconds and then turn on.
caveat
- When the safety device warning light does not light up
If the warning lights for safety devices such as ABS or SRS airbags do not light up or
remain lit even after you turn the power switch to ON mode, they may not operate
properly in the event of an accident, resulting in serious injury or worse. This may lead to
death. Please have it inspected immediately by your Toyota dealer.
Meters and gauges
1 hybrid system indicator

Indicates the output and regeneration level of the hybrid system (→P. 79)
2 Shift position/shift range display

Displays the selected shift position or shift range. (→P. 174)
3 Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature between -40℃ and 50℃. The low temperature indicator light (→P. 75) lights up when the outside
temperature is approximately 3 degrees Celsius or lower.
speedometer
Four
Indicates the vehicle's running speed.
Five
fuel gauge
Indicates the amount of fuel remaining. In the following cases, the actual remaining fuel level and the position of the fuel gauge
needle may differ.
･ When refueling a small amount (approximately 5L or less)
･ When the vehicle is stopped on an inclined surface such as a slope
･ When driving on a slope or curve

6 Odometer/trip meter/meter illuminance adjustment/power switch

mode display
odometer:
Displays the total distance traveled in km.
Trip meter:
Displays the distance traveled since the reset in km. There are two types of section
distances: Trip A and Trip B.
Meter illuminance adjustment:
Meter illuminance can be adjusted.
Power switch mode display: 2

Displays the selected power switch mode. (→P. 166)
Mail
7 multi-information display -
Ta
Displays various information regarding driving. (→P. 80) -
of
look
8 water temperature gauge
direction
Indicates the engine coolant temperature.
Switching the display
Each time you press the TRIP switch, the display changes.
Odometer → Trip A → Trip

Tape B → Meter brightness adjustment → Hide
Switch in order.
Also, press while the trip meter is displayed.
If you continue to do so, the mileage will return to 0.
Masu.
Meter illuminance adjustment
TRIP while displaying meter illuminance adjustment
Press and hold the switch to

You can adjust the illuminance.
Brightness when side lights are off and on
You can adjust the level.
knowledge
- Meter display operating conditions

When the power switch is in ON mode
- About outside temperature display
In the following cases, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed or the temperature display
may be updated slowly, but this is not a malfunction.
- When the vehicle is stopped or driving at low speeds (approximately 20km/h or less)
- When the outside temperature changes suddenly (near the entrance to a garage or tunnel, etc.)
- If “--” or “E” is displayed, there is a risk of system failure. Please have it checked at
your Toyota dealer.
- About interrupt display
Depending on the situation, instructions such as how to operate the switches will be displayed on the multi-
information display for a certain period of time. You can switch between interrupt display and non-display. (
→P. 436)
- About fuel gauge and range

The fuel gauge and cruising range (→P. 81) are linked. If the fuel gauge and cruising range display do not
update after refueling a small amount, you can update them by performing the following operations.
1 park the vehicle on a flat surface
2 Press the TRIP switch to adjust the odometer/trip meter/meter illuminance.Switch

the display to the odometer display.
3 Turn off the power switch
Four
While holding down the TRIP switch, turn the power switch to ON mode.
Five
Continue to hold the TRIP switch for about 5 seconds, then release it when the odometer
starts flashing.
The update is complete when the odometer (ODO) flashes for about 5 seconds and then returns to normal
display.
- About the hybrid system indicator

1 Charge area
Regenerative braking function recovers energy
Indicates the status that is being collected.
2 Hybrid eco area

Conditions that do not use gasoline engine power
Indicates a state that includes many situations.
Gasoline engines can run on their own depending on various conditions.
Dynamically stop and restart.
3 eco area 2
Are you driving eco-driving (driving in an environmentally friendly manner)?
Indicates the status.

Mail
power area
Four -
Ta
Beyond the range of eco-driving, such as when driving at full throttle -
of
Indicates the current state. look
direction
- Eco-driving is possible by keeping the indicator needle in the eco-area.

- The charging area is a regenerative * Indicates the status. The regenerated power charges the drive
battery.
*"Regeneration" here means converting kinetic energy into electrical energy.

is.
You can change the meter display on the multi-information display. (→P.
436)
Note
- To prevent damage to the hybrid system or components

If the water temperature gauge needle enters the H red zone, please stop the vehicle
immediately in a safe place as there is a risk of overheating. Check the engine after it has
completely cooled down. (→P. 420)
multi-information display
Display content
The multi-information display displays various information about the outside

temperature and driving.
- menu icon
Select an icon to display each item.
Masu. (→P. 81)
Some items may be displayed automatically depending on the situation.
will be shown.
Trip information
Displays various information regarding driving. (→P. 81)
Navigation system linked display★
Displays the following information in conjunction with the navigation system.
･ Destination information
･ Compass (north up/heading up display)
Audio system linked display★
You can select the audio mode, select songs, etc.
Driving support function information
Displays the operating status of the following systems:
･ Radar cruise control (with all vehicle speed tracking function) (→P. 239)
･ LDA (Lane departure alert [with steering control function]) (→P. 229)
warning message
If an abnormality occurs in the vehicle, a message will be displayed indicating the nature of the problem and what to do
about it. (→P. 382)
★
setting
You can change meter display settings and settings for each system. (→P. 82)
Method of operation
Use the meter operation switch to

Operate as follows.
1 Select/Page forward
2
2 Confirm/Setting
3 Return to previous screen Mail

-
Ta
-
of
look
direction
Drive information
To change the item, press the meter operation switch. or press
Select and press or .
- Instantaneous fuel consumption
Displays the current instantaneous fuel consumption.
- Average fuel consumption (after reset/startup/after refueling)
After resetting, after starting the hybrid system, and after refueling, the average fuel consumption (reference
value) will be displayed.
- Average vehicle speed (after reset/start)
After resetting, the average vehicle speed (reference value) after the hybrid system starts is
displayed.
- Running time (after reset/start)

Displays the elapsed time (reference value) after the hybrid system started after
reset.
- Cruising distance
Displays the distance you can drive based on the fuel efficiency learned from your driving history and the
current amount of fuel remaining.
･ Fuel consumption varies depending on the usage environment (weather, traffic jams, etc.) and driving method
(sudden starts, use of air conditioning, etc.), so it may differ from the actual distance you can travel.
･ If the amount of fuel supplied is small (approximately 5L or less), the display may not
be updated. In this case, it can be updated along with the fuel gauge. (→P. 78)
- energy monitor
→ P. 85
- Stagger degree display
It detects erratic driving that occurs when the driver's attention is reduced, and displays
the degree of reduced attention as a bar length.
The shorter the bar length, the more you need to take a break.
This display is one of the functions of LDA (Lane Departure Alert [with steering control
function]). When the operating conditions for the LDA (Lane Departure Alert [with
steering control function]) sway warning function are met, the displayed function
becomes effective. (→P. 229)
- Display OFF
Displays the OFF screen.
setting
- LDA (Lane departure alert [with steering control function])

(→P. 229)
- PCS (Pre-crash Safety System) (→P. 218)
- clearance sonar★(→P. 251)
- intelligent clearance sonar★(→P. 262)
- power back door★(→P. 107)
- Display settings
- EV display
You can select whether to activate or deactivate the EV indicator.
- Interrupt display
You can select whether to display or hide items that are displayed in an interrupt manner depending on
the situation. The items displayed in the interrupt are as follows.
･ Intersection information
･ Incoming call
· operating time
･ Status notification
- Color
You can choose the color of the cursor, etc.
★
- Initialization
You can restore the meter display settings to their default settings.
knowledge
- About settings screen operations
If the following conditions occur while operating the setting screen, the operation will be temporarily suspended.
- When a warning message appears

- when you start running
- When connecting or disconnecting the battery terminals 2

If you connect or disconnect the battery terminal, the drive information data will
be reset. Mail
-
- About LCD display Ta
-
of
Small specks or spots of light may appear on the display. This is a phenomenon peculiar to look
LCD displays, and there is no problem in using them as is. direction
caveat
- Regarding use while driving
- When operating the multi-information display, pay close attention to the safety of your
surroundings.
- Do not keep looking at the multi-information display. This is dangerous as you may
overlook pedestrians or obstacles in front of you.
- Regarding screen display at low temperatures
If the screen temperature is extremely low, there may be a delay in switching the screen display, so
please warm up the interior of the vehicle before use.
For example, if a shift range display is used, the driver may misunderstand that
the shift range display did not change immediately after performing a shift
operation, and may cause sudden excessive engine braking by downshifting
again. Doing so may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- When changing display settings
Since you will be operating the hybrid system while it is operating, ensure adequate
ventilation in enclosed areas such as garages. If ventilation is not provided, the exhaust
gas will fill up and the carbon monoxide (CO) contained in the exhaust gas may cause
serious health problems or, in the worst case, death.
Note
- When changing display settings

Please make sure the hybrid system is started before performing this, as this
may cause the auxiliary battery to die.
Energy monitor/fuel consumption screen★/ESPO screen★
The status of the hybrid system can be displayed on the multi-information

display and navigation screen.★will be displayed.
1 navigation screen
2 multi-information day
spray
3 meter operation switch 2
Four“INFO/TC” switch
Mail
-
Ta
-
of
look
direction
How to read the energy monitor
- Navigation screen display★

1 Touch the "INFO/TC" switch outside the screen,Display the "Information" screen
When the “Online” or “Apps” screen is displayed, Select "Information"
please.
2 Select "Energy"
- Multi-information display display
When trip information (→P. 81) is displayed, press or on the meter
operation switch to select “Energy Monitor”.
★
navigation multi information

system screen display
Runs on electric energy

when doing
both gasoline and electric

running on energy
When
with gasoline energy

while driving
Charging the drive battery

When
no energy flow
time
few many few many
Display of remaining power of drive battery
The display screen may differ slightly from the actual situation.
How to display the fuel efficiency screen/ESPO screen
1 Touch the "INFO/TC" switch outside the screen, Display the "Information" screen
“online” or When the “Apps” screen is displayed,Select "Information"
Sai.
2 Select "Fuel efficiency"
Fuel consumption screen:
ESPO screen: Select "ESPO"
How to read the fuel consumption screen
- How to read fuel consumption per minute

2
When the section fuel consumption is displayed, select "Fuel consumption per minute"
1Burns per minute for the past 15 minutes. Mail

-
Cost (average fuel consumption) Ta
-
of
2Minute-by-minute data for the past 15 minutes Four look
1 direction
Energy recovery amount

Five
One mark is 50Wh.
6
3 Clear history 3
2
Four
After starting the hybrid system BTO20DQ205
average vehicle speed
Five
Running time after starting the hybrid system
6 Cruising range (→P. 81)

The average fuel consumption is displayed in different colors depending on the time you drove the
vehicle and the time you last drove.
Please use the average fuel consumption displayed as a reference. The
display screen may differ slightly from the actual situation.

- How to read section fuel efficiency
When fuel consumption per minute is displayed, select "Sectional fuel consumption"
1 Maximum fuel consumption display
2 Average fuel consumption display
1 2
3 Past average fuel consumption display
Average fuel consumption is the average since the last update. 3 2

Average and past averages are displayed in different colors.
Masu.
Four
Clear history Five Four
BTO20DQ306
Five Average fuel consumption updated
Please use the average fuel consumption displayed as a reference. The
display screen may differ slightly from the actual situation.

How to read the ESPO screen
1 Status/eco driving score display * Mail

-
The eco-driving scoring results and driving information are sent to the Toyota Smart Center, and the Ta
-
eco-driving score and status are displayed based on the calculated data. of
As you continue eco-driving, your status will increase in rank from bronze to silver look
direction
to gold.
2 Eco level average value
Displays the average value of the eco level indicator. The more marks you see, the more
environmentally friendly your driving is.
3 eco level meter

Displays the level of eco-driving. The more marks you see, the more environmentally
friendly your driving is.
eco level indicator

Four
Good or Excellent will be displayed depending on the level of the eco level meter. It is not
displayed if the level is low.
Five
Fuel consumption per minute (last time hybrid system started - hybrid system stopped)
The average fuel consumption per minute is displayed in a graph up to 15 minutes ago.
Displays the current and previous average fuel consumption by color.
6 Fuel consumption per minute (from hybrid system startup to present)
The average fuel consumption per minute is displayed in a graph up to 15 minutes ago.
Displays the current and previous average fuel consumption by color.
7 update switch*
Sends driving information etc. to Toyota Smart Center and updates status etc.
8 eco medical record switch*
Based on information sent from the car, monthly mileage, gasoline consumption, and CO2Emissions,
average fuel consumption, earned points, and eco-driving score are displayed.
9advice switch
･ Displays the results of diagnosing the driver's driving operations from the perspective
of eco-driving. You can see what's good about it and find out what you can do to
make it even better.
･ Displays trivia about eco-driving and the environment.
*Displayed when using T-Connect.
For more information, please refer to the separate "Navigation System Instruction Manual".
knowledge
- To update the past section average fuel consumption record
If you select "Update" on the section fuel consumption screen, the average fuel consumption value and graph will be updated and new
recording of average fuel consumption will begin.
- To reset fuel economy data

Selecting "Clear History" will reset fuel consumption data.
- About cruising distance
Indicates the approximate distance that can be traveled with the current amount of fuel remaining. The displayed
distance is calculated based on past average fuel consumption, so it may not be possible to actually travel the
displayed distance.
- About driving information sent to Toyota Smart Center

The driving information sent to the Toyota Smart Center is calculated by the
navigation system, and may not match the mileage, fuel consumption, etc.
displayed on the multi-information display.
91
Operation of each part

3
3-1. Key
key..........................................92
3-2. How to open, close and lock the door
Door (front door/
rear door)................................98
Backdoor.......................104
Smart entry &
3-3. Seat adjustment
Front seat..........................124
Rear seat.......................126
power easy
Access system/
Position memory/
Memory call...................128
Headrest.......................133
3-4. Handle position/mirror
Handle...................................136
Inner mirror..........................139
Door mirror..........................141
Auxiliary confirmation device...................143
3-5. Door glass

Opening and closing the moonroof
Power window...................144
Panoramic moonroof..........147
92 3-1. Key
Key
About keys
We will give you the next key.

1 electronic key
･ Smart entry & start system

Stem operation (→P. 118)
･ Activation of wireless function
2 mechanical key
3 key number plate
Four
Card key (electronic key)★
Smart entry & start system
Operation of the system (→P. 118)
wireless remote control
1 Locking the door (→P. 98)

2 close the door glass* (→P. 98) 1 2
3 Unlocking the door (→P. 98) 3 Four
Four
open door glass *(→P. 98) Five
Five
power back door★open and close
(→P. 104)
BTO32DP110
*Settings need to be changed using the customization function. (→P. 440)
★
3-1. Key 93
How to use mechanical keys
To remove the mechanical key,

Press the release button and take out the key
After use, return it to its original location and attach it to the electronic key.
Please carry it with you. Electronic key power

When the pond runs out and smart entry
& The start system does not work properly.
When you need a mechanical key
Masu. (→P. 413)
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
94 3-1. Key
knowledge
- About card key

- Card keys are not waterproof.
- Use the mechanical key built into the card key only in emergencies such as
when the card key does not work properly.
- If the mechanical key is difficult to remove, press the release button with the tip of a
ballpoint pen, etc. If it is difficult to pull out, try hooking it with a coin, etc.
- Inserting the mechanical key into the card key
, press the release button and insert it all the way.
please.
- When the battery cover comes off or gets wet

If you remove the battery during
Install it with the rear emblem side facing
please.
- When you lose your mechanical key
A new Toyota genuine mechanical key can be made at a Toyota dealer using the key
number stamped on the key number plate and the remaining mechanical key. Store
your key number plate in a safe place (such as your wallet) outside of your car.
- when getting on an airplane
If you bring an electronic key onto an aircraft, do not press the electronic key switch
on the aircraft. Also, even if you store it in a bag, store it in a way that it cannot be
easily turned on. When the switch is pressed, radio waves are emitted, which may
interfere with aircraft operations.
3-1. Key 95
- About battery consumption
- The standard lifespan of a battery is 1 to 2 years. (The battery of the card key will wear out in about a year and a half.
vinegar)
- When the battery level is low, a warning tone will sound from inside the vehicle when the hybrid system
is stopped.
- Since the electronic key is constantly receiving radio waves, the battery will drain even
when not in use. The battery may be exhausted if the following conditions occur. Please
replace the battery with a new one.
･ The smart entry & start system or wireless remote control does not work. ･ The operating
range has become narrower.
･ The electronic key LED does not light up.
- To prevent significant battery consumption, do not store the electronic key within 1 m of electrical appliances
that generate magnetism, such as the following. 3
･TV
· computer each
･ Mobile phones, cordless phones, and chargers
Department
of
· Desk lamp
Miscellaneous
Made by
· Electromagnetic cooker
- If you do not use the electronic key for a long period of time, you can reduce battery consumption by setting it to
power saving mode. (→P. 120)
- How to replace the battery
→ P. 345
- About checking the number of registered keys
You can check the number of keys registered in the vehicle. Please contact your
Toyota dealer for details.
96 3-1. Key
Note
- To prevent key failure

- Do not drop, subject to strong impact, or bend.
- Do not leave it in a high temperature place for a long time.
- Do not get it wet or wash it with an ultrasonic cleaner, etc.
- Do not attach or bring metal or magnetic products close to the electronic key.
- Do not disassemble
- Do not put stickers etc. on the surface of the electronic key.
- Do not place it near magnetic products such as TVs, audio equipment, or electromagnetic cookers.
- Do not place the device near electrical medical devices (such as microwave therapy devices or low-frequency
therapy devices) or receive treatment while wearing it.
- Precautions when handling electronic keys
- When carrying the key
Please keep the device at least 10cm away from electrical appliances that are turned on. If placed within
approximately 10 cm, it may interfere with the radio waves of electrical appliances and may not function
properly.
- When taking the vehicle to a dealer due to a malfunction of the smart entry & start system,
etc.
Please bring any electronic keys that came with your vehicle.
- When you lose your electronic key
If you leave your electronic key lost, the risk of theft is extremely high. Bring all
remaining electronic keys that came with your vehicle and contact your Toyota
dealer immediately.
3-1. Key 97
Note
- Regarding handling of card keys

- When inserting the mechanical key into the card key, do not use excessive
force. The card key may be damaged.
- If the electrodes of the battery or card key get wet, the battery may corrode. If you
drop it in water or spill drinking water on it, immediately remove the battery cover
and wipe off the battery and electrodes (to remove the battery cover, hold it gently
and pull it out). If the battery becomes corroded, have it replaced at your Toyota
dealer.
- When removing the battery cover, do not crush it or use a screwdriver, etc.
If you try to force it open, you may bend it or damage it. 3
- If you remove the battery cover frequently, it may become easier to remove the battery each
cover. Department
of
-
Miscellaneous
When installing the battery, be sure to check the orientation of the battery. Inserting the Made by
battery in the wrong direction will cause the battery to drain rapidly.
- If you use the card key in the following ways, the surface of the card key may be
scratched or the paint may peel off.
･ When you carry the card key with hard objects such as coins or keys. ･ When you rub
it with a sharp object such as the tip of a mechanical pencil. ･ When you wipe the
surface of the card key with thinner or benzene.
98 3-2. How to open, close and lock the door
Doors (front door/rear door)
Locking/unlocking from outside the vehicle
- Smart entry & start system
Carry and operate the electronic key.
1 Hold the front seat door handle

to unlock
Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle.
Please.
The door cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after being locked.
2 Above the front seat door handle,

or the lower lock sensor section (ha
Touch the recessed part of the handle to lock it.
Ru
Please make sure it is locked.
- wireless remote control
1 lock all doors

Please make sure that the door is locked.
1
stomach.
2
Press and hold to close the door glass*
2 unlock all doors

Press and hold to open the door glass *
*Settings must be changed using the customization function.

BTO32DP029
It's important.(→P. 439)
Translated from Japanese to English - www.onlinedoctranslator.com
3-2. How to open, close and lock the door 99
knowledge
- activation signal
- A buzzer and flashing emergency flashing lights notify you when the door is locked or unlocked. (Locked once,
unlocked twice)
- A buzzer notifies you when the door glass is opened or closed. (→P. 440)
- Security function for unlocking operation
If the door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after unlocking, it will be automatically locked
to prevent theft.
- When the door cannot be locked using the lock sensor above the door handle
on the lock sensor section above the door handle.

If the lock cannot be locked even after the 3
touch both sensors at the same time.
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
BTO32DP008
- door ajar warning buzzer
If you try to lock the door before it is fully closed, a buzzer will sound.
Close the door completely and then lock it again.

- Auto alarm settings
An automatic alarm will be set when the door is locked. (→P. 67)
- When the smart entry & start system or wireless remote control does not work
properly
- You can lock and unlock the door using a mechanical key. (→P. 413)
- Replace the battery when it is exhausted. (→P. 345)
Locking/unlocking from inside the vehicle
- door lock switch
1 lock all doors

1
2 unlock all doors 2
BTO32DP011
- lock lever
1 lock the door

1
2 unlock the door
The driver's door is locked by the lock lever.
Even if you are on the side, the door door inside the car
2
It can be opened by pulling the bar.
BTO32DP012
When locking the front seats from the outside without using the key
1 Set the lock lever to the lock side

2 Close the door while pulling the door handle
The door will not lock if the power switch is in accessory mode or ON mode, or if the
electronic key is left in the car. However, the key may not be detected correctly and the
door may be locked.
child protector
When set to the locked side, the rear seat door is inside the car.
It will no longer open.

1 Unlock
2 locking
1
Your child opens the rear seat door from inside the car.
You can prevent this from happening. rear on both sides
Please turn the seat door to the locked side.

2
BTO32DP013
knowledge
3
- How to open the door when using a child protector
Unlock the door and pull the outside door handle to open it. If you need to open the door from inside the
each
car, lower the door glass, put your hand out, and pull the door handle on the outside of the car. Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
Auto door lock/unlock function

You can set or cancel the following functions.
function Operation details
All doors will be locked when the speed exceeds approximately

Vehicle speed sensitive auto door lock
20km/h.
shift lever while the hybrid system is operating.

Shift operation linked door lock
If you move from P, all doors will be locked.
When you move the shift lever to P, all doors will be

Shift operation linked unlock
unlocked.
Interlocking driver's door opening If you open the driver's door within approximately 43 seconds
unlock after turning off the power switch, all doors will be unlocked.
- How to set/cancel
Vehicles not equipped with the manufacturer's optional navigation system The
following steps alternate between setting and canceling each function.
1 Close all doors and turn the power switch to ON mode (within 20
seconds) 2
2 shift lever to P or N
Turn on the driver's door lock switch.
Chi's or Approximately
Press and release for 5 seconds
The shift lever may change depending on the function that you set.
The bar and switch positions are shown in the table below.
Select.
To deactivate the function, follow the same steps.
is.
shift lever driver door lock

function
position switch
Shift operation linked door lock

P
Shift operation linked unlock
Vehicle speed sensitive auto door lock
N
Driver's door opening interlocking unlock
When the setting or canceling operation is completed, all doors will be

locked and then unlocked.
Vehicles equipped with the manufacturer's optional navigation system
Settings can be changed on the navigation system screen. (

→P. 437)
knowledge
- Impact sensing door unlock system
If the vehicle receives a strong impact from the front, rear, left or right, all doors will be unlocked.
Depending on the degree of impact and the circumstances of the accident, it may not operate.
- Locking/unlocking with mechanical key
You can lock and unlock the door using a mechanical key. (→P. 413)
- Situations where the smart entry & start system or wireless remote control may not
work properly
→ P. 120
You can make changes such as disabling the smart entry & start system. 3
each
Department
caveat of
Miscellaneous
Made by
- to prevent accidents
Be sure to observe the following while driving.

Failure to do so may cause the door to open unexpectedly, resulting in serious
- Make sure all doors are closed and locked
- Do not pull the door lever on the inside of the door while driving.
Be especially careful on the driver's seat, as the door will open even if the lock lever is in the
locked position.
- When placing a child in the rear seat, use a child protector to prevent the door from
opening from inside the car.
- When opening and closing the door
When opening or closing a door, be sure to check your surroundings, such as on a sloping location, in a location with a
narrow space between the door and a wall, or in strong winds, and hold the door handle firmly to be able to deal with
unexpected movement.
- When operating the door glass using the wireless remote control
Make sure that there is no risk of anyone getting caught in the door glass before
operating it. Also, do not allow children to operate the wireless remote control. There
is a risk that your child or others may become trapped or caught in the door glass.
back door
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened/closed using the following methods.
Locking/unlocking from outside the vehicle
- Smart entry & start system
Carry and operate the electronic key.
1 locking
Please make sure that it is locked.

Sai.
2 Unlock
The door cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after locking.
yeah.
- wireless remote control
→ P. 98
Locking/unlocking from inside the vehicle
- door lock switch
→ P. 100
Opening and closing the back door using a wireless remote control (vehicles equipped with a power back door)
hold down the switch

Must be activated when the back door is unlocked*
I can.
*With the customization function, from the time of locking
You can set it to work even if you want.
(→P. 439)
BTO32DP310
To open the back door from outside the vehicle
- back door open switch

Vehicles without power back door
When the back door is unlocked, the back door
While holding down the open switch,

lift back door
Vehicle with power back door
When back door is unlocked: back door

press open switch
IO32HR006
When the back door is locked: Carry the electronic key with you.
Open the back door 3

long press the switch
If you press the switch again during opening/closing operation, the operation will stop. each
Department
- wireless remote control of

Miscellaneous
→ P. 92
Made by
To open and close the back door from inside the car (vehicles equipped with a power back door)
Press and hold the switch for about 1 second
The buzzer sounds and the back door opens and closes automatically.
To do.
If you press the switch while the opening/closing operation is in progress, the operation will start.
Stop.
Turn on the switch again from the state where the operation stopped.
Press and hold for about 1 second to

reverse the back door.
To close the back door from outside the vehicle
- To close using the power back door switch (vehicles with power back
door)
press the switch
The buzzer sounds and the back door closes automatically.
Marimasu.
switch while the back door is closing
Press to stop operation.
Press the switch again to open the back door.
will open automatically.
BTO32DP017
- To close using the backdoor grip

hold the back door grip

Pull down the back door and make sure to exit
Press it to close it.
BTO32DP118
hold the back door grip

When you pull down the back door,
The buzzer sounds and the back door opens automatically.
close.
BTO32DP119
To turn the power back door ON/OFF (vehicles equipped with a power back
door)
You can switch ON/OFF on the multi-information display.
1 meter operation switch or press select
2 meter operation switch or press Select
Press
3 Select "Function" Press
meter operation switch

Four ON/OFF switches each time you press 3
each
About power back door automatic opening/stop position adjustment (vehicles with power back Department
of
door) Miscellaneous
Made by
You can adjust the position where the power back door stops when it opens automatically.
To configure with a switch
1 Stop the back door at the desired position (→P. 104, 105)
2 bottom of back door Press and hold the switch for about 2 seconds
･ When the settings are complete, the buzzer will sound four times.
･ The next time you open the power back door, it will stop at that position.
To configure settings on the multi-information display
1 meter operation switch or press select
2 meter operation switch or press Select
Press
3 Select "Open position adjustment" Press
Four
Select the desired opening position Press (→P. 438)
To return the adjusted position to its initial state (→P. 111)

knowledge
- Conditions for operating the power back door (vehicles with power back door) When the power back door is
activated, it can be opened and closed automatically in the following situations.
- The power back door operates when the back door is unlocked, but in the following
cases even if the back door is locked.
･ When you press the back door open switch while carrying the electronic key
･ When using the wireless remote control, if you set the customization function so that it can
operate even when the door is locked (→P. 439)
- In order for the power switch to open when in ON mode, in addition to the above, the vehicle speed must be less than
approximately 3km/h and one of the following conditions must apply:
However, it cannot be opened or closed using a wireless remote control.
･ The parking brake is applied

･ Depressing the brake pedal
･ The shift lever is in position P.
- If the backdoor won't open

You can open the back door from the inside.
1 remove the cover
To prevent scratches, dry the

Wrap a cloth, etc. around the tip of the bar to protect it.
Please.
2 press the lever
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
BTO32DP030 Made by
BTO32DP021
- Back door easy closer (vehicles with power back door)

When the back door is left ajar, the back door easy closer operates and
automatically closes the back door completely.
- The backdoor easy closer will operate no matter what state the power switch is
in.
- Even when the back door easy closer is operating, you can open the back door
by pressing the back door open switch.
- Regarding the operation of the power back door (vehicles equipped with a power back door)
- A buzzer will sound when operation starts.
- When the power back door operation is OFF, the power back door does not operate, but it can be
opened and closed manually.
- If an abnormality is detected due to a person or foreign object while the power back door is opening
automatically, the operation will stop.
- About the back door reservation lock function (vehicles with power back door)
This function allows you to reserve locking of all doors in advance while the power back door is
open. The following operation will lock all doors except the power back door, and the power back
door will also lock at the same time as your power back door closes.
1 Close all doors except the power back door
To lock the door using the wireless remote control
2 Perform the lock operation using the wireless remote control while the power back door is
automatically closing (→P. 98)
How to lock with smart entry & start system

2 Perform the lock operation using the smart entry & start system while the power back
door is automatically closing (→P. 98, 104)
To lock with a switch *

2 While carrying the electronic key,at the bottom of the power back door switch (→P. 106)
Short press twice
A buzzer sound different from the normal buzzer will sound, and at the same time as the power back door closes,
you will receive an activation signal (→P. 99) to notify you that all doors are locked.
*However, the following conditions must be met.

･ The power back door stops after opening.
･ Do not leave the remaining electronic key of your vehicle inside the vehicle.
- When reconnecting the auxiliary battery (vehicles equipped with power back door)
In order for the power back door to operate properly, please fully close the back door
manually as an initial setting.
- Entrapment prevention function (vehicles with power back door)
There are sensors on the left and right ends of the power back door.
It is attached. When the door closes automatically

When the sensor is pressed due to something like being pinched,
The pinch prevention function will activate when the

The door will automatically move slightly in the opposite direction and operate.
will stop.
BTO32DP131
- To cancel the stop position set by back door automatic opening stop position adjustment
3
(vehicles equipped with power back door)
Press and hold the switch at the bottom of the back door for about 7 seconds.
each
The buzzer will sound twice. The next time you open the power back door, it will
Department
of
open to its initial position. Miscellaneous
Made by
- Situations where the back door reservation lock function does not work properly (vehicles equipped with power
back doors) Even if you press the switch, it may not operate in the following situations.
- When pressed with the hand holding the electronic key
- When pressing the electronic key while it is in a bag placed on the ground
- When pressed from a distance
- Customization function (vehicles equipped with power back door)
You can make changes such as adjusting the opening of the

power back door. (Customization list: →P. 438)
caveat

- before driving
- Make sure the back door is closed before driving. If it is not completely closed, it may open
suddenly while driving and cause you to hit something outside the vehicle or throw your
luggage out, leading to an unexpected accident.
- Please do not allow children to play in the luggage room. If you

accidentally become trapped, there is a risk of heat stroke.
- Do not allow children to open or close the back door. Doing so may cause the back door to
open unexpectedly or cause your hands, head, or neck to become trapped when it closes.
- Please close the back door while driving.

If you drive with the back door open, the back door may hit objects outside the vehicle or your
luggage may be thrown out, leading to an unexpected accident.
- Never carry anyone in the luggage room. Sudden braking, sudden turning, or
a collision may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
caveat
- When operating the backdoor

Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as getting your body caught,
or in the worst case, death.
- Before opening the back door, remove any heavy objects such as snow or ice stuck to
the back door. The weight of the backdoor may cause it to close suddenly after opening.
- When opening or closing the back door, be sure to check the safety of your surroundings.
- If there are people around, please make sure to call out to them to make sure they are safe and to let them know that you need to
move.
3
- Please be careful when opening and closing during strong winds.
The back door may be blown open or closed by the wind.

each
Department
of
- Vehicles without power back door: Used in half-open state. Miscellaneous
Made by
, the backdoor may suddenly close and cause serious

There is a risk of injury. especially the slope
In areas where the ground is
The back door is difficult to open and close, and the back door opens suddenly.
There is a risk that it may open or close. Must

The back door must be fully open and stationary.
Please check and use.
- When closing the back door, avoid getting your fingers caught.
Please be careful not to do this.

- Vehicles without power back door: The back door is
Be sure to close it by pressing lightly from the outside.
Back while holding the back door grip
If you close the door, there is a risk of getting your hands or arms caught.
I will.
- Do not close or hang the back door by holding the back door damper stay (vehicles
not equipped with a power back door) or spindle unit (vehicles equipped with a
power back door).
Doing so may cause your hands to be caught, or the back door damper stay (vehicles not equipped
with a power back door) or spindle unit (vehicles equipped with a power back door) to be damaged,
leading to an unexpected accident.
caveat
- Vehicles without a power back door: If you attach a heavy object such as a carrier to the back
door, the door may suddenly close after opening, potentially trapping your hands, head, neck,
etc. We recommend him to use genuine Toyota products when installing accessories to the
back door.
- About the back door easy closer (vehicles with power back door)
- When the backdoor is left ajar,

Backdoor Easy Closer moves automatically
It closes completely by moving. It also started working
It will take a few seconds for it to appear. Do not get your fingers caught.
Please be careful not to Serious injuries such as fractures

There is a risk of serious injury.
- The back door easy closer operates even when the power back door is turned
off, so be careful not to get your fingers caught in it.
- About the power back door (vehicles equipped with power back door)

Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as getting your body caught,
or in the worst case, death.
- Make sure that the surrounding area is safe and that there are no obstructions or dangers of
personal items getting caught.
- If there are people around, please make sure to confirm safety before operating the unit, and make a ``call'' to let them
know that you are moving.
- If you turn off the operation of the power back door during automatic opening/closing,
operation will stop and the operation will switch to manual operation. In this case, the
backdoor may open or close suddenly, so be careful.
- If the operating conditions (→P. 108) are no longer met during automatic opening/closing, a buzzer
will sound, operation may stop, and manual operation may be required.
In this case, be careful as the back door may open or close suddenly on a
slope.
- On sloping locations, the door may close suddenly after opening. Always
make sure the door is fully open and stationary.
caveat
- In the following cases, the system may determine that there is an abnormality,
stop automatic operation, and switch to manual operation. In this case, the
backdoor may open or close suddenly, so be careful.
･ When an obstacle interferes with the automatic operation
･ If the auxiliary battery voltage suddenly drops when you turn the power switch
to ON mode or start the hybrid system while the hybrid system is stopped and
the power back door is automatically operating.
- If you attach a heavy object such as a carrier to the back door, the power back door may not
operate automatically and may malfunction, or the door may suddenly close after opening,
potentially trapping your hands, head, or neck. We recommend using genuine Toyota products
when attaching accessories to the back door.
3
- Entrapment prevention function (vehicles with power back door)

each
Failure to do so may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death. Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
- Do not intentionally try to activate the anti-pinch function by pinching any part of
your body.
- The anti-pinch function may not operate if a foreign object is caught just before the back
door is completely closed. Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
- The pinch prevention function may not work depending on the shape of the object
or how it is caught. Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Note
- About damper stay (vehicles without power back door)

A damper stay is attached to the back door to support the back door. Please
observe the following to prevent damage to the damper stay and malfunction.
- Discrepancies such as vinyl pieces, stickers, adhesive materials, etc.
Attach the object to the rod part of the stay.

do not have
- Do not touch the rod part with work gloves, etc.
- Accessories other than Toyota genuine parts on the back door
Do not wear saree accessories

BTO32DP026
- Place your hand on the stay or apply force in the lateral direction.
I don't want to
- About the spindle unit (vehicles with power back door)

A spindle unit is attached to the back door to support the back door. Please
observe the following to prevent damage to the spindle unit or malfunction.
- Discrepancies such as vinyl pieces, stickers, adhesive materials, etc.
Do not allow objects to adhere to the spindle unit
- Accessories other than Toyota genuine parts on the back door
Do not wear saree accessories
- Do not place your hand on the spindle unit or

Do not apply force in the direction
BTO32DP027
Note
- To prevent back door easy closer failure (vehicles equipped with power back door)
- Do not apply excessive force while the backdoor easy closer is operating.
Applying excessive force may cause the backdoor easy closer to malfunction.
- If you open and close the back door repeatedly in a short period of time, the back
door easy closer may not work. In this case, open the back door, wait a while, and
then close it again to activate the function.
- To prevent power back door failure (vehicles equipped with power back door)
- Before operating the power back door, make sure that the back door is not
stuck due to freezing. Operating the back door with excessive force applied to
it may cause malfunction.
3
- Do not apply excessive force to the power back door while it is operating.
- Be careful not to damage the sensors at the left and right ends of the power back door (
each
→P. 111) with sharp objects such as knives. If the sensor is disconnected, it will not be Department
of
able to close automatically. Miscellaneous
Made by
- About the back door reservation lock function (vehicles with power back door)
When you close the power back door by operating the switch, a buzzer sound different from the normal
buzzer sounds and activates.
To confirm that it has started operating normally, confirm that a buzzer sound different
from the normal buzzer sounds.
When the power back door is completely closed and locked, an activation signal
(→P. 99) will notify you that all doors are locked.
When leaving your vehicle, check for activation signals and make sure all doors
are locked.
Smart entry & start system
If you carry the electronic key in your pocket, you can perform the following operations.
The driver must always carry the key.
- Lock/unlock the door (→P. 98)

- Locking/unlocking the back door (→P. 104)
- Start the hybrid system (→P. 165)
knowledge
- antenna position
1 external antenna
2 indoor antenna
3 Antenna outside luggage room
Four
Antenna in luggage room
- Operating range (electronic key detection area)
: When locking/unlocking the door
Within approximately 70cm from the door handle

It will work if you carry the electronic key.
(Door hand detecting electronic key
vinegar.
)
: When starting the hybrid system or
When changing mode
Activated when carrying an electronic key in the car.

move.
- About warning sounds and warning displays
To prevent unexpected accidents or theft due to incorrect operation, a warning tone may
sound or a warning may be displayed on the multi-information display. When a warning
appears, take appropriate action based on the information on the display.
If only the warning sound is heard, the following are the situations and what to do.
alarm situation Workaround
one of the doors opens

Smart Enable when
A beep came from outside the car. After closing all doors, try again.
Tree & start system
rings for 5 seconds lock every time
system or wireless
I tried to lock using the function.
driver's door is open 3

Turn the power switch on
Turn off the power switch
From inside the car, “Pong, Paw” switch to accessory mode
After the driver's door each
It keeps ringing (The power switch is turned on.)
close Department
of
When in accessory mode Miscellaneous
(opened the driver's door) Made by
- When “Smart entry & start system malfunction, check instruction manual” is
displayed on the multi-information display
There may be a problem with the system. Have it checked immediately by a
Toyota dealer.
- Power saving function
A power saving function is activated to prevent the electronic key battery and the vehicle's auxiliary battery from dying when the vehicle is
parked for a long period of time.
- In the following situations, it may take some time for the smart entry and start
system to unlock the door.
･ The electronic key was left within 2 meters outside the car for more than 10 minutes.
･ You have not used the smart entry & start system for more than 5 days.
- If the Smart Entry & Start System is not used for 14 days or more, it will no longer be possible to
unlock the vehicle from anyone other than the driver's seat. In this case, grasp the driver's door
handle, or use the wireless function or mechanical key to unlock the door.
- About electronic key power saving mode
- When set to power saving mode, the electronic key stops waiting to receive radio waves,
reducing battery consumption of the electronic key.
electronic key While pressing , press

Press it twice and make sure the indicator on
the electronic key lights up 4 times.
In power saving mode, smart entry &

Start system not available. power saving
To exit the mode, press any of the electronic keys.
Please press the switch. BTO32DP009
- We recommend that you set the electronic key to power saving mode if it will not be used for a long period of time.
- Situations where functions may not function properly
The smart entry & start system uses weak radio waves. The following situations may
interfere with communication between the electronic key and the vehicle, and the smart
entry and start system, wireless remote control, and immobilizer system may not operate
properly. (How to deal with it: →P. 413)
- When the electronic key battery is exhausted
- When you are in an area where strong radio waves or noise is generated, such as near a TV tower,
power plant, gas station, broadcasting station, large display, or airport.
- When the electronic key is in contact with or covered with metal objects such as the following
･ Cards with metal such as aluminum foil pasted

･ Cigarette boxes made of aluminum foil
･ Metal wallets and bags
･ Small change
· Cairo
･ Media such as CDs and DVDs
- When using another radio wireless remote control nearby
- When the electronic key is being carried at the same time as the following products that emit radio waves.
･ Wireless communication devices such as radios, mobile phones, and cordless telephones ･
Electronic keys and radio-controlled wireless remote controls of other cars ･ Computers and
personal digital assistants (PDAs, etc.)
･ Digital audio player

･ Portable game equipment
- When a film containing metal is attached to the rear window glass.

- If the key is placed near an electronic device such as a charger
- When parking in a coin parking lot

- Things to keep in mind

- Even if the electronic key is within the operating range (within the detection area), it may not operate
correctly in the following cases.
･ When locking/unlocking the door, the electronic key is too close to the door glass or door handle, or is
near the ground or in a high place.
･ When opening the back door, the electronic key is close to the ground, in a high place, or too
close to the center of the rear bumper.
･ When starting the hybrid system or changing the power switch, the electronic
key is placed on the instrument panel, on the floor, in the door pocket, or in
the glove box.
- If you leave the electronic key on the top of the instrument panel or near the door pocket when you leave the vehicle,
depending on the radio wave conditions, it may be detected by the vehicle's external antenna and locked from outside the
vehicle, potentially trapping the electronic key inside the vehicle.
- If the electronic key is within the operating range, anyone other than the person carrying the electronic key can lock and 3
unlock the door. However, doors other than those for which the electronic key is detected will not be unlocked.
- If the electronic key is close to the door glass outside the vehicle, the hybrid each
system may be able to start.
Department
of
Miscellaneous
- When the electronic key is within the operating range, the door may lock or unlock if the door handle gets Made by
splashed with a large amount of water, such as during a car wash or heavy(Ifrain.
there is no opening/closing operation of the door)
(If the door is unlocked, it will automatically lock after about 30 seconds)
- If the key is near the vehicle when you lock it using a wireless remote control, you
may not be able to unlock it using the Smart Entry & Start System. (wireless
(Can be unlocked using remote control)
- If you are wearing gloves, you may not be able to lock or unlock the door.
- A lock operation is valid up to two times in a row. The lock will not work after the third time.*
- If you wash your car while carrying an electronic key, water may get on the door handles and
cause you to repeatedly lock and unlock the door. In this case, please take the following
measures.
･ Place the key at least 2 meters away from the vehicle (please be careful when storing it to prevent
theft)
･ Set the key to power saving mode to stop the smart entry & start system (→P.
120)
- If the key is left inside the car while the car is being washed at a car wash, a warning may appear
on the multi-information display and the buzzer outside the car may sound if water splashes onto
the door handle. The alarm will stop when all doors are locked.
- If ice, snow, or mud adheres to the surface of the lock sensor, the sensor may not
respond. In this case, remove ice, snow, or mud before operating the door, or use the lock
sensor at the bottom of the door handle.
- If you operate the door handle quickly or operate the door handle immediately after entering the
operating range of the exterior antenna, the door may not unlock. Make sure the door is unlocked by
touching the sensor before pulling the door handle.
- If there are other electronic keys within range, unlocking may take longer.
*Settings can be changed at your Toyota dealer.
- When not driving for a long time
- To prevent theft, please keep the electronic key at least 2 meters away from the vehicle.
- The smart entry and start system can be deactivated in advance. (→P. 438)
- To make the system work properly

Please be sure to carry the electronic key with you when operating it. Also, when operating from outside
the vehicle, do not place the electronic key too close to the vehicle.
Depending on the position of the electronic key and how you hold it during activation, the electronic key may not
be detected correctly and the system may not operate correctly. (The alarm may sound by mistake or the key
locking prevention function may not work.)
- When the smart entry & start system does not operate properly
- Unlocking/locking the door/back door: →P. 413
- Starting the hybrid system: →P. 413

- Power saving mode is set: →P. 120
You can make changes such as disabling the smart entry and start system.
- When the smart entry & start system is deactivated at the dealership
- Unlocking/locking the door: You can unlock/lock the door using the wireless
function or mechanical key. (→P. 92, 413)
- Starting the hybrid system and switching the power switch mode: →P. 413
- Stopping the hybrid system: →P. 166
3-2. How to open, close and lock the door one two three
caveat
- About the influence of radio waves
- If you have an implanted cardiac pacemaker, implanted biventricular pacing pulse

generator, or implanted cardioverter defibrillator, please avoid coming within
approximately 22 cm of the indoor antenna/exterior antenna (→P. 118). Radio waves may
affect the operation of implantable cardiac pacemakers, implantable biventricular
pacing pulse generators, and implantable cardioverter defibrillators.
- If you are using medical electrical equipment other than an implantable cardiac pacemaker, implantable
biventricular pacing pulse generator, or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, please check with the medical
electrical equipment manufacturer beforehand regarding the effects of radio waves. please. Radio waves may
affect the operation of medical electrical equipment.
The smart entry and start system can also be deactivated. Please contact 3
your Toyota dealer for details.
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
124 3-3. Seat adjustment
front seat
How to adjust
manual sheet
1 Fore/aft position adjustment
2 reclining adjustment
3-3. Seat adjustment 125
power seat
6
Five
Five
Four 3
6
3
2 each
Department
of
1 Miscellaneous
Made by
BTO33DP002a
1 Fore/aft position adjustment Four

Whole seat vertical adjustment
(driver's seat only)

2 reclining adjustment
3 Vertical adjustment of the front edge of the cushion
Five
Lumbar stiffness adjustment (driver seat only)
(driver's seat only) 6 Waist height adjustment (driver seat only)★
caveat
- when adjusting the seat
- Be careful not to injure your fellow passengers by hitting the seat.

- Do not put your hands under the seat or near moving parts. This is dangerous
and may cause fingers or hands to be caught, resulting in serious injury.
- About reclining adjustment

- Do not recline the backrest any further than necessary.
If you recline the seat more than necessary, your body may crawl under the seatbelt in the event of an
accident, resulting in strong pressure on your abdomen or the like, or the shoulder belt may hang over your
neck, resulting in serious injury, or in the worst case scenario. This may lead to death.
- For manual seats, make sure that the seat is properly fixed after adjusting the
seat.
★
rear seat
How to adjust
reclining adjustment
fold down the backrest
- before folding the backrest
1 Store the rear center seat seat belt and buckle (→P. 28) Lower
2 the headrest to the lowest position (→P. 133)
- fold down the backrest
Pull the lever to fold down the backrest

caveat
- When tilting the backrest forward

- Do not move forward while driving

- Apply the parking brake firmly on a flat surface and shift the shift lever to P.
- When operating, be careful not to get your hands or feet caught in moving parts or joints.
- Do not drive with anyone on top of the reclined seat back or in the luggage compartment.
- Be careful not to let children enter the luggage room.
- About reclining adjustment
Do not recline the backrest any further than necessary.
3
If you recline the seat more than necessary, your body may crawl under the seatbelt in the event of an accident,
resulting in strong pressure on your abdomen or the like, or the shoulder belt may hang over your neck, each
Department
resulting in serious injury, or in the worst case scenario. This may lead to death. of
-
Miscellaneous
After returning the backrest to its original position Made by

- Gently rock the seat back and forth to make sure it is securely fixed.
- Avoid pinching the seat belt
Note
- When tilting the backrest forward
Be sure to retract the seat belt and buckle before folding down the seat
back. (→P. 28)
power easy access system★/position memory★/

Memory call★
It automatically moves the seat and handle to make it easier to get in and out of
the car, or adjusts it to your preferred driving position.
power easy access system

The seat and steering wheel automatically move to make it easier for the driver to get on and off
the vehicle.
When you do all of the following:

The seat and handle are easy to get on and off.
It will be automatically adjusted to the correct position.
･Place the shift lever in P.

･ Turn off the power switch.
･ Unfasten the driver's seat belt.
The seat and handle will return to their original positions when you perform any of the following
operations:
･ Set the power switch to accessory mode or ON mode ･ Fasten
the driver's seat belt
knowledge
- About the operation of the power easy access system
When exiting the vehicle, the power easy access system may not operate if the seat is
located near the rear of the vehicle.
You can change the amount of seat movement with the Power Easy Access
System. (Customization list: →P. 439)
★
position memory
You can register your favorite driving position (seat position, steering
wheel position) and recall it with one touch.
Up to two driving position patterns can be registered.
- How to register
1 Make sure the shift lever is in position P

2 Set the power switch to ON mode
3 Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel to your desired position
Four
While holding down the SET button,
or after pressing the SET button.
Within 3 seconds, press the buzzer for 3
button 1 or 2 that you want to register.
Press until you hear
each
Department
Already registered to the same button of
If so, it will be overwritten. Miscellaneous
Made by
BTO33DP011
- How to call
3 Press the button for the position
you want to recall, either 1 or 2.
press until it beeps.
BTO33DP012
knowledge
- When you want to stop the driving position calling operation midway
through Do one of the following:
- Press the SET button
- Press button 1 or 2
- Operate one of the seat adjustment switches (only the seat will stop working)
- Adjust the handle position (handle only stops working)

- Seat positions that can be registered (→P. 125)
The following seat positions can be registered.
- Fore/aft position adjustment
- reclining adjustment
- Vertical adjustment of the entire seat
- Vertical adjustment of the front edge of the cushion
- Operation after power switch OFF
The seat position will be adjusted by pressing the button for the position you want to recall within 180
seconds of opening the driver's door, or within 60 seconds of closing the driver's door.
- To use position memory correctly

If you perform further operations in the same direction when the registered position is at the extreme end
of each seat adjustment position, the recall position may shift.
Memory call function
By registering your preferred driving position to the electronic keys

(including card keys), you can automatically recall your preferred driving
position for each electronic key.
- How to register
Register your preferred driving position to either button 1 or 2 in

advance.
Please carry only the key you want to register and close the driver's door. If there are
two or more keys in the car, accurate registration will not be possible.

3
3 Call up the driving position (1 or 2) you want to register
Called driving position
Four each
While pressing the button on the
Department
of
Lock side of door lock switch
Miscellaneous
Made by
Or press the unlock side with a beep.

press until it beeps.
If you are unable to register, please wait for approximately 3 seconds.
The buzzer keeps ringing.
BTO33DP013
- How to call
1 Carry an electronic key with your driving position registered and unlock
and open the driver's door using the smart entry & start system or
wireless remote control.
The sheet moves to the registered position.(If the sheet is already in a registered position
The ____ doesn't work)
2 Set the power switch to accessory mode or ON mode, or fasten your

seat belt.
The handle moves to the registered position. (The handle is already in a registered position.)
(If it does not work)
- How to cancel
Carry only the key you want to unlock and close the driver's door. If there are two
or more keys in the car, the lock cannot be unlocked accurately.

2 While pressing the SET button, press the lock or unlock side of the
door lock switch until the buzzer sounds.
If the alarm cannot be released, the buzzer will continue to sound for approximately 3 seconds.
knowledge
- Regarding recalling the driving position using the memory call function
- Since a driving position can be registered for each electronic key, the driving
position called up may differ depending on the electronic key you carry.
- If a door other than the driver's door is unlocked using the smart entry and
start system, the driving position will not be recalled.
In that case, press the button for the registered driving position.
You can change the unlock door settings using the memory call
function. (Customization list → P. 439)
caveat
- Warning when adjusting the seat
While adjusting the seat, be careful not to let the seat hit the rear seat occupants or put pressure
on the driver's body against the steering wheel.
headrest
front seat
1 increase
2 lower 2
To lower the button, hold down the release button.
Operate from
1
release button BTO33DP006

3
rear seat
each
1 increase Department
of
2 lower
Miscellaneous
Made by
To lower the button, hold down the release button. 2

Operate from 1
release button
BTO33DP007
knowledge
- When removing the headrest

Pull the headrest while pressing the release button.
raise
BTO33DP008
- When installing the headrest

Align the headrest with the mounting holes and tighten the lock.
push it down to the lock position.
- About the height of the headrest
Make sure the center of the headrest is at the very edge of both ears.
Please adjust it so that it is around the top.
BTO33DP009
- About rear seats
When using it, always raise it from the stored position.

caveat
- About the headrest

Please observe the following.
- Use headrests specifically designed for each seat.

- Make sure to adjust the headrest to the correct position
- After adjusting the headrest, press down on the headrest to make sure it is
fixed.
- Do not drive with the head restraints removed
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
136 3-4. Handle position/mirror
handle
How to adjust
Manual tilt & telescopic steering

1 Hold the handle and lower the lever
Ru
2 Move the handle forward/backward/up/down
and position it appropriately.
Once the position is determined, raise the lever
Secure the handle.
Electric tilt and telescopic steering

Operate the switch to move the handle in the next direction.
1 upwards
2 downward
1
3 Towards the front
3
Four
forward
Four
2
BTO34DP003
3-4. Handle position/mirror 137
Auto tilt away & return function (vehicles equipped with electric tilt &
telescopic steering)
If you turn off the power switch or unfasten
your seatbelt, the vehicle will stop riding.
A handle makes it easy to get off.
Move to the front/top row.
Power switch to accessory mode
It returns to its original position when you
turn it to ON mode or fasten your seat belt.
Masu.
Horn (alarm bell) 3
of the handle When you press the periphery
The horn sounds. each

Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
BTO34DP012
knowledge
- Operating conditions for electric tilt and telescopic steering When the
power switch is in accessory mode or ON mode *
*As long as the driver's seat belt is fastened, regardless of the power switch mode,
You can adjust the handle.
- Automatic adjustment of handle position★
If you register your preferred steering wheel position in the driving position memory, it will be
adjusted automatically. (→P. 129)
- power easy access system★

The steering wheel and driver's seat move in conjunction with changing the mode of the power switch
and attaching/detaching the driver's seat belt. (→P. 128)
★
caveat
- Warning while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving.

Driving incorrectly may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- After adjusting the steering wheel position (vehicles equipped with manual tilt and
telescopic steering)
Make sure the handle is securely fixed. If the handle is not properly secured, the
handle may suddenly change position, leading to an unexpected accident, resulting
in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
inner mirror
You can adjust the position of the mirror so that you can clearly see what's behind
you.
How to adjust vertically
You can adjust the height of the interior mirror to suit your driving position.
Hold the inner mirror body and lift it up and down.

adjust in direction
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Made by
Anti-glare function
Vehicles with manual anti-glare mirrors
By operating the lever, the light reflected from the headlights of the following vehicle is
reduced.
1 During normal use
2 When anti-glare
1
2
BTO34DP005
Cars with auto-dimming mirrors
Automatically reduces reflected light depending on the glare from the headlights of the following vehicle.
Switching the auto-dimming function
ON/OFF
The indicator lights up when it is ON.
Masu.
When the power switch is set to ON mode
indicator
The auto-dimming function is always on for the mirror.
It has become.
Press the button to turn it off and the indicator will turn off.
BTO34DP006
The light will turn off.
knowledge
- Preventing sensor malfunction (vehicles equipped with auto-dimming mirrors)
To prevent sensor malfunction, do not touch the sensor.

Do not expose the sensor to
stomach.
caveat
Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.

Driving incorrectly may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
door mirror
How to adjust
1 To select the mirror to adjust, click

turn the switch
1 left
2 right
3
2 To adjust the mirror surface, use the
operate the switch
each
1 Up Department
of
Miscellaneous
2 right Made by
3 under
left
Four
Store the door mirrors

press the switch
1 Return the mirror to its original position
2 store mirror
When the switch is in neutral position (A)
Switches to automatic operation and locks the door.
Linked with unlocking and power switch operation
It works.
knowledge
- Operating conditions for mirror adjustment
When the power switch is in accessory mode or ON mode

- when the mirror fogs up
When the rear window defogger is activated, the mirror heaters are activated at
the same time to remove fog. (→P. 290)
- When using "auto operation" in cold weather
If the door mirrors freeze when used in "auto operation" mode in cold weather, they may
not be able to retract or return automatically. In this case, remove the ice, snow, etc. from
the door mirrors, and then operate them using "manual operation" or move them by hand.
caveat
Please be sure to observe the following while driving.

If you do not follow these precautions, you may drive incorrectly and cause serious injury
or, in the worst case, death.
- do not adjust the mirror
- Do not drive with the door mirrors retracted
- Before driving, be sure to return the driver's and passenger's side mirrors to their original positions and adjust
them correctly.
- when the mirror is moving
Please do not touch it.

Doing so may cause your hand to get caught, resulting in injury or damage to the mirror.
- When the mirror heater is operating

Do not touch the mirror surface as it will become hot.
Auxiliary confirmation device★
This is useful when checking the left side of the vehicle when starting or at very low speeds.
3
BTO34DP013
each
knowledge Department
of
- Approximate area reflected in the mirror
Miscellaneous
Made by
Range that can be confirmed depending on height and seat position
is different.
The mirror surface is fixed, so you can move the mirror surface.
You cannot make adjustments within the range that can be checked.
not.
Note
- About the auxiliary confirmation device
- If the mirror surface of the auxiliary confirmation device is dirty, use a soft
cloth to wipe it off.
- When checking directly in front of, directly to the left of, or behind the vehicle, be sure to check
directly or use the interior mirror or door mirror.
★
144 3-5. Opening and closing the door glass and moonroof
power window
How to open and close
You can open and close the door glass with a switch.
When you operate the switch, the door glass moves as follows.
1 close
2
2 automatic full close * 3
1
3 Open Four
Four automatic full opening *
*To stop midway, press the switch.

Operate to the opposite side.
BTO35DP001
window lock switch

When you press the switch, doors other than the driver's seat
Agulhas becomes inoperable.

Your child accidentally opens and closes the door glass.
You can prevent this from happening.
knowledge
- Operating conditions
- Operation after hybrid system stops

Even after the power switch is set to accessory mode or OFF, the door glass can be opened and closed for
approximately 45 seconds. However, if you open or close the driver's door during this time, it will no
longer work.
- Anti-pinch function
If a foreign object gets caught between the window frame and the door glass when the door glass is closed, the
door will stop operating and open slightly.
3-5. Opening and closing the door glass and moonroof 145
- Entanglement prevention function
If a foreign object gets caught inside the door while the door glass is open, the operation will stop.
- When the door glass cannot be opened or closed
If the anti-pinch or anti-entanglement function operates abnormally and you are unable to open
or close the door glass, perform the following operations using the power window switch of the
door that cannot be opened or closed.
- With the vehicle stopped and the power switch in ON mode, continue to pull the power window switch
to the `Àuto Full Close'' position within approximately 4 seconds after the anti-trap function or anti-
entanglement function is activated. or By holding down the button in the "Auto Full Open" position,
You can open and close the door glass.

- If the door glass cannot be opened or closed even after performing the above operations, please initialize the
function using the following steps. 3

each
2 Keep pulling the power window switch in the "Automatically close" position to fully close the door Department
of
glass. Miscellaneous
Made by
3 Once you release your hand from the power window switch, pull and hold the power window switch
again in the "Auto Full Close" position for about 6 seconds or more.
Four
Press and hold the power window switch in the "Auto Full Open" position to fully open the door
glass, then continue to press the switch for about 1 second or more.
Five
Once you release your hand from the power window switch, press and hold the power window switch again
in the "Auto Full Open" position for about 4 seconds or more.
6 Once again, keep pulling the power window switch in the "Automatically close" position, close the door glass,
and then continue pulling the switch for about 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the door glass is operating, the operation will start over from the beginning. If the
door does not turn over and close completely or does not open fully even after performing the above operations,
please have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- Door lock interlocking door glass opening/closing function
- You can open and close the door glass with a mechanical key.*(→P. 413)
- You can open and close the door glass with a wireless remote control.*(→P. 98)
You can change settings such as door lock interlocking door glass opening/
closing function. (Customization list: →P. 440)
caveat

- When opening and closing the door glass
- The driver is responsible for all door glass opening and closing operations, including
passenger operations. To prevent accidents caused by incorrect operation by children, do not
allow children to operate the door glass. There is a risk that children or other people may
become trapped or caught in the door glass.
We also recommend using the window lock switch when children are riding
with you. (→P. 144)
- When opening or closing the door glass, use the occupant's hands or
Do not pinch or get your arms, head, neck, etc.

Please make sure not to. Especially for children
Please tell people not to put their hands on them.
Please.
BTO35DP003
- When operating the door glass using a wireless remote control or mechanical
key, make sure that there is no risk of anyone getting caught in the door glass.
Also, do not allow children to operate the product using the wireless remote control or
mechanical keys. There is a risk that your child or others may become trapped or caught
in the door glass.
- When leaving the car, turn off the power switch, take the key with you and leave
the car with your child. Incorrect operation caused by tampering or the like may
lead to an unexpected accident.
- Do not pinch the hands, arms, head, neck, etc. of occupants as this will intentionally activate
the anti-pinch function.
- The anti-pinch function may not operate if a foreign object is caught in the door glass just
before it is completely closed. Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
- Entanglement prevention function
- Do not allow occupants' hands, arms, clothes, etc. to become entangled in the vehicle as this will intentionally activate
the entrapment prevention function.
- The entrapment prevention function may not operate if a foreign object is caught in the door glass just
before it is fully opened. Be careful not to get your hands, arms, clothes, etc. caught in the product.
panoramic moonroof★
An overhead switch allows you to open/close the panoramic moonroof, tilt it up/down,
and open/close the electric sunshade.
Open and close the electric sunshade
1 Open*
2 close*
Press again.
each
Department
of
Miscellaneous
Tilt the panoramic moonroof up/down

Made by
Tilt up (short press)*

Tilt up panoramic moonroof
Then, the electric sunshade opens on the roof.
Open it halfway.
Press again.
Tilt down (long press)
Panoramic moonroof tilts up
tilt down when
can.
★
Opening and closing the panoramic moonroof
1 Open*
Press the switch, panoramic moon
The roof and electric sunshade open.
vinegar.
Can be opened even from tilted up position.

You can.
Press again.
2 close
When you press the switch, the panoramic moonroof closes and pauses in the tilt-
up position.
You can fully close it by holding down the switch again.
knowledge
- Operation after hybrid system stops

Even after turning the power switch to accessory mode or OFF, you can still operate the
panoramic moonroof and electric sunshade for about 45 seconds. However, if you open or
close the driver's door during this time, it will no longer work.
- To close both the panoramic moonroof and the electric sunshade when the
panoramic moonroof is open
1 Press “CLOSE” on the electric sunshade switch (short press)
The electric sunshade closes halfway to the roof and then stops, and the
panoramic moonroof closes to the tilt-up position and then stops.
2 Press “CLOSE” on the electric sunshade switch (press and hold)
to fully close the panoramic moonroof. Press “CLOSE” on the

3 electric sunshade switch (short press) The electric sunshade will
fully close.
If a foreign object is detected during the next operation, it will stop operating and open slightly.
- When closing the panoramic moonroof or tilting it down

- When closing the electric sunshade
- Panoramic moonroof opening warning buzzer
If the power switch is OFF and the panoramic moonroof is open, a buzzer will sound and a
message will appear on the multi-information display in the meter approximately 6 seconds
after opening the driver's door.
- When the panoramic moonroof does not close
properly Please do the following:
1 stop the car

3
2 Keep pressing the “CLOSE” side of the electric sunshade switch*1
The panoramic moonroof closes, reopens, and pauses for approximately 10
seconds.*2It then closes again, tilts up, and pauses for 1 second. After tilting down, each
Department
open and then close. of

Miscellaneous
3 Make sure the panoramic moonroof is completely closed and release the electric Made by
sunshade switch.
*1If you let go of the switch midway through, you will have to start over from the beginning.
*2If you let go of the switch after stopping for 10 seconds, automatic operation will no longer be possible.
It will be. In that case, keep pressing the “OPEN” or “CLOSE” side of the electric
sunshade switch. The panoramic moonroof will tilt up and pause for 1 second.
It then tilts down, opens and closes. Once you have confirmed that the
panoramic moonroof is completely closed, release the switch.
If the cover does not turn over and close even after performing the above operations, please have it inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
- When the electric sunshade does not close properly
Please do the following:

1 stop the car
2 Close the panoramic moonroof completely
3 When the electric sunshade is stopped, turn off the electric sunshade switch.
Keep pressing the “CLOSE” side for more than 10 seconds (until the electric sunshade is completely
closed)*
*If you let go of the switch midway through, you will have to start over from the beginning.
If the cover does not turn over and close even after performing the above operations, please have it inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
- When removing and installing the auxiliary battery
If you remove or install the auxiliary battery during or immediately after operating the panoramic
moonroof or electric sunshade (within approximately 2 seconds), please initialize it using the
following procedure.
2 Press and hold the “OPEN” side of the panoramic moonroof switch to turn on the panoramic moon.
Fully open the roof/electric sunshade
Continue to press the “OPEN” side of the panoramic moonroof switch until the panoramic
moonroof/electric sunshade opens to the fully open position and then closes slightly (moves in
the closing direction).
After operation, please confirm that it can be opened and closed automatically. If the door still cannot be opened
or closed automatically even after performing the above steps, please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
You can change the settings for the panoramic moonroof opening
warning. (Customization list: →P. 440)
caveat

- When opening and closing the electric sunshade
- When opening or closing the electric sunshade, please

pinching or entangling the hands, arms, head, or neck of
Please be careful not to do this.
- Have your child operate the electric sunshade.
Please don't let me.
Getting caught or caught in an electric sunshade
There is a risk that it may be damaged. BTO35DP007
caveat
- When opening and closing the panoramic moonroof
- The driver is responsible for opening and closing the panoramic moonroof. To
prevent accidents caused by incorrect operation by children, do not allow
children to operate the panoramic moonroof. Children or others may become
trapped or caught in the panoramic moonroof.
We also recommend using the window lock switch when children are riding
with you. (→P. 144)
- Opening/closing the panoramic moonroof and tilting the roof
When downing, protect the hands, arms, head, and neck of the occupants.
Be careful not to get it pinched or caught.

please. 3
- When leaving the car, turn on the power switch
Turn it off, take the key with you, and let your children do the same.
each
Please leave the car together. Mischief etc. Department
of
may cause an unexpected accident due to incorrect operation. Miscellaneous
Made by
There is a risk that the
BTO35DP008
- Do not pinch the hands, arms, head, neck, etc. of occupants as this will intentionally activate
the anti-pinch function.
- The anti-pinch function may not operate if a foreign object is caught in the panoramic
moonroof just before it is completely closed. Also, the anti-pinch function will not
operate if the switch is held down. Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
- To prevent burns and injuries
Do not touch the gap between the underside of the roof and the electric sunshade. There is a risk of
getting your hands caught and getting injured. Additionally, if you park your car in direct sunlight for a
long time, the underside of the roof will become hot, which can cause burns.
Note
- To prevent damage to the panoramic moonroof
- Before opening, make sure there are no foreign objects such as stones or ice near the opening.
- Do not hit hard objects against the surface or edges of the panoramic moonroof.
- Do not continue to press the switch after the panoramic moonroof has fully opened or
closed.
- After washing the car or after it rains, etc.
Wipe off any water on the roof before opening the panoramic moonroof. If you
leave it open, water may enter the car.
153
driving
Four
4-1. Before driving 4-4. How to refuel
When driving...................154 How to open the fuel filler port......208
Precautions when loading luggage..........164 4-5. About driving support devices
4-2. How to drive Toyota Safety Sense P...212
power (ignition) PCS (precrash
Switch...................................165 safety system)..........218
EV drive mode..........171 LDA (Lane Departure)
Transmission..........174 Alert [ Steering
With control function])...................229
Direction indicator lever...................179
radar cruise
Electric parking brake....180
Control
Brake hold ..........184 (With full vehicle speed tracking function)....239
4-3. How to turn on the lamp/ Clearance sonar..........251

How to use wipers intelligent
Lamp switch...................187 Clearance sonar..........262
adaptive high beam Devices that assist driving....274
System..........................190 4-6. Driving advice
automatic hybrid car driving
High beam ................................195 Advice..........................281
Fog light switch..........200 Driving in cold weather..........283
Wiper & washer
(Front)..........................202
Wiper & washer
(Rear)...................................206
154 4-1. Before driving
When driving
Please drive safely and follow the steps below.
Start the hybrid system

→ P. 165
start
1 While pressing the brake pedal, move the shift lever to D (→P. 174)
2 Release the parking brake (→P. 181)
When the parking brake is in auto mode, the parking brake will be automatically released when
the shift lever is moved to a position other than P. (→P. 180)
3 Gradually release your foot from the brake pedal and slowly press the accelerator pedal
to start.
stop
1 Leave the shift lever in D and press the brake pedal.
2 Apply the parking brake if necessary
If you are going to stop for a long time, move the shift lever to P. (→ P. 174)
park
1 Leave the shift lever in D and press the brake pedal.
2 Apply the parking brake (→P. 181) , move the shift lever to P
(→P. 174)
3 Press the power switch to stop the hybrid system Make sure
Four
you have the electronic key with you and lock the door
When parking in the middle of a slope, chock the wheels as necessary. * Please use
*Wheel chocks can be purchased at Toyota dealers.

4-1. Before driving 155
How to start uphill

1 While pressing the brake pedal, move the shift lever to D
2 Press the parking brake switch and manually apply the parking brake (
→P. 181)
3 Gradually remove your foot from the brake pedal and slowly press the accelerator pedal.
Four
Once you feel the car starting to move, pull the parking brake switch to release
the parking brake and start driving.
knowledge
- About starting uphill

Hill start assist control is activated. (→P. 274)
- How to drive to improve fuel efficiency
Hybrid cars require the same precautions as regular gasoline cars, such as refraining from sudden Four
acceleration. (→P. 281)
- About driving on rainy days

luck
- On rainy days, visibility may be poor, the glass may fog up, and the road surface may
Rotation
become slippery, so drive carefully.
- When it starts to rain, the road surface becomes more slippery, so please drive carefully.
- When driving at high speeds on rainy days, a water film may form between the tires and the road
surface, which may cause the steering wheel and brakes to become ineffective, so please reduce your
speed.
- Regarding suppression of hybrid system output (brake override system)

- Hybrid system output may be suppressed when the accelerator and brake
pedals are pressed at the same time.
- When the brake override system is activated, a message will appear on the
multi-information display. (→P. 380)
- Regarding suppression of sudden starts (drive start control)

- The hybrid system output may be suppressed if any of the following unusual
operations are performed.
･ When you operate the shift lever (R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, P to R) while

keeping the accelerator pedal depressed. (D includes S position)
In this case, a message will appear on the multi-information display.
(→P. 380)
･ When you press the accelerator pedal too hard when reversing.
- If the drive start control is activated, it may be difficult to escape from mud or
fresh snow. In such cases, stopping the TRC operation (→P. 275) will stop the
drive start control and make it easier to escape.
- Installation of driving signs
Magnetic signs for beginners or elderly drivers cannot be attached to resin

bumpers or aluminum parts.
caveat
Please heed the following warnings. Failure to do so may result in serious injury
- when starting
To prevent accidents caused by the vehicle starting to move, always depress the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped and the READY indicator is lit. This prevents the car
from moving due to the creep phenomenon.
- when driving
- To avoid pressing the wrong pedal, be sure to fully understand the position of the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal before driving.
･ If you press the accelerator pedal mistakenly for the brake pedal, the car may start suddenly
and cause an unexpected accident.
･ When backing up, your body will be in a twisted position, making it difficult to operate the
pedals. Take care to ensure that you can operate the pedals reliably.
･ Even when moving the vehicle a little, maintain a correct driving position and make
Four
sure that you can press the brake and gas pedals firmly.
･ Operate the brake pedal with your right foot. Operating the brake with your left foot is dangerous luck
as it may delay your reaction in an emergency and may lead to an unexpected accident.
Rotation
- Hybrid vehicles do not make engine noise when running on electric motors, so people around
you may not notice your vehicle approaching. Even if the vehicle approach notification device
is turned on, if there is a lot of noise in the surrounding area, you may not notice the vehicle
approaching, so please drive with extreme caution. Be especially careful when turning off the
vehicle approach notification device.
- Do not drive over or park your vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust pipe and exhaust gas become hot and there is a risk of fire if there are flammable materials nearby, which is
dangerous.
- During normal driving, do not stop the hybrid system while driving. Even if the hybrid system is stopped while
driving, it is possible to operate the steering wheel and brakes, but the steering wheel operation force
assistance will be removed, making it difficult to operate the steering wheel. Once you have confirmed that it
is safe, please stop the vehicle immediately on the side of the road.
For emergency situations where it is not possible to stop the vehicle using normal methods,
please refer to page 370.
- Use engine braking to reduce speed on steep descents. If you use the foot
brake for too long, it will overheat and stop working properly.
(→P. 174)
- Do not adjust the steering wheel, seat, door mirrors, or interior mirror while
driving.
There is a risk of driving incorrectly.
caveat
- when driving
- All occupants must keep their heads, hands, and other body parts out of the
vehicle.
- Do not drive off-road.

This is not a 4WD vehicle intended for serious off-road driving. When he is
forced to drive off-road, please drive carefully.
- When driving on slippery roads
- Sudden braking, sudden acceleration, or sudden steering may cause the tires to slip and cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
- Engine braking or changes in engine speed caused by sudden accelerator or shift

operations are dangerous and may cause the vehicle to skid or cause an unexpected
accident.
- After driving in a puddle, depress the brake pedal to check that the brakes are working
properly. If the brake pads become wet, the brakes may become less effective, or only
the wet one may become effective, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
- When operating the shift lever

- Never coast backwards with the shift lever in the forward shift position, or
coast forward with the shift lever in R.
Doing so may cause an unexpected accident or malfunction.
- Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause damage to the transmission or loss of vehicle control.
- Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward. Doing so
may cause damage to the transmission or loss of vehicle control.
- Do not shift the shift lever into the forward shift position while the vehicle is
reversing.
Doing so may cause damage to the transmission or loss of vehicle control.
- If you put the shift lever in N while driving, Power transmission in hybrid systems is solved.
engine brake will not work.
- Be careful not to operate with the accelerator pedal depressed. If the shift lever is in any
position other than P or N, it is dangerous as the vehicle may start suddenly and cause
an unexpected accident.
caveat
- When a warning sound (squealing sound) is continuously generated near the brakes.
Have the brake pads inspected and replaced by a Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Failure to replace the pads when necessary may result in damage to the disc
rotor.
Components such as pads and rotors wear out as they serve their purpose.
Driving beyond the wear limit may not only cause a malfunction, but also lead
to an accident.
- when stopping
- Do not press the accelerator pedal unnecessarily. If the shift lever is in any position other than
P or N, it is dangerous as the vehicle may start suddenly and cause an unexpected accident.
Four
- READY indicator lights up

To prevent accidents caused by the car starting to move,
Always depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake if necessary. luck
Rotation
- When stopping on a slope, always depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake if
necessary to prevent the vehicle from moving forward or backward, which could lead to an
accident.
- Please do not empty the engine while the vehicle is stopped.
It is dangerous if the exhaust pipe overheats and flammable materials are nearby, which may lead to a fire.
caveat
- when parking
- Do not leave glasses, lighters, spray cans, carbonated drink cans, etc. in your
car in the hot sun.
If left unattended, the following may occur and it is dangerous.
･ Gas leaks or a fire breaks out from lighters or spray cans.
･ Plastic lenses or glasses made of plastic material may become deformed or
cracked.
･ Carbonated drink cans may explode, staining the inside of the car, or causing electrical parts to short out.
- Never leave a lighter in your car. If you leave a lighter in the glove box or leave
it in the car, the lighter's control part may malfunction when you push
luggage or move the seat, which could lead to a fire. .
- Do not attach suction cups to the front window glass, etc. Also, do not place
containers of air fresheners, etc. on the instrument panel or dashboard.
This is dangerous as the suction cup or container may act as a lens and cause a fire in the
vehicle.
- If you have applied a metalized film such as silver to curved glass, do not leave
the door or window open.
Direct sunlight is reflected on the inside of the curved glass, which acts as a lens
and may cause a fire.
- When leaving the vehicle, be sure to apply the parking brake, shift the shift
lever to P, stop the hybrid system, and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave your vehicle unattended while the READY indicator is lit.
Leaving the shift lever in P without applying the parking brake is dangerous as the car
may move and cause an unexpected accident.
- When the READY indicator is lit, or hybrid system

Do not touch the exhaust pipe immediately after stopping.
There is a risk of burns.

caveat
- when taking a nap
Be sure to stop the hybrid system.

If you take a nap with the READY indicator on, you may unintentionally move the shift
lever or press the accelerator pedal, leading to an accident or a fire due to abnormal
overheating of the hybrid system. Furthermore, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior, causing serious health
problems or, in the worst case, death.
- when applying the brakes
- When the brakes are wet, drive with more caution than usual. If the brakes are
wet, the braking distance will be longer, and there may be differences in how the
brakes are applied on the left and right sides. Also, the parking brake may not be
applied properly. Four
- Do not approach other vehicles if the electronic brake system is not working.
Also, avoid downhill slopes and sharp turns. luck
In this case, the brakes will work, but you will have to press them harder than usual.
Rotation
Braking distance will also be longer. Have your brakes repaired immediately.
- The brake system consists of two or more independent systems, so if one hydraulic
system fails, the rest will continue to operate. In this case, you will have to press the
brake pedal harder than usual and the braking distance will be longer. Have the brakes
repaired immediately.
- In the event that your vehicle goes off the rails
- If any tire is floating in the air, do not spin it unnecessarily. This is dangerous as it
may lead to damage to drive train parts or an unexpected accident due to the
vehicle flying out.
Note
- while driving
- Do not press the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time while driving. If
you press the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time, the hybrid system
output may be suppressed.
- Do not use the accelerator pedal or press the accelerator and brake pedals at
the same time to stop on a slope.
- when parking
- Be sure to apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P. parking
If you do not apply the brakes and shift the shift lever to P, the vehicle may start to move
or may start suddenly if you accidentally press the accelerator pedal.
- To prevent damage to parts
- To prevent damage to the power steering motor, do not turn the steering
wheel all the way for too long.
- To prevent damage to the disc wheels, etc., drive as slowly as possible when
passing over bumps, etc.
- If a tire goes flat while driving
The tire may be punctured or damaged in the following cases: Gradually apply the
brakes and slow down by holding the steering wheel firmly.
- handle is taken off

- There is an abnormal sound or vibration
- Vehicle leans abnormally
For information on what to do in case of a flat tire, see pages 400, 386.
Note
- Precautions regarding driving on flooded waterways
Do not drive on roads that are flooded due to heavy rain, etc., as this may cause serious
damage such as the following.
- stall
- Electrical equipment shorts out
- Engine damage due to water intake
If you drive on a flooded road and end up submerged in water, be sure to have your Toyota
dealer perform the following checks.
- Brake effectiveness
- Changes in the amount and quality of oil and fluid in engines, hybrid
transmissions, etc.
- Insufficient lubrication of each bearing, each joint, etc.
Four
luck
Rotation
Precautions when loading luggage
To ensure a safe and comfortable drive, please observe the following when
loading luggage.
caveat
- Things that should not be piled up
It is dangerous to stack the following items as they may catch fire.
- container with fuel

- Spray can
- when loading luggage

If you do not follow these precautions, you may not be able to operate the brake or accelerator pedals
correctly, your luggage may block your view, or your luggage may collide with the occupants, which
could lead to an unexpected accident.
- Please store your luggage in the luggage room as much as possible.
- Please do not load luggage in the following areas.
･ Driver's seat footwell
･ Passenger seat or rear seat (when stacking luggage)

· instrument panel
· Dashboard
- Please ensure that all luggage loaded in the room is securely stabilized.
- Do not stack anything higher than the seat backrest in the luggage compartment.
- When loading long items with the rear seat backs folded down, avoid loading
them directly behind the front seat backs as much as possible.
- Please do not carry anyone in the luggage compartment. Not designed for use by
passengers. Passengers must properly wear their seat belts and remain seated.
- About the weight of luggage and how to apply load
- Do not overload your luggage.

- Do not apply the load unevenly.
This not only puts stress on the tires, but also reduces steering and brake
control, which can lead to an unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury or,
in the worst case, death.
4-2. How to drive 165
Power (ignition) switch
By carrying the electronic key with you and performing the following operations,
you can start the hybrid system or change the power switch mode.
How to start the hybrid system

1 Make sure the parking brake is applied Make sure
2 the shift lever is in P position
3 firmly press the brake pedal

to i will be displayed.
Four
If it is not displayed, the hybrid system
system will not start.
luck
Rotation
Four
Press the power switch briefly and firmly.
vinegar
If you press it briefly and firmly, there is no need to keep pressing it.
there is no.
If the READY indicator lights up,
The hybrid system starts normally
I am.
until the READY indicator lights up.
Keep pressing the brake pedal.
stomach.
The hybrid system can be started from any power switch mode.
Check that the READY indicator is lit

Five
You cannot drive while the READY indicator is off.
166 4-2. How to drive
How to stop the hybrid system

1 bring the vehicle to a complete stop
2 Apply the parking brake (→P. 181) , move the shift lever to P position
to make
3 press the power switch

Remove your foot from the brake pedal and check that the
Four
"Accessories" display on the multi-information display is off.
Changing the power switch
You can change the mode by pressing the power switch without stepping on
the brake pedal. (The mode changes each time you press the switch)
1 OFF*
Emergency flashing lights can be used.
2 accessory mode
Electrical components such as accessory sockets
You can use it.

"Accessories" will be displayed on the screen.
3 ON mode
All electrical equipment can be used.
“Ignition ON” will be displayed on the
screen.
When you press the TRIP switch, the display changes.
meter, trip meter, or

Switches to meter illuminance adjustment.
(→P. 77)
*When the shift lever is in a position other than P, it will enter accessory mode and will not turn off.
yeah.
When the hybrid system is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P
If you stop the hybrid system with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the hybrid system will stop, but the power switch mode will not turn OFF.
Please turn it off using the following steps.
1 Make sure the parking brake is applied Move the
2 shift lever to P position
3 Check that "Please turn off the power" is displayed on the multi-
information display, then press the power switch once.
Make sure that the “Please turn off the power” message on the multi-
Four
information display is off.
knowledge
- Automatic power OFF function

Four
When the shift lever is in P, if you leave it in accessory mode for more than 20
minutes or in ON mode (hybrid system not operating) for more than 1 hour, the
power switch will automatically turn OFF. luck
Rotation
However, the automatic power OFF function does not completely prevent the
auxiliary battery from dying. Do not leave the power switch in accessory mode or
ON mode for long periods when the hybrid system is not operating.
- Sounds and vibrations unique to hybrid cars
→ P. 60
- Regarding electronic key battery consumption
→ P. 95
- When the outside temperature is low
The READY indicator may blink for a longer time when the hybrid system starts.
Once the READY indicator lights up, you are ready to drive, so please wait until it
lights up.
- Situations where the smart entry & start system may not work properly
→ P. 120
- Things to keep in mind
→ P. 121
- When the hybrid system does not start

- The immobilizer system may not be released. (→P. 66)
Please contact your Toyota dealer.
- Check that the shift lever is in the P position. When starting the hybrid system, if
the shift lever is tilted or placed in a position other than P, the hybrid system
may not be able to start.
- About steering lock
If you open or close the door after turning off the power switch, the steering lock function
will lock the steering wheel in place. The steering lock will be automatically released when
the power switch is operated.
- When the steering lock cannot be released
Multi-information display
"Turn the handle left and right and turn the power switch.
"Please press" is displayed. Schiff
Make sure Trevor is in position P,
Operate again by turning the handle left and right.
please.
- Preventing the steering lock motor from overheating

If the hybrid system is started and stopped repeatedly in a short period of time, operation may be
restricted to prevent the motor from overheating. In this case, refrain from operating it. It will
return to its original state in about 10 seconds.
- When “Smart entry & start system malfunction, check instruction manual” is
Toyota dealer.
- In the unlikely event that the READY indicator does not light up,
If the READY indicator does not light up even after you start the engine using the correct procedure,
contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
- When there is an abnormality in the hybrid system
→ P. 382
- When the electronic key battery runs out
→ P. 345
- About power switch operation

- If you do not press the switch briefly and firmly, you may not be able to change
modes or start the hybrid system.
- If you restart the engine immediately after turning the power switch OFF, the hybrid system may
not start. When restarting after turning off the power switch, wait a few seconds before starting
the operation.
- When the smart entry & start system is deactivated using the customization function
→ P. 413
caveat
- When starting the hybrid system

Be sure to sit in the driver's seat. Never press the accelerator pedal at this time.
Doing so may lead to an unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury or, in the Four
worst case, death.
- Warning while driving luck
Rotation
If the vehicle skids due to the hybrid system stopping, etc., do not open or lock
the doors until the vehicle has come to a safe stop. Doing so may cause the
steering lock function to activate, leading to an unexpected accident, resulting in
serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- How to stop the hybrid system in an emergency
If you want to emergency stop the hybrid system while driving, press and hold the power switch for
more than 2 seconds, or quickly press it three or more times in succession. (→P. 370)
However, do not touch the power switch while driving except in an emergency. Even if you stop the
hybrid system while driving, you can still operate the steering wheel and brakes, but the steering force
assistance will be removed and it will be difficult to operate the steering wheel. Once you have
confirmed that it is safe, please stop the vehicle on the side of the road immediately.
Note
- To prevent auxiliary battery from dying

- When the hybrid system is stopped (READY indicator is not lit), do not leave
the power switch in accessory mode or ON mode for a long time.
- If the "Accessories" indicator on the multi-information display is not off while

the hybrid system is stopped (READY indicator is not lit), the power switch is
not turned off. Turn the power switch OFF before leaving the vehicle.
- Do not stop the hybrid system with the shift lever in any position other than P. S
If the hybrid system is stopped with the foot lever in a position other than P, power switch
Since the unit will go into accessory mode, leaving it as is will cause the
auxiliary battery to die.
- When starting the hybrid system
If the hybrid system is difficult to start, have it checked by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
- About power switch operation
If the power switch gets stuck or feels strange when you operate it, there is a risk of
malfunction. Please contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
EV drive mode
EV drive mode is a mode in which power is supplied from the drive battery and the vehicle
runs using only the electric motor. You can drive in residential areas or indoor parking lots
early in the morning or late at night without worrying about noise or exhaust gas.
Normally, the vehicle approach notification device is turned on, so if you want to
drive quietly, turn it off. (→P. 58)
Touch the switch to start EV Dry.

Switching the mode ON/OFF
When in EV drive mode, the multi-function
“EV” appears on the information display.
MODE" will be displayed.
Touch the switch again to return to normal
Driving (gasoline engine and electric motor) Four
Return to (travel by tar).
luck
Rotation
knowledge
- About switching EV drive mode

You may not be able to switch to EV drive mode in the following cases. If the vehicle
does not switch to EV drive mode, a buzzer will sound and a message will appear on
the multi-information display.
- When the hybrid system is hot

After parking in the hot sun, going up and down slopes, driving at high speeds, etc.
- When the hybrid system is cold

After being parked for a long time in low temperatures below approximately 0℃, etc.
- When the gasoline engine is warming up
- When the charge level of the drive battery is low
The state in which the remaining power of the drive battery is low is displayed on the energy monitor (→P. 86)
- When the vehicle speed is high
- When the accelerator pedal is pressed too hard, when driving on a slope, etc.
- When using the front window glass defogger

- Regarding switching to EV drive mode when the gasoline engine is cold

If you start the hybrid system when the gasoline engine is cold, the gasoline
engine will automatically start after a while to warm up and you will not be able
to switch to EV drive mode.
When the READY indicator lights up after starting the hybrid system, touch the EV
MODE switch before starting the gasoline engine.
- About automatic cancellation of EV drive mode
While driving in EV drive mode, the vehicle may automatically switch to normal driving
(driving using the gasoline engine and electric motor) in the following cases. When EV drive
mode is canceled, the buzzer sounds and the EV drive mode indicator flashes and then
turns off.
- When the charge level of the drive battery decreases
The state in which the remaining power of the drive battery is low is displayed on the energy monitor (→P. 86)
- When the vehicle speed is high
- When the accelerator pedal is pressed too hard, when driving on a slope, etc.
- Distance that can be driven in EV drive mode
The driving distance in EV drive mode is from several hundred meters to approximately 1 km.
However, depending on the vehicle situation, he may not be able to use EV drive mode. (Running
(Distance varies depending on the amount of charge in the drive battery and driving conditions)
- About fuel efficiency
The hybrid system is controlled to achieve the best fuel efficiency during normal
driving (driving using the gasoline engine and electric motor). Frequent use of EV
drive mode may result in poor fuel efficiency.
- If “Unable to switch to EV mode at this time” appears on the multi-information
display
EV drive mode cannot be used. Reasons why EV drive mode cannot be used (warming
up/insufficient battery charge/exceeding the EV speed range/pressing the accelerator
too much) may be displayed. Please use EV drive mode only when it becomes usable.
- When “EV mode has been canceled” is displayed on the multi-information display
EV drive mode is automatically canceled. Reasons why EV drive mode cannot be used
(insufficient battery charge/exceeding the EV speed range/pressing the accelerator too
much) may be displayed. Please use it after driving for a while.
caveat
- Warning while driving
In EV drive mode, there is no engine noise, so people around you may not notice when the
vehicle starts or approaches. Even if the vehicle approach notification device is turned on, if
there is a lot of noise in the surrounding area, you may not notice that a vehicle is approaching,
so please drive with due care. Be especially careful when turning off the vehicle approach
notification device.
Four
luck
Rotation
transmission
How to move the shift lever
With the power switch in ON mode, operate while pressing the

brake pedal.
Before operating between P and D, depress the brake pedal and stop the vehicle
completely.
Purpose of shift position
Shift position Purpose and condition
P Parking or starting the hybrid system
R Recession
N State where power is not transmitted
D Normal driving *1
S S mode driving *2(→P. 175)
*1Normally use the D position to improve fuel efficiency and reduce noise.
*2In S mode, acceleration power and engine braking power can be cut off by selecting a shift range.
You can return.
Shift range selection in S mode
Move the shift lever to the S position to switch to S mode. You can select
the desired shift range and drive by operating the shift lever. You can
select the shift range by moving the shift lever to the “-” or “+” side.
1 shift up
2 downshift
1 gear each time the shift lever is operated.
There are two gear shifts.
The selected model between S1 and S6

1
range will be displayed on the meter.
vinegar.
- Shift range function

Four
- Acceleration force and engine braking force can be selected from 6 levels.
- The smaller the shift range number, the greater the acceleration force and luck
engine braking force, and the higher the engine speed. Rotation
Eco drive mode selection

Compared to normal conditions, torque is generated more slowly when the accelerator pedal is
depressed, and the operation of the air conditioner (heating/cooling) is suppressed, making it suitable for
driving to improve fuel efficiency.
Touch the switch to eco-dry

Switching the mode ON/OFF
When you touch the switch, the
The ECO MODE indicator will light up.
To return to normal driving mode, press again.
Touch the switch.
knowledge
- About S mode
- If the shift lever is held in the “+” position when the gear is in the 5th range or lower, the 6th range will
be set.
- Automatically shifts up before engine overspeeds.

- When driving using radar cruise control (with all-vehicle speed tracking function)
Engine braking does not work even when the shift lever is shifted from D to S.
Even if you downshift to 5 or 4 range while driving in S mode for engine braking,
radar cruise control (with all-vehicle speed tracking function) will not be released,
so engine braking will not be effective. (→P. 175)
- Regarding suppression of sudden starts (drive start control)
The hybrid system output may be suppressed if any of the following unusual
operations are performed.
- When operating the shift lever (R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, P to R) while
keeping the accelerator pedal depressed. (D includes S position)
In this case, a message will appear on the multi-information display. (→P. 380)
- When you press the accelerator pedal too hard when reversing.
- Reverse warning buzzer
When the shift lever is placed in R, a buzzer sounds to notify the driver that the gear is in R.
- Downshift limit warning buzzer (when driving in S mode)
To ensure safety and driving performance, there are restrictions on downshift operations, and you
may not be able to downshift even if you operate the shift lever. (At this time, the buzzer will
sound. )
- Regarding air conditioner operation in eco drive mode
Eco-drive mode suppresses heating/cooling operations and airflow to improve fuel

efficiency. If you want to make the air conditioner more effective, adjust the air
volume or cancel Eco-Drive mode.
- shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system that prevents incorrect operation of the shift lever when starting the vehicle.
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P unless the power switch is in ON mode
and the brake pedal is depressed.
- When the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
Make sure you are pressing the brake pedal.

If the shift lever cannot shift while the brake pedal is depressed, there may be a
problem with the shift lock system. Have it checked immediately by your Toyota
dealer.
However, as a temporary measure, you can shift the shift lever using the following method.
How to release the shift lock:

1 apply the parking brake
3 press the brake pedal
Four
Cover using a flat head screwdriver etc.
remove
To prevent scratches, dry the
Wrap a cloth, etc. around the tip of the bar to protect it. Four
Please.
luck
Rotation
Five
Press the shift lock release button
While the button is pressed, the lever is

You can lift it.
caveat
- When driving on slippery roads

Do not suddenly operate the accelerator or shift. Be careful as sudden changes
in engine braking force may cause skidding or spins.
- To prevent accidents when releasing the shift lock
When pressing the shift lock release button, be sure to apply the parking brake and
depress the brake pedal.
If you press the accelerator pedal by mistake, when you press the shift lock release button and
operate the shift lever, the vehicle may suddenly start and cause an unexpected accident, which
could result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death. there is.
Note
- About charging the drive battery
If the shift lever is set to N, the drive battery will not be charged even if the gasoline engine is running, so if the
shift lever is left in N for a long time, the remaining power of the drive battery may drop and the vehicle may
become unable to drive.
direction indicator lever
How to operate
1 left turn
2 lane change to left

(Hold the lever halfway)
The left direction indicator light remains on until you release the lever.
It will be destroyed.
3 lane change to the right
(Hold the lever halfway)

The right direction indicator light stays on until you release the lever.
It will be destroyed.
Four Turn right
Four
luck
Rotation
knowledge
- When the indicator light blinks abnormally fast
Check to see if the turn signal light bulbs are burnt out. If the turn signal light bulb is
not burnt out, turn the emergency flashing light switch ON and then OFF again. If the
light is still blinking abnormally fast, please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
electric parking brake
You can choose from the following modes depending on your preference.
auto mode
The parking brake is automatically activated in response to shift lever operation.

Even in auto mode, you can manually apply and release the parking
brake. (→P. 181)
1 Turn on auto mode (stop
Medium, multi-information
“EPB shift connection” appears on the display.
Scroll until “Motion function ON” is displayed.
(keep pressing the switch)
When changing from P to other than P:
The parking brake is released and the parking brake is released.
King brake indicator light and parking brake

The rake lamp will turn off.
When changing to P from other than P:
The parking brake is applied and the parking brake is applied.
parking brake indicator light and parking brake indicator light
The rake lamp will come on.

Operate the shift lever while depressing the brake pedal.
2 Turn off auto mode (while the vehicle is stopped, keep pulling the switch
until "EPB shift interlock function OFF" is displayed on the multi-
information display)
manual mode
You can manually apply and release the parking brake.
1 apply the parking brake
Parking brake indicator light and parking
The brake light will come on.
In an emergency, apply the parking brake while driving
When you need to turn on the

Please keep pressing.
2 Release the parking brake

Parking brake indicator light and parking
The brake light will turn off.
Operate while depressing the brake pedal

please.
Automatic release function:
Four
Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
Please. parking brake indicator light
Parking brake light went out luck
Rotation
Please confirm that.
If the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light flash,
operate the switch again. (→ P. 378)
knowledge
- Parking brake operation

- The parking brake cannot be released using the parking brake switch unless the power switch is
in ON mode.
- Auto mode operation (activation/cancellation) is not possible unless the power

switch is in ON mode.
- Automatic release function
The parking brake will be automatically released when you slowly press the accelerator pedal. The automatic
release function will be activated when all of the following conditions are met.
- driver's door is closed

- The driver's seat belt is fastened
- The shift lever is in the forward or reverse position
- Engine warning light and brake warning light are off
If the parking brake does not release even when you press the accelerator pedal,
release it manually.
- When the multi-information display shows "EPB has been operated continuously.
Please wait for a while."
If the operation is repeated in a short period of time, operation may be restricted to prevent the system from
overheating. In that case, refrain from operating it. It will return to its original state in about 1 minute.
- If “EPB operation has stopped midway” or “EPB is currently unavailable” is

Operate the parking brake switch. If the display does not disappear even after several
operations, there may be a problem with the system. Please have it checked at your
Toyota dealer.
- Parking brake operating sound
When the parking brake is activated, you may hear the sound of the motor (a
whining sound), but this is not abnormal.
- About the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light
- When the parking brake is applied, the parking brake indicator light and parking
brake lamp will light up as follows, depending on the power switch mode.
ON mode: Lights up until the parking brake is released. Other than
ON mode: Lights up for about 15 seconds.
- When you turn off the power switch with the parking brake applied, the parking
brake indicator light and parking brake lamp will remain lit for approximately 15
seconds, but this is not a malfunction.
- About switching modes
When you turn auto mode on or off, a message will appear on the multi-
information display in the meter and a buzzer will sound.
- when parking
→ P. 154
- Parking brake not released warning buzzer
If you start the vehicle without releasing the parking brake and the vehicle speed
exceeds 5 km/h, a warning buzzer will sound and "EPB locked" will appear on the
multi-information display.
- About warning messages and warning buzzers
When caution is required regarding operation or when an abnormality occurs in the

system, a warning message or warning buzzer alerts you to caution. If a warning
message appears on the multi-information display, follow the instructions on the
screen.
- When the brake warning light comes on
→ P. 378
- About using the parking brake in winter

→ P. 284
caveat
- when parking
Do not leave children alone in the car. Your child may accidentally release the
parking brake, causing the car to start moving and causing an unexpected accident
that could result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
Note
- when parking
When leaving the vehicle, shift the shift lever to P, apply the parking brake, and
make sure the vehicle does not move. Four
- If an error occurs in the system
Park your car in a safe place and check the warning signs. luck
Rotation
- When the machine remains on due to a malfunction, etc.
If you drive with the parking brake applied, the brake parts may overheat,
causing the brakes to become less effective and wear out more quickly. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
brake hold
When the shift lever is D, S or N and the brake hold system is ON, if you press
the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, the brakes will remain applied. When the
shift lever is in D or S, the shift is released as soon as you press the accelerator
pedal, allowing you to move off smoothly.
Press the switch and open the brake hole.

turn on the system
Brake hold standby indicator light
(green) lights up. While holding the brake
Brake hold operation indicator light (yellow)
Lights up.
knowledge
- System operating conditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following cases.
- driver's door not closed

- Driver not wearing seat belt
If any of the above is detected while the brake hold system is ON, the system will turn OFF
and the brake hold standby indicator light (green) will turn off. If it is detected while the
brakes are being applied, a message will be displayed on the multi-information display
along with an audible warning, and the parking brake will be applied automatically.
- About brake retention

- If the brake pedal is not pressed for approximately 3 minutes while the brake is
being held, the parking brake will be applied automatically. In this case, a buzzer will
sound and a message will appear on the multi-information display.
- To turn off the system while the brake is being held, firmly press the brake
pedal and press the switch again.
- The brakes may not be able to hold on steep slopes, in which case the driver must
apply the brakes. At this time, a buzzer will sound and a message will appear on the
multi-information display. Follow the instructions on the screen that appears.
- When the parking brake is applied automatically while the brake is being held When
starting, release the parking brake by doing one of the following:
- Depress the accelerator pedal with the driver's seat belt fastened
- Release the parking brake manually by pressing the brake pedal and operating the parking
brake switch.
Four
After operating the brake, check that the parking brake indicator light goes out. (
→P. 180)
luck
- When an inspection is required at a Toyota dealer
Rotation
If the brake hold standby indicator light (green) does not light up even if you press the
brake hold switch when the operating conditions for the brake hold system are met,
there may be a system error. Have it checked immediately by your Toyota dealer.
- When “BrakeHold failure” is displayed on the multi-information display

Toyota dealer.
- About warning messages and sounds
When caution is required during operation or when an abnormality occurs in the

system, a warning message or sound alerts you. (→P. 382)
- When the brake hold operation indicator light (yellow) flashes
→ P. 378
caveat
- on a steep road
Be careful when using the brake hold system on steep slopes. The brake hold
system may not be able to hold the brakes on steep slopes.
- on slippery roads
It is not possible to stop the vehicle beyond the tire grip limit. Please refrain
from using on slippery roads.
Note
- when parking
The brake hold system is not a function for long-term parking. If you turn off the
power switch while the brakes are held, the hold may be released and the car
may start moving. When operating the power switch, depress the brake pedal,
move the shift lever to P, and apply the parking brake.
4-3. How to turn on the lamp and use the wiper 187
lamp switch
You can turn on headlamps, etc. automatically or manually.
How to operate
1 Headlamp/LED Deira
light★(→P. 188) / Dusk light★·
Automatically turn on side lights, etc.
Lights/lights out
(The power switch is in ON mode.)

(when it is C)
2 Vehicle side lights/twilight lights★·Taillight/Number
Signal lights/instrument lights

Turn on the flannel lamp Four
3 Above lamp and headlamp

lights up luck
Rotation
Four lights out
turn on high beam
1 High beam when headlights are on

Switch to
When the lever is returned to its original position, the
Return to the beam.
2 High while pulling the lever

light beam
High beams even if the lamps are off
lights up. When you release the lever, the low
Return to beam or turn off.
★
188 4-3. How to turn on the lamp and use the wiper
cornering lamp★
When the headlights (low beams) are turned on, if you turn the steering wheel more than a
certain amount or operate the direction indicator lever, the cornering lamps on the side of
the vehicle will turn on to ensure visibility at intersections.
However, if the vehicle speed is approximately 30km/h or higher, the cornering lamps will not turn on.
knowledge
- LED daylight★
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers when driving during the day, after starting the
engine, release the parking brake, and set the lamp switch to , the LED daylight will automatically
turn on. (It lights up brighter than the twilight light)
- cornering lamp★
- If you move the shift lever to R when the headlights (low beam) are on, the cornering
lamps on both sides will turn on to improve visibility when parking.
- The cornering lamps will automatically turn off after being on for approximately 30
minutes.
- light sensor
Do not place anything on top of the sensor or
Remove anything that may block the front window.
Please do not stick it on the glass. light from the surroundings
The automatic light on/off function works normally when it is blocked.
will stop working.
- Function to prevent forgetting to turn off the lamp
If you open the driver's door with the power switch set to accessory mode or OFF
and the lamps are on, all lamps will automatically turn off.
To turn on the lamp again, turn the power switch to ON mode, or return the lamp
switch to the position and then to the or position again.
★
- Power saving function
To prevent the auxiliary battery from dying, if the headlights or taillights are on when the power
switch is OFF, the power saving function will activate and all lights will automatically turn off after
about 20 minutes.
The power saving function is canceled when the power switch is set to ON mode. If you do any of the following, the power
saving function will be canceled once, and the power saving function will be activated again and all lamps will turn off
automatically after about 20 minutes.
- When operating the lamp switch

- when opening and closing the door
- Warning buzzer for forgetting to turn off the lamp
If you open the driver's door while the headlights and taillights are on, a buzzer will sound to warn you
that you have forgotten to turn off the lights.
- auto leveling system

The optical axis of the headlights is automatically adjusted according to changes in the vehicle's posture due to factors such as the
number of passengers and the amount of luggage, so as not to dazzle passersby or oncoming vehicles.
Four
You can change settings such as the sensitivity of the light

luck
sensor. (Customization list: →P. 441) Rotation
Note

Do not leave lights on for long periods with the hybrid system stopped.
adaptive high beam system★
The adaptive high beam system uses a camera sensor installed above the windshield to
determine the brightness of vehicle lamps and street lights in front of the vehicle, and then
controls the light distribution of the headlamps.
- Adjust the brightness and illuminated area of the high beam according to the vehicle speed.
- High light that blocks light around the vehicle in front.

High beam illuminated area
Light the beam. (shading high
beam)
While reducing glare on the vehicle in front,
Helps secure forward visibility.
Low beam illumination range
- When driving around a curve, the high beam illuminates the direction of travel
more brightly.
- The range illuminated by the low beam is adjusted according to the distance to the vehicle in front.
caveat
- For safe use

Don't put too much faith in the adaptive high beam system. It is the driver's responsibility
to always be aware of his/her surroundings, drive safely, and manually switch between
high and low beams as necessary.
- To prevent incorrect operation of the adaptive high beam
system Do not overload your luggage.
★
How to use the adaptive high beam system
1 lamp switch or
and push the lever forward.
2 adaptive high beam system

press the system switch
The adaptive high beam system creates

Adaptive high beam system
The stem indicator light will light up.
Four
luck
Rotation
How to switch manually
- Switching to low beam

Return the lever to its original position
Adaptive high beam system table

The indicator light will turn off.

To return, push the lever forward again.
To do.
- Switching to high beam

adaptive high beam system
press the system switch
Adaptive high beam system table

The indicator lights go out and the high beam indicator lights
Lights up.

To return, press the switch again.
vinegar.
knowledge
- Conditions for automatic switching of headlamp light distribution
- The high beams will turn on and the system will operate when all of the following conditions are met:
･ Vehicle speed is approximately 15 km/h or more *
･ There is no vehicle in front with its lamps lit.

･ The front of the vehicle is dark
*When the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 30km/h, the vehicle will brightly illuminate the direction of travel when driving around curves.
To do.
- When all of the following conditions are met, the system switches to high beams and adjusts the range
illuminated by low beams according to the position of the vehicle in front.
･ Vehicle speed is approximately 15 km/h or more
･ There is a vehicle ahead with its lights on.

･ The front of the vehicle is dark
- The low beam will switch to low beam under any of the following conditions.
･ Vehicle speed is approximately 10 km/h or less

Four
･ The front of the vehicle is bright.
･ There are many vehicles ahead. luck

･ The vehicle in front is moving quickly and may cause glare to the vehicle. Rotation
- About camera sensor detection

- In the following situations, the high beam may not automatically switch to blackout high
beam.
･ When you suddenly pass an oncoming vehicle on a curve with poor visibility ･
When another vehicle crosses in front of you
･ When the vehicle in front of you is obscured by continuous curves, median strips, roadside trees, etc. ･
When the vehicle in front of you approaches from a distant lane.
･ When the vehicle in front has no lights
- High beams may change to blackout high beams due to the fog lights of the
vehicle ahead.
- The high beam may or may not switch to the blackout high beam, or the blackout range may
change due to illumination such as street lights, traffic lights, advertisements, or reflective
objects such as signs and billboards.
- The tracking speed of the shaded area and the timing of switching to low beam may change due
to the following reasons.
･ Brightness of the lamp of the vehicle ahead
･ Movement and direction of the vehicle ahead
･ When the lamp of the vehicle ahead is lit on only one side ･ When
the vehicle ahead is a motorcycle
･ Road condition (gradient, curve, road surface condition, etc.)
･ Number of passengers and amount of luggage
- The headlamp light distribution control may not match the driver's senses.
- Light vehicles such as bicycles may not be detected.

- In the following situations, the surrounding brightness may not be detected accurately and the high
beams may be a nuisance to pedestrians or vehicles in front, or the low beams may continue to be on. If
this happens to you, please manually switch between high and low beams.
･ During bad weather (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
･ When the front window glass is dirty or foggy ･ When the front
window glass is cracked or damaged ･ When the camera sensor is
deformed or dirty ･ When the temperature of the camera sensor is
extremely high time
･ When there is a light similar to a headlamp or taillight nearby.
･ When the lamp of the vehicle in front is not lit, or when the lamp is dirty or discolored, or the optical
axis is misaligned.
･ When there is water, snow, dirt, etc. kicked up by the vehicle in front ･ When
there are continuous rapid changes in brightness
･ When driving on a road with many ups and downs or steps.
･ When driving on a road with many curves
･ When there is an object in front of the vehicle that strongly reflects light, such as a sign or mirror.
･ When the rear of the vehicle in front, such as a container, strongly reflects light. ･ When the
headlights of your vehicle are damaged or dirty.
･ When the vehicle is tilted due to a flat tire or being towed ･ When the vehicle
is frequently switching between high beam and low beam
･ When there is a problem with the use of high beams, or when you think it will cause a nuisance to other
drivers or nearby pedestrians.
- When the warning message "Headlamp system malfunction. Please have it checked at
your dealer" appears on the multi-information display.
There may be a problem with the system. Please have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.
You can change the settings for some of the features your car is equipped
with. (Customization list: →P. 441)
automatic high beam★
Automatic high beam uses a camera sensor installed at the top of the windshield
to determine the brightness of oncoming or preceding vehicle lamps, street
lights, etc., and automatically switches between high beam and low beam.
How to use automatic high beams

1 lamp switch or
and push the lever forward.
Four
2 automatic high beams luck

press the switch
Rotation
automatic high beams operate

and automatic high beam indicator light
lights up.
★
Conditions for automatic switching between high beam and low beam
The high beams will turn on when all of the following conditions are met:
- Vehicle speed is approximately 30km/h or more
- The front of the vehicle is dark
- Oncoming or preceding vehicles are not present or do not have their lights on
- There is little light from the street lights along the road ahead.
The low beam will turn on under any of the following conditions.
- Vehicle speed is approximately 25 km/h or less
- The front of the vehicle is bright
- An oncoming or preceding vehicle has its lights on.

- There is a lot of light from the street lights along the road ahead.
How to switch manually
- Switching to low beam

Return the lever to its original position
automatic high beam indicator light

Lights out.
Return to automatic high beam

, push the lever forward again.
- Switching to high beam

automatic high beams
press the switch
automatic high beam indicator light

The light goes out and the high beam indicator light comes on.
Masu.
Return to automatic high beam

, press the switch again.
knowledge
- About automatic high beams

- High beams may not automatically switch to low beams in the following situations:
･ When you suddenly pass an oncoming vehicle on a curve with poor visibility ･
When another vehicle crosses in front of you
･ When oncoming vehicles or vehicles in front are hidden from view due to continuous curves, median strips, roadside trees, etc.
- The fog lights of an oncoming vehicle may switch from high beam to low beam.
- High beams may switch to low beams or remain low beams due to illumination such as street
lights, traffic lights, advertisements, or reflective objects such as signs and billboards.
Four
- The timing of switching between high beam and low beam may change due to the
following reasons.
luck
･ Brightness of lights of oncoming or preceding vehicles Rotation
･ Movement and direction of oncoming or preceding vehicles
･ When the lamp of the oncoming vehicle or the preceding vehicle is lit only on one side ･ When the
oncoming vehicle or the preceding vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle
･ Road condition (gradient, curve, road surface condition, etc.)

･ Number of passengers and amount of luggage
- Automatic high beams recognize the surrounding conditions based on the brightness of the
lamps in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the high beam and low beam may switch depending on
the driver's senses.
- Light vehicles such as bicycles may not be detected.

- In the following situations, the surrounding brightness may not be detected accurately and the
high beams may disturb oncoming or preceding vehicles, or the low beams may continue to be
on. In this case, manually switch between high beam and low beam.
･ During bad weather (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
･ When the front window glass is dirty or foggy ･ When the front
window glass is cracked or damaged ･ When the camera sensor is
deformed or dirty ･ When there are headlamps, tail lights, etc.
When there is similar light
･ When the lamps of the oncoming vehicle or the vehicle in front are not lit, or when the lamps are dirty or discolored, or
the optical axis is misaligned.
･ When there are continuous rapid changes in brightness
･ When driving on a road with many ups and downs or steps.

･ When driving on a road with many curves
･ When there is an object in front of the vehicle that strongly reflects light, such as a sign or mirror.
･ When the rear of the vehicle in front, such as a container, strongly reflects light. ･ When the
headlights of your vehicle are damaged or dirty.
･ When the vehicle is tilted due to a puncture or being towed, etc.
caveat
- For safe use

Do not rely too much on automatic high beams. Drivers are responsible for always being
aware of their surroundings, driving safely, and manually switching between high beams
and low beams when necessary.
Note
- To operate automatic high beam correctly
Automatic high beams are activated correctly.

Please observe the following to ensure this.
- Do not touch the camera sensor lens

- Do not subject the camera sensor to strong impact.
- Do not disassemble the camera sensor
- Do not splash liquid on the camera sensor

Four
- Do not place stickers on the windshield near the camera sensor
- Do not place anything on the dashboard
luck
- Do not attach accessories around the camera sensor Rotation
- Don't overload your luggage
- do not modify the vehicle
- Do not replace the front window glass with a non-genuine Toyota product.
fog light switch
Ensures visibility in bad weather such as rain and fog.
front fog light switch

1 turn off
2 Light
Front & rear fog light switch

1 turn off
2 Turn on the front fog lights
light up
3 front & rear fog lights

light up
When I let go of my hand Return to the position of
vinegar.
When you operate it again, the rear fog lamp

The light will turn off.
Four
luck
Rotation
knowledge
- Lighting conditions
Front fog lamp:

Can be used when the headlights or side lights are on. rear fog
lamp★:
The rear fog lights can only be used when the front fog lights are on.
- rear fog lamp★about

- When the rear fog lamps are on, the indicator light inside the meter lights
yellow.
- Use this to notify following vehicles of your vehicle's presence when visibility is poor due to rain
or fog.
If you use it other than when visibility is poor, it may be a nuisance to vehicles
following you. Do not use it unless necessary.
★
Wiper & washer (front)
How to operate
Operate the lever as follows to select wiper operation.

Intermittent time adjustable wiper
1 Stop
2 Intermittent operation
3 low speed operation
Four high speed operation
Five temporary operation
Five
1
2
3
Four BTO43DP111
When is selected, you can adjust the intermittent time by turning the knob as
shown below.
6 Intermittent wiper operation frequency (increase)
7 Intermittent wiper operation frequency (reduced)
7
BTO43DP112
8 drain washer fluid

The wipers work together.
8
BTO43DP213
Raindrop sensing wiper
When is selected, the wipers operate according to the amount of raindrops and vehicle speed.
1 Stop
2 AUTO mode
3 low speed operation
Four high speed operation Four
Five temporary operation
luck
Rotation
Five
1
2
3
Four BTO43DP114
When is selected, you can adjust the sensitivity of the raindrop sensor by turning
the knob as shown below.
6 Raindrop sensor sensitivity adjustment (high)
7 Raindrop sensor sensitivity adjustment (low)
7
BTO43DP115
8 drain washer fluid

8
BTO43DP116
knowledge
- Anti-drip operation
The wipers operate several times to spray washer fluid, then one more time to
prevent dripping.
- Effect of vehicle speed on operation
Wiper operation is affected by vehicle speed.

- intermittent time
- Wiper operation when washer is linked (time until drip prevention operation works)
- Raindrop detection sensor (vehicles equipped with raindrop detection wipers)
- A raindrop sensor determines the amount of raindrops.
Because it uses an optical sensor,

Intermittent sunrises and sunsets on the window glass
When you hit a target or when it becomes dirty with insects, etc.
may not operate properly.
- If you set the power switch to AUTO mode while the power switch is in ON mode, the wipers will operate
once to confirm operation.
- If you adjust the sensitivity of the raindrop sensor to the (high) side in AUTO mode, the
wiper will operate once to confirm operation.
- When the temperature of the raindrop sensor is above 90℃ or below -15℃, AUTO operation
You may not. In that case, use the wiper in a mode other than AUTO mode.
- When washer fluid does not come out
If the washer fluid does not come out even though the washer fluid level is not insufficient,
check the nozzle for blockage.
caveat
- Regarding wiper operation in AUTO mode (vehicles equipped with raindrop sensing wipers)
In AUTO mode, the wipers may move unexpectedly due to factors such as
touching the sensor or vibrations on the windshield. Be careful not to get your
fingers caught in the wiper.
- Warning when using washer
In cold weather, do not use washer fluid until the windshield has warmed up.
Washer fluid may freeze on the windshield, resulting in poor visibility and an
unexpected accident, which may result in serious injury or, in the worst case,
death.
Note
- When the front window glass is dry Four

Do not use wipers.
There is a risk of damaging the glass.
luck
Rotation
Do not continue operating the washer switch. The

pump may malfunction.
- When the nozzle is clogged
If the nozzle becomes clogged, please contact your Toyota

dealer. Do not remove it with pins, etc.
There is a risk of damaging the nozzle.
Wiper & washer (rear)
How to operate
Turn the lever as shown below to select wiper operation.

1 Stop
2 Intermittent operation
3 Normal operation
Four
drain washer fluid
knowledge
If the washer fluid does not come out even though the washer fluid level is not insufficient,
check the nozzle for blockage.
Note
- When the rear window glass is dry

Do not use wipers.
There is a risk of damaging the glass.
Do not continue operating the washer switch. The

pump may malfunction.
- When the nozzle is clogged
If the nozzle becomes clogged, please contact your Toyota

dealer. Do not remove it with pins, etc.
There is a risk of damaging the nozzle.
Four
luck
Rotation
208 4-4. How to refuel
How to open the fuel filler port
before refueling
- Close the door and door glass and turn off the power switch.
- Please check the fuel type.
knowledge
- Type of fuel
- unleaded regular gasoline
- Bio blended gasoline (regular)

- About bio-blended gasoline
Gasoline containing up to 10% ethanol or up to 22% ETBE (oxygen content up to
3.7%) can be used.
caveat
- When refueling
Failure to follow these precautions may result in fire, serious injury, or in the
worst case, death.
- Before refueling, remove static electricity from your body by touching a metal part such as the body.
After removing it, do not return to the vehicle or touch other people or objects until refueling is
complete. Also, do not allow anyone who has not removed static electricity to approach the fuel filler
port.
If a person charged with static electricity approaches the fuel filler port, the spark from the discharge
may ignite the fuel.
- Hold the cap by the knob and slowly open it. Also, if he makes a hissing sound
when he loosens the cap, have him hold the cap until the sound stops.
If you open it too soon, fuel may spray out from the fuel filler opening when the temperature
Four
is high.
- Avoid breathing vaporized fuel. Some fuel components

luck
contain harmful substances. Rotation
- Please don't smoke.

- Make sure to insert the nozzle into the fuel filler port securely.
- Do not replenish the oil.

- If you are unable to refuel properly, please call the station staff and follow their instructions.
210 4-4. How to refuel
Note
- When refueling
Please use the specified gasoline.

Gasoline or other fuels other than those specified (poor gasoline, diesel oil,
kerosene, high-concentration bio-mixed gasoline) *) or spill fuel. The following
conditions may occur:
- Engine starts poorly
- Abnormal noises or vibrations (knocking) from the engine occur.
- Engine power decreases

- Emission control system not working properly
- Damage to fuel system parts
- Paint damage
*Anything with an ethanol blending rate of over 10% or an ETBE blending rate of over 22%
thing
How to open the fuel filler port
1 Press the fuel filler opener switch.

and open the fuel door.
2 Open the cap by slowly turning it.

and fit it into the holder.
knowledge
- When the fuel door does not open
If the fuel filler door does not open even after pressing the fuel filler door opener, have it checked by a
Toyota dealer.
How to close the fuel filler port
I hear a “click” sound when I close the cap.

Turn it until it closes.
When you release your hand, the cap will turn slightly in the opposite direction.
go back.
BTO44DP003
Four
caveat luck
Rotation
- When the cap does not close properly
Please be sure to contact your Toyota dealer.

Continuing to use a cap that does not close properly or using a non-genuine
cap may cause a fire, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
212 4-5. About driving support devices
Toyota Safety Sense P
Toyota Safety Sense P assists the driver with the following driving support
devices to support safe and comfortable driving.
- PCS (Pre-crash safety system)
→ P. 218
→ P. 229
- adaptive high beam system★
→ P. 190
- automatic high beam★
→ P. 195
- Radar cruise control (with all vehicle speed tracking function)
→ P. 239
caveat
- About Toyota Safety Sense P

Toyota Safety Sense P is a system based on the premise of safe driving for drivers, and its purpose is to
contribute to reducing accident damage and driving burden. This system has limitations in recognition
and control performance. Drivers are responsible for always being aware of their surroundings and
driving safely, without placing too much trust in the system.
★
4-5. About driving support devices 213
About recording vehicle data
The pre-crash safety system is equipped with a computer that records

data related to vehicle control and operation, and mainly records the
following data.
･ Accelerator pedal operation status
･ Brake pedal operation status
･ Vehicle speed
･ Operating status of each function of the pre-crash safety system ･ Information such
as distance to obstacles such as preceding vehicle and relative speed
･ Camera sensor image information (only when pre-crash brake or pre-
crash brake assist is activated)
Please note that audio such as conversations and images from inside the car are not recorded.
- About data handling

Toyota may acquire and use data recorded on computers for the purposes of vehicle
failure diagnosis, research and development, and quality improvement. Four
Furthermore, except in the following cases, Toyota will not disclose or provide the
acquired data to any third party. luck
Rotation
･ When there is the consent of the user of the car (for leased cars, the consent of the lessee) ･ When it
is based on a legally enforceable request from the police, court, government agency, etc. ･ When
Toyota uses it in a lawsuit

･ When providing data processed so that the user or vehicle cannot be identified to a research
institution for the purpose of statistical processing.
- Recorded image information can be erased using special equipment.

It is also possible to stop the function that records image information. However, if the
function is stopped, the data from when the pre-crash safety system was activated will not
remain.
front sensor
Two types of sensors located in the front grille and front window glass recognize the
information necessary for each driving support device.
1 radar sensor
2 camera sensor
caveat
- To prevent radar sensor failure or malfunction

If you do not follow these precautions, the radar sensor may not operate properly, leading
to an unexpected accident that may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Always keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean
1 radar sensor
2 front grill emblem
Front of radar sensor and front grill
Dirt, water drops, snow, etc. on the front and back of the emblem
If it gets stuck, please remove it.

When cleaning the radar sensor,
or front grill emblem.
Please use a soft cloth. Four
- Do not attach accessories or stickers (including transparent ones) around the

radar sensor or front grille emblem. luck
Rotation
- Avoid strong impacts around the radar sensor

If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper receives a strong impact, be
sure to have it checked by a Toyota dealer.
- Do not disassemble the radar sensor
- Do not modify or paint the radar sensor or front grille emblem.
- If you need to remove or replace the radar sensor, front grille, or front
bumper, please contact your Toyota dealer.
caveat
- To prevent camera sensor failure or malfunction

If you do not follow these precautions, the camera sensor may not operate properly, leading to
an unexpected accident that may result in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Keep the front window glass clean

･ If there is dirt, oil film, water droplets, snow, etc. on the outside of the front
window glass, remove it.
･ Even if a glass coating agent is used on the front window glass, if water
droplets etc. adhere to the front of the camera sensor, wipe them off with a
wiper.
･ If the camera sensor mounting area inside the front window glass becomes
dirty, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- Camera on the outside of the windshield
Attach the sticker to the front of the sensor (within the area shown).
Paste cars (including transparent ones) etc.

do not have
A: Cover from the top of the front window glass.

Approximately 1cm below the bottom edge of the camera sensor
B: Approximately 20cm (from the center of the camera sensor)
Approximately 10cm left and right)
- If the front window glass in front of the camera sensor becomes cloudy, has
condensation, or freezes, use the front defroster to remove it (→P. 290)
- If the wiper cannot properly wipe off water droplets on the windshield glass in
front of the camera sensor, replace the wiper rubber or wiper blade. If the
wiper rubber or wiper blade needs to be replaced, please contact your Toyota
dealer.
- Do not apply film to the front window glass
- If the front window glass is scratched or cracked, replace it instead of leaving
it as is.
If the front window glass needs to be replaced, please contact your Toyota
dealer.
- Do not splash liquid on the camera sensor
- Do not expose the camera sensor to strong light

caveat
- Avoid staining or scratching the camera sensor lens When cleaning the inside
of the windshield, be careful not to let the glass cleaner get on the lens. Also,
do not touch the lens. If the lens is dirty or scratched, please contact your
Toyota dealer.
- Do not subject the camera sensor to strong impact.
- Do not change the mounting position or orientation of the camera sensor or remove it.
- Do not disassemble the camera sensor
- Do not modify parts surrounding the camera sensor such as the interior mirror or the ceiling.
- Do not attach accessories that may obstruct the view of the camera sensor to
the bonnet, front grille, or front bumper.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for details.
- When loading long items (surfboards, etc.) on the roof, make sure that they do not
block the view of the camera sensor.
Four
- Do not modify headlamps or other lamps.
luck
Rotation
knowledge
- Handling the radar sensor

PCS (Pre-crash safety system)
The system uses forward sensors to detect vehicles and pedestrians on the path, and when the system
determines that there is a high possibility of a collision, it assists the driver in avoiding a collision by issuing a
warning and controlling the brake force. In addition, if the system determines that the possibility of a collision has
increased, it will automatically apply the brakes, helping to avoid the collision and helping to reduce the risk of
collision or the damage caused by the collision.
You can turn the pre-crash safety system ON/OFF and change the alarm
timing as necessary. (→P. 221)
- collision warning
The system indicates that there is a high probability of collision.
When it makes a decision, “Pipipi…”

The buzzer sounds and the multi-in
on the formation display
Display a message and take avoidance action
I will nod.
- Pre-crash brake assist
When the system determines that a collision is likely, it increases the braking force
depending on how hard the brake pedal is pressed.
- Pre-crash brake
When the system determines that there is a high possibility of a collision, it issues a collision warning,
and when it determines that the possibility of a collision has increased, it automatically applies the
brakes to assist in collision avoidance or reduce the speed of collision. contributes to
caveat
- For safe use

- The driver is responsible for driving safely. Always be aware of your surroundings and
strive to drive safely.
Never use the pre-crash safety system as a substitute for daily brake
operation. This system is not designed to avoid collisions or reduce the
damage caused by collisions in all situations. Relying on the system or relying
on your safety while driving may lead to an unexpected accident, resulting in
- The purpose of the pre-crash safety system is to assist in collision avoidance or contribute to the
mitigation of collision damage, but its effectiveness depends on various conditions. Therefore, it
is not possible to always achieve the same performance. Please read the following items and
strive to drive safely without over-relying on the system.
･ When there is a risk that the system will operate even if there is no possibility of a collision: →P. 223
･ When there is a risk that the system will not operate normally: →P. 225
Four
- Do not test the operation of the pre-crash safety system yourself. Depending
on the situation, the system may not operate properly, leading to an
luck
unexpected accident. Rotation
- About pre-crash brakes

- When the pre-crash brake is activated, strong braking is applied.
- When the vehicle stops due to activation of the pre-crash brake, After about 2 seconds
The crash brake will be released. The driver should apply the brakes himself if
necessary.
- The pre-crash brake will not operate depending on the driver's operating conditions. If
the driver is pressing hard on the accelerator pedal or operating the steering wheel, the
system may determine that the driver is making an evasive maneuver and the pre-
collision brakes may not operate.
- If the accelerator pedal is pressed hard or the steering wheel is operated while the pre-
collision brake is activated, the system may determine that this is an evasive action by the
driver and the pre-collision brake will be deactivated.
- When the brake pedal is pressed, the system determines that the driver is making
an evasive action, and the start of pre-collision braking may be delayed.
caveat
- When turning off the pre-crash safety system

Turn off the system in the following cases.
The system may not operate properly, leading to an unexpected accident, resulting in
- when being towed
- When towing
- When loading onto trucks, ships, trains, etc.
- When raising the vehicle on a lift, starting the hybrid system, and spinning the tires.
- When using a chassis dynamo, free roller, etc. for inspection

- When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille due to an accident, etc.
- When your vehicle is unstable due to an accident or breakdown
- When driving off-road or doing sports

- When tire pressure is incorrect
- When extremely worn tires are installed
- When tires other than those specified by the manufacturer are installed.
- When tire chains are installed

- When using an emergency tire or tire puncture emergency repair kit
- When equipment that obstructs the front sensor (such as a snow removal device) is temporarily
installed on the vehicle.
Pre-crash safety system setting changes

- Changing ON/OFF of the pre-crash safety system
multi-information display screen (→ P. 80)

You can change ON (activation) or OFF (deactivation) of the pre-crash
safety system.
The system turns ON whenever the power switch goes to ON mode.
When the system is turned off, the PCS

The warning light lights up and the multi-info
message on the message display.
message will be displayed.
Four
- Changing the warning timing of the pre-crash safety system

luck
Rotation
multi-information display screen (→ P. 80)

You can change the warning timing of the pre-crash safety system.
The selected alarm timing will continue even if the power switch is turned off.
1 far
Warning timing is earlier than "intermediate"
Ru
2 middle
Initial setting
3 close
The alarm timing is later than "Intermediate".
Ru
knowledge
- System operating conditions
The pre-crash safety system is activated when the system determines that there is a high
possibility of a collision with a vehicle or pedestrian ahead.
The operating speed of each function is as follows.
- collision warning
･ Vehicle speed approximately 10 to 180 km/h (when the detection target is a pedestrian, vehicle speed approximately 10 to 180 km/h)
~80km/h)
･ Relative speed from your vehicle to the vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is approximately 10 km/h or more
- Pre-crash brake assist

･ Your vehicle speed is approximately 30 to 180 km/h (when the detection target is a pedestrian, your vehicle speed is approximately 30 km/h)
~80km/h)
- Pre-crash brake
･ Vehicle speed approximately 10 to 180 km/h (when the detection target is a pedestrian, vehicle speed approximately 10 to 180 km/h)
~80km/h)
However, the system does not operate in the following cases.
- After connecting and disconnecting the auxiliary battery terminal, until the car is driven for a while.
- When the shift lever is in R
- When VSC is OFF (only the collision warning becomes operational)

- About pedestrian detection
Size, profile, movement, etc. of target pedestrian

Detect from.
Surrounding brightness and pedestrian movement, posture, and angle
In some cases, the system may not be able to detect pedestrians.
The system may not operate properly.

(→P. 227)
- Deactivation of pre-crash brake

If you perform the following operations while the pre-crash brake is operating, the pre-crash brake
will be deactivated.
- press the accelerator pedal hard

- Turn the handle wider or operate it quickly
- When there is a risk that the system will operate even if there is no possibility of a collision
- For example, in the following situations, the system may determine that there is a possibility of a
collision and may operate.
･ When passing close to a vehicle or pedestrian

･ When changing lanes to pass the vehicle in front
･ When passing a vehicle in front that is changing lanes
･ When passing a vehicle in front that is turning left or right
･ When passing an oncoming vehicle waiting to turn
Four
luck
Rotation
･ The positional relationship with the vehicle ahead in the adjacent lane is incorrect.
Driving on a road that is difficult (such as a winding road)
and when
･ When approaching the vehicle in front suddenly
･ When the vehicle posture changes, such as when the road surface is undulating or uneven. ･ When the vehicle
approaches a structure on the side of the road (guardrail, telephone pole, tree, wall, etc.)
･ Vehicles, pedestrians,
When a structure exists
･ When driving on a narrow road surrounded by structures on the side of the road (narrow tunnels, iron bridges, etc.) ･ When there
are metal objects on the road or on the side of the road (manholes, steel plates, etc.) ·When there are steps or protrusions
･ Pedestrians crossing the street are very close to the vehicle.
when it arrived
･ Structures above the road (tunnels with low ceilings)

road signs, etc.)
When
･ There are structures (signboards, etc.) above the road on an uphill slope.
when driving in a place where
･ When approaching an opening/closing bar such as an ETC gate or a parking lot gate ･
When using a car wash machine
･ Obstacles that cover the vehicle (such as

Thick grass, hanging branches, and banners
etc.) when driving in a place where there is
･ When there is water, snow, dirt, etc. kicked up by the vehicle in front. ･ When
there is water vapor or smoke in front of the vehicle.
･ When there is a pattern or paint on the road or wall that makes it difficult to distinguish from vehicles or pedestrians.
･ When driving next to objects that strongly reflect radio waves (large trucks, guardrails,
etc.)
･ When driving near places where strong radio waves or noise are generated, such as TV towers, broadcasting stations,
power plants, etc.

- When there is a risk that the system may not operate properly
- For example, in the following situations, the front sensor may not be able to detect the target
vehicle and the system may not operate properly.
･ When a vehicle approaches your vehicle from the front ･

When the vehicle in front is a motorcycle or bicycle
･ When approaching the side or front of the vehicle
･ When the rear end area of the preceding vehicle is small (such as an empty truck)
･ When the rear end of the vehicle in front is in a low position (low
floor trailer, etc.)
･ When the luggage protrudes from the cargo bed of the vehicle in front.
Four
･ If the minimum ground clearance of the vehicle in front is extremely high,
tree
luck
Rotation
･ When the vehicle in front has a special shape (tractor, sidecar, etc.) ･
When the vehicle in front strongly reflects sunlight etc.
･ When a vehicle cuts in from the side or jumps out. ･ When the vehicle in front makes sudden
movements (sudden steering, sudden acceleration, sudden deceleration, etc.) ･ When your vehicle
changes lanes and the vehicle in front of you changes lanes. when you suddenly approach
･ If the center of the vehicle in front and your vehicle are misaligned,
tree
･ In bad weather (rain, fog, snow, sandstorm, etc.)

･ When there is water, snow, dirt, etc. kicked up by the vehicle in front. ･ When
there is water vapor or smoke in front of the vehicle.
･ When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes rapidly (e.g. at the entrance to a tunnel)
･ When strong light (sunlight, oncoming vehicle headlights, etc.) is shining directly on the
camera sensor.
, and at night or in tunnels.
･ When it is dimly lit (early morning, evening, etc.)
･ After starting the hybrid system and for a while after starting driving ･ During
and for a few seconds after turning
･ While driving around a curve and for a few seconds after completing a curve ･
When your vehicle is skidding sideways
･ When the vehicle posture is changing
･ When the wheel alignment is incorrect

･ When the wiper blade blocks the view of the camera sensor ･
When driving erratically
･ When driving at excessively high speeds
･ When driving on a slope
･ When the front sensor is oriented incorrectly
- For example, in the following situations, sufficient braking force may not be obtained and the system may not be
able to reach its full potential.
･ When brake performance cannot be fully demonstrated (brake parts are extremely
cold, overheated, wet, etc.)
･ When the maintenance condition of the vehicle (brake parts/tire wear, air pressure, etc.) is not good.
･ When driving on a gravel road or slippery road

- For example, the following pedestrians may not be detected by the forward sensor and the
system may not operate properly.
･ Pedestrians whose height is approximately 1 m or less or approximately 2 m or more
･ Pedestrians who are wearing coats or long skirts, so that the contours of their whole bodies are unclear. ･
Pedestrians who are carrying large luggage or holding umbrellas, so that part of their bodies are hidden.
･ Pedestrians leaning forward or crouching ･

Pedestrians pushing strollers, wheelchairs, bicycles, etc.
･ Pedestrians in groups
･ Pedestrians who are wearing whitish clothes and appear extremely bright ･ Four
Pedestrians who are in the dark, such as at night or inside a tunnel
･ Pedestrians whose clothing color and brightness blend into the background ･
luck
Pedestrians who are close to walls, vehicles, fences, guardrails, etc. ･ Pedestrians who Rotation
are on metal objects on the road surface (manholes, iron plates, etc.) ･ Walking speed
fast pedestrian
･ Pedestrians who are rapidly changing their walking speed
･ A pedestrian pops out from behind something.
･ Pedestrians who are close to the side edge of the vehicle (door mirrors, etc.)
- When the PCS warning light flashes or lights up and a warning message appears on
the multi-information display
The system may temporarily not work or there may be a problem with the
system.
- In the following cases, when the situation improves, the PCS warning light and warning message will disappear and the
unit will be ready for operation.
･ When the temperature of the front sensor or the area around the front sensor is high, such as under the
scorching sun. ･ When the temperature of the front sensor or the area around the front sensor is low, such as in an
extremely cold environment. ･ When there is snow or dirt around the front sensor.
･ When the front window glass in front of the camera sensor is fogged, has
condensation, or has frozen (To clear the fog from the front window glass:
→ P. 290)
･ When the front of the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is
open or a sticker is pasted near the camera sensor on the windshield.
- If the PCS warning light continues to flash or turn on and the warning message continues to be
displayed even after the situation has been improved, there may be a problem with the system. Please
have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- When VSC is stopped

- When VSC operation is stopped (→P. 276), pre-collision brake assist and pre-
collision brake operation will also be stopped.
- The PCS warning light comes on,“VSC
is OFF” appears on the multi-information display.
``The pre-crash brake will also stop.'' will be displayed.
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)*[With steering control

function])
Functional overview
When driving on an expressway or motorway with white (yellow) lines, the system
warns the driver of the possibility of deviating from the lane and assists in some
steering operations to avoid deviating. To do.
LDA is a front window glass

The camera sensor on the top of the screen displays white (yellow)
Recognize lines.
Four
luck
Rotation
Features included in LDA
- Lane departure warning function
Possibility of vehicle leaving lane

If there is a multi-info
display
And the warning buzzer alerts you.
I will nod.
When the alarm buzzer sounds,
Check the road conditions before turning the steering wheel.
Operate carefully and move inside the white (yellow) line.
Please return to the center.
*:Lane departure warning

- Steering control function
Possibility of vehicle leaving lane

small operations for a short period of time when
Apply steering force to the steering wheel to steer the car to the lane.
the necessary power to avoid deviations from

assists with some of the bundle operations.
Do not operate the steering wheel for a certain period of time.
or grip the handle firmly.

Continued driving without
When the multi-information
A warning message appears on the main display.
displayed and the function is temporarily disabled.
Masu.
- Stagger alarm function
The vehicle is running swaying.

or repeatedly run out of the lane.
If the alarm is about to start
user and multi-information
according to the indication on the application display.
Please be careful.
caveat
- Before using LDA

Don't put too much faith in LDA. LDA is neither an automatic device nor a device that reduces
attention to the road ahead, so drivers are responsible for always being aware of their
surroundings, correcting their course using the steering wheel, and driving safely. Also, if you are
tired from long hours of driving, take appropriate breaks.
If you do not operate the vehicle properly or are not careful, it is dangerous and may lead
to an unexpected accident.
- To prevent malfunction
When not using LDA, turn off the system using the LDA switch.
- Situations when you should not use LDA
Do not use LDA in the following situations:

This is dangerous as the system may not operate properly and may lead to an unexpected accident.
- When installing emergency tires, tire chains, etc. Four

- When there is not enough tread left on the tire or when the tire pressure is insufficient
- When using tires with different structures, manufacturers, brands, and tread patterns luck
Rotation
- When there are structures or patterns on roadside objects that can be mistaken for white (yellow) lines
(guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.)
- When driving on a snowy road
- When the white (yellow) line is difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
- When roads are repaired and there are traces of asphalt repair or white (yellow) lines remaining.
- When driving on restricted lanes or temporary lanes due to construction.
- When driving on slippery roads due to rain, snow, ice, etc.

- When driving on a lane other than a highway or motorway
- When driving in a construction zone
caveat
- To prevent LDA failure or malfunction

- Do not modify the headlamp or put stickers etc. on the lamp surface.
- Do not modify the suspension etc. If replacement is necessary, please contact

your Toyota dealer.
- Do not install or place anything on the hood or grill. Also, do not attach grill
guards (bull bars, kangaroo bars, etc.) to the product.
- If the front window glass needs repair, please contact your Toyota dealer.
How to set
To turn on LDA, turn on the LDA switch.
press
The LDA indicator lights up and the multi-info
message on the message display
will be displayed.
To turn off, press the switch again.
Masu.
Once you turn LDA ON/OFF, the next

time you start the hybrid system,
Sometimes the situation remains the same.
meter display
1 LDA indicator light
When the indicator light is on, the system

We will notify you of the operating status.
Lights up in white: Lane departure monitoring in progress
Lights up in green: Steering control function
steering assistance is active

Flashing yellow: Lane departure warning in progress
2 Steering wheel steering support operation display
Steering control function hand

steering assistance is activated.
is shown.
3 Lane departure warning function display

Four
Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to driving support
function information.
luck
When the inside of the white line display is white When the inside of the white line display is black Rotation
The system recognizes the white (yellow) line. The system can recognize the white (yellow) line.
This shows that vehicle is in lane or the system is temporarily

If the deviating side deviates from the This indicates that the
The white line display will flash orange. vinegar.
knowledge
- Operating conditions for each function
- Lane departure warning function
It operates when all of the following conditions are met.
･ When LDA is turned on

･ When the vehicle speed is approximately 50 km/h or more
･ When the system recognizes the white (yellow) line

･ When the lane width is approximately 3m or more
･ When the direction indicator lever is not operated

･ When driving on a straight road or on a curve with a radius of less than
approximately 150 m ･ When no system abnormality is detected (→P. 237)
- Steering control function
In addition to the activation conditions for the lane departure warning function, it will activate when all of the following conditions are
met.
･ Multi-information display Set “Steering support” to “Yes” on the screen
(→P. 80)
･ When there is no acceleration or deceleration above a certain level
･ When the steering wheel is not operated with enough steering force to
change lanes ･ When ABS, VSC, TRC, and PCS are not operating
･ When TRC or VSC is not stopped
･ When the hands-free driving warning (→P. 235) is not displayed
- Stagger alarm function
It operates when all of the following conditions are met.
･ Multi-information display ``Wobbling alert'' on the screen
When set to "Yes" (→P. 80) ･ When the vehicle

speed is approximately 50 km/h or more
･ When the lane width is approximately 3m or more
･ When no system abnormality is detected (→P. 237)

- Temporarily canceling the function
If the operating conditions (→P. 234) are no longer met, the function will be temporarily canceled,
but will automatically return when the operating conditions are met again.
If the operating conditions (→P. 234) are no longer met while the steering control
function is activated, a beep may sound to notify you that the function has been
temporarily deactivated.
- About steering control function
Depending on vehicle speed, lane departure status, road surface conditions, etc., you may not feel
the steering control function operate or the steering control function may not operate.
- About lane departure warning function
The alarm buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise or audio.
- About hands-off driving warning
If the system determines that you are driving without hands while the steering control
function is activated, a warning message will appear on the multi-information display. Four
If no operation continues, a buzzer will sound, a warning message will be displayed, and the function will
luck
be temporarily disabled. The same applies if the driver continues to operate the steering wheel lightly. Rotation
However, depending on road conditions, operation may not be interrupted.
- When the white (yellow) line is only on one side
Lane departure warning will not operate in directions where the white (yellow) line is not recognized.
- Situations where the function may not work properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not be able to correctly detect the white (yellow) line,
and each function may not work properly.
- When there is a shadow parallel to the white (yellow) line or when the white (yellow) line is inside the shadow
- When driving in areas where there are no white (yellow) lines, such as in front of toll gates or checkpoints, or at intersections.
- When the white (yellow) line is faint or there are cat's eyes (road studs) or stones.
- When the white (yellow) line is not visible or difficult to see due to dust etc.
- When driving on wet roads, such as on rainy days, after rain, or in puddles.
- When the lane is yellow (recognition rate may be lower than for white lines)
- When a white (yellow) line is drawn on a curb, etc.
- When driving on a bright road surface such as a concrete road
- When driving on a road surface that is bright due to reflection etc.
- When driving in a place where the brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrance/exit of a tunnel.
- When the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, sunlight, etc. are shining on the camera.
- When driving on a branching or merging road, etc.
- When driving on a slope

- When driving on a road that is tilted to the left or right or that is undulating
- When driving on unpaved or rough roads

- When driving around a sharp curve
- When the lane width is extremely narrow or wide
- When the vehicle is tilted significantly due to heavy cargo loading or insufficient tire pressure.
- When the distance between you and the vehicle in front becomes extremely short
- When the vehicle is shaking significantly up and down due to the road surface conditions (bad roads,
road joints, etc.)
- At night, when the headlamp lens is dirty and the illumination is weak, or the optical axis is misaligned.
- When there is a crosswind
- Immediately after changing lanes or passing through an intersection
- When installing winter tires etc.

- warning message
If the following message appears on the multi-information display and the LDA indicator
lights up in yellow, take appropriate action according to the corrective action.
warning message Warning details and countermeasures
The system may not be working properly

LDA failure
There is
Please check at the store
→ Have it checked at a Toyota dealer.
front camera Front window glass in front of camera sensor

Temporarily unavailable
dirt, raindrops, condensation, ice and snow, etc.
Remove dirt or cloudy glass → Turn off LDA, remove dirt, raindrops, condensation,
ice and snow, etc., then turn on LDA again.
Please take Please turn on.
The camera sensor operating conditions (temperature, etc.) are met.
front camera It has not been

Temporarily unavailable → The operating conditions (temperature, etc.) of the camera sensor are met.
Once configured, LDA is enabled. Four
Please wait
Turn off LDA and wait for a while.
After that, turn LDA on again.
The error may occur due to an error in a sensor other than the camera sensor.
luck
Rotation
stem is paused
LDA currently unavailable → After turning off LDA and dealing with the contents
of the warning message, try again after a while.
Please turn on LDA again.
LDA cannot be used because the vehicle speed is approximately 50 km/h

LDA approx. 50km/h or less or less.
cannot be used in → Drive at a speed faster than approximately 50km/h.
If any other warning message appears, follow the instructions on the screen.
You can change the following settings:
function Setting details
lane departure warning alarm sensitivity
Steering control function Function ON/OFF
Function ON/OFF
Stagger alarm function
alarm sensitivity
For details on how to change settings, see page 434.

Radar cruise control (with all vehicle speed tracking function)
Functional overview
In distance control mode, the vehicle follows the speed of the vehicle in front and automatically
accelerates, decelerates, and stops without pressing the accelerator pedal. Constant speed control
mode allows the vehicle to drive at a constant speed.
Please use it on highways and motorways.

- Distance control mode (→P. 242)
- Constant speed control mode (→P. 247)
1 Indicator light
2 Setting speed
spray Four
Four
Inter-vehicle distance switch
Five
cruise control switch luck
Rotation
caveat
- For safe use

The driver is responsible for driving safely. Drivers are responsible for always being aware of
their surroundings and driving safely, without placing too much trust in the system. Radar cruise
control is a system that supports some of the driver's operations and reduces the operational
burden, but the scope of support is limited.
Please set the speed appropriately, taking into consideration the speed limit, traffic flow,
road surface environment, weather, etc. The driver must confirm the set speed. Even if the
system is functioning normally, the situation of the vehicle ahead as perceived by the driver
may differ from the situation detected by the system. Therefore, it is the driver's
responsibility to take care, judge risks, and ensure safety. Relying on the system or relying
on your safety while driving may lead to an unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury
- Notes on system support content

Because the system has limited support, please note the following: Overreliance on
the system may lead to unexpected accidents, resulting in serious injury or, in the
worst case, death.
- Support details during the driver's viewing process
Radar cruise control only detects the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front, and is not a system that allows for distracted or distracted driving, nor is it a
system that assists with poor visibility.
Drivers themselves must pay attention to their surroundings.
- Contents of support provided during the driver decision-making process
Radar cruise control determines whether the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front is
appropriate, and does not make any other judgments. For this reason, drivers must make their own
safety decisions, including whether there is a danger to themselves.
- Contents of support provided during the driver's operation process
Radar cruise control does not have a function to prevent rear-end collisions with the
vehicle in front. Therefore, if there is any danger, drivers must ensure their own safety.
caveat
- To prevent incorrect operation
When not using radar cruise control, turn off the system using the ON-OFF
switch.
- Situations in which you should not use radar cruise control
Do not use radar cruise control in the following situations: Improper control
may result in an unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst
case, death.
- A road where pedestrians, bicycles, etc. are mixed.
- road with heavy traffic
- road with sharp curves
- Winding Road
- In rainy weather or on slippery roads such as frozen or snowy roads
Four
- A steep downhill slope or a slope with steep changes in slope
When going down a steep slope, the vehicle speed may exceed the set speed.
luck
- Entrances and exits of expressways and motorways Rotation
- In bad weather where the sensor cannot detect correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
- When raindrops, snow, etc. adhere to the front of the radar sensor or camera
sensor.
- When traffic conditions involve frequent acceleration and deceleration
- When towing a vehicle
- When the approach alarm sounds frequently

Driving in distance control mode
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the radar sensor determines the presence or absence of a vehicle in front of the vehicle within
approximately 100 meters and the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front, and controls the vehicle to maintain an
appropriate distance from the vehicle in front.
When driving downhill, the following distance will be shorter.
1 Constant speed driving:
When there is no car in front
The vehicle travels at a constant speed set by the driver. You can also set the desired following
distance by operating the following distance switch.
2 Deceleration driving - following driving:
When a preceding vehicle appears whose speed is slower than the set speed
When it detects a vehicle in front, it will automatically slow down, and if greater deceleration is required, it will apply the
brakes (the brake lights will come on at this time). The vehicle will follow the vehicle in front, keeping the following
distance set by the driver as the vehicle speed changes. If you approach the vehicle in front without being able to slow
down sufficiently, a proximity warning will sound.
When the vehicle in front stops, it will also stop (controlled stop). After the vehicle in front
starts moving, raise the cruise control lever or press the accelerator pedal to return to
following.
3 Accelerated driving:
When there is no vehicle in front that is slower than the set speed
The vehicle will accelerate to the set speed and return to constant speed driving.
Setting the speed (vehicle distance control mode)
1 Press the ON-OFF switch to

turn on the system
radar cruise control indicator light
lights up and multi-information
A message will appear on the display.
Masu.
Press the switch again to turn it off.
vinegar.
Press and hold the ON-OFF switch for more than 1.5 seconds
When the system is in constant speed control mode,
Turns on. (→P. 247)
2 Desired vehicle speed(approximately 50 km/h or more)
Accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal /

Reduce speed and lower the lever to set the speed. Four
determine
cruise control set indicator light luck

Lights up. Rotation
Drive at a constant speed at the vehicle speed when the lever is released
can.
If you operate the lever when the vehicle speed is less than approximately 50 km/h and there is a vehicle in front, the set
speed will be set to approximately 50 km/h.

Change the set speed
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired speed is
displayed.
1increase speed
(Excluding when stopped in vehicle distance control mode.
Ku)
2reduce speed
Fine adjustment: Gently move the lever up or down
operate and release
Large adjustment: Hold the lever up or down.

Hold it to change the speed, then move your hand at the desired speed.
release
In distance control mode, the set speed is increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: 1km/h per lever operation
Major adjustment: 5km/h increments while holding the lever
In constant speed control mode (→ P. 247), the set speed is increased or decreased as
follows:
Fine adjustment: 1km/h per lever operation
Large adjustment: Continuous change while holding the lever

Changing the distance between vehicles (distance control mode)
Each time you press the switch:

Leading vehicle
You can change the distance between vehicles.
mark
1 long
2 middle
3 short
To set the power switch to ON mode

The following distance is1I'll go back.
If there is a preceding vehicle, the preceding vehicle mark will also be displayed.
will be shown.
Guidelines for selecting inter-vehicle distance (distance control mode)
Please select the following distance based on the following guidelines.

(When driving at a vehicle speed of 80km/h) Four
Note that the distance between vehicles will increase or decrease depending on the vehicle speed. Also, during a controlled stop, the vehicle will stop at
an appropriate following distance depending on the situation, regardless of the setting. luck
Rotation
Inter-vehicle distance selection Inter-vehicular distance
long Approximately 50m
middle Approximately 40m
short Approximately 30m
Returning to follow-up driving from a controlled stop (vehicle distance control mode)
After the vehicle in front starts moving, raise the lever.
Depress the accelerator pedal after the vehicle in front starts moving.
Even if it does, it will return to tracking.

Release/return control
1 To release the control, pull the lever
pull forward
It is also released when the brake pedal is pressed.
It will be.(during a controlled stop in distance control mode)

is released even if you press the brake pedal.
(not available)
2 To restore control, press the lever.

increase
However, if the vehicle speed is approximately 40km/h or less and no vehicle in front is detected, the system will not
recover.
Approach warning (distance control mode)
Interrupting other vehicles while following, etc.

Leading without sufficient deceleration
When approaching a car, the display will flash and
A buzzer warns the driver

Masu. In that case, brake pedal
Ensure an appropriate distance between vehicles by stepping on the
please.
- When not alerted

Even if the following distance is short, the warning may not be issued in the following cases.
- When the speed of the vehicle in front and your vehicle are the same or the vehicle in front is faster
- When the vehicle in front is driving at an extremely low speed
- Immediately after setting the speed
- when you press the accelerator pedal

Driving in constant speed control mode
In constant speed control mode, the vehicle does not follow changes in the speed of the vehicle in
front, but instead travels at a constant speed. Please use this only if you are unable to drive in
distance control mode due to dirt on the radar sensor, etc.
1 cruise control is off

state, turn the ON-OFF switch 1.5
Press and hold for more than seconds
Immediately after pressing the ON-OFF switch,

radar cruise control indicator light
lights up. Then cruise con
Switches to troll indicator light.
If the system is operated from the OFF state,

Switching to constant speed control mode
is possible.
2 Desired vehicle speed (approximately 40km/h or more) Four

Accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal until
/Decelerate and lower the lever to increase speed. luck

set Rotation
cruise control set indicator light

Lights up.
Drive at a constant speed at the vehicle speed when the lever is released
can.
Change the set speed
→ P. 244
Release/return control
→ P. 246
knowledge
- About setting conditions
- This can be set when the shift position is D or S, range 4 or higher.

- This can be set when the vehicle speed is approximately 50km/h or higher. (However, if the preceding vehicle is detected, this
setting can be made even if the speed is less than approximately 50 km/h.)
- About acceleration after setting vehicle speed
You can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal in the same way as when driving normally. After acceleration, the
vehicle speed returns to the set speed. However, in distance control mode, the vehicle speed may drop below the set speed in
order to maintain the distance to the vehicle in front.
- About stopping control during follow-up driving
- If the lever is raised during a controlled stop, if the vehicle in front starts moving within approximately 3 seconds, the vehicle will return
to following driving.
- If the vehicle in front starts moving within approximately 3 seconds after coming to a stop following the vehicle in front, the system will return to
following the vehicle.
- Automatic cancellation of distance control mode
Distance control mode is automatically canceled in the following cases.
- When the vehicle speed drops to approximately 40 km/h or less when there is no vehicle in front.
- When the vehicle speed is approximately 40 km/h or less and the vehicle in front disappears
while following the vehicle, or the sensor cannot correctly detect the vehicle (“Unable to cruise,
no vehicle in front” is displayed on the multi-information display).
- When VSC is activated

- When TRC operates for a certain period of time
- When TRC or VSC is turned off

- When the sensor is blocked by something and cannot be detected correctly
- When the pre-crash brake is activated

- When the parking brake is activated
- When the vehicle comes to a controlled stop on a steep slope
- intelligent clearance sonar★when activated

- When the following is detected during a controlled stop:
･ The driver's seat belt is not fastened.

･ The driver's door opened
･ Approximately 3 minutes have passed after the vehicle stopped.
If distance control mode is automatically canceled for other reasons, the system may
be malfunctioning. Please consult your Toyota dealer.
★
- Automatic cancellation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following cases.
- When the vehicle speed is approximately 16km/h or more lower than the set speed
- When the vehicle speed becomes less than approximately 40km/h
- When VSC is activated

- When TRC operates for a certain period of time
- When TRC or VSC is turned off

- When the pre-crash brake is activated
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other reason, the system
may be malfunctioning. Please consult your Toyota dealer.
- Radar cruise control warning message/warning buzzer

When caution is required regarding driving operations or when an abnormality occurs
in the system, a warning message and warning buzzer will alert you. If a warning
message appears on the multi-information display, follow the instructions on the
Four
screen.
- Vehicles in front that may not be detected correctly by the sensor
luck
In the following cases, if the system does not sufficiently decelerate, operate the brake pedal, and
Rotation
if acceleration is necessary, operate the accelerator pedal according to the situation. The sensor
may not be able to detect the vehicle correctly, and the approach warning (→P. 246) may not
activate.
- When the vehicle in front suddenly cuts in
- When the vehicle in front is traveling at low speed
- When there is a parked car in the same lane
- When the rear of the vehicle in front is too small (such as a trailer with no cargo loaded)
- When a motorcycle is traveling in the same lane
- When water or snow is sprinkled from surrounding cars and obstructs radar sensor
detection.
- If your vehicle is tilted upward (heavy

(e.g. when loading luggage)
- When the vehicle in front is extremely high
- Situations where distance control mode may not operate correctly
In the following situations, use the brake pedal to decelerate (or use the gas pedal if
necessary) as necessary.
The sensor may not be able to detect the vehicle properly and the system may not operate
properly.
- When driving on roads with curves or narrow lanes,

If
- If the steering wheel is unstable or if you are in the lane

When the position of your vehicle is not constant
- If the vehicle in front brakes suddenly
- When “Cruise is currently unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information

display
Radar cruise control is temporarily unavailable. Please set radar
cruise again after driving for a while.
clearance sonar★
Clearance sonar uses ultrasonic sensors to detect the approximate distance between the
vehicle and obstacles and displays the information on the multi-information display in the
meter and the navigation screen.★The driver is notified by a distance display and a buzzer.
Sensor location/type
1 front corner sensor
2 front sensor
3 rear corner sensor
Four
back sensor
Four
luck
Rotation
★
Clearance sonar switching
multi-information display Turn it on on the screen (→P. 82)
It can be switched between (operation) and OFF (stop).
1 Meter operation switch (→P. 81) Or press of

select
2 meter operation switch Each time you press , it switches between ON and OFF.
When ON is selected, the clearance sonar indicator light lights up. If you select OFF
to stop the clearance sonar, the multiplayer will be activated again.
Clearance sonar will not return unless you turn on from the screen of the
chain information display and put the system into operation. (It cannot be
restored by operating the power switch.)
How to display clearance sonar

- Multi-information display display
1 Front sensor operation display 1

2 Made by front corner sensor 2 2
dynamic display
3 Rear corner sensor operation display
Four
Back sensor operation display
3 3
Four BTO45DP028
- Navigation screen display (vehicles equipped with the manufacturer's optional

navigation system)
It will automatically appear when an obstacle is detected.
clearance sonar display Four
back guide monitor★·Panora

Mic view monitor (left and right confirmation monitor) luck
Rotation
with port)★When hidden
You can set it so that it is not displayed.

can. (→P. 257)
BTO45DP029
Interrupt display
back guide monitor★·Panora

Mic view monitor (left and right confirmation monitor)
with port)★When displayed
It will be displayed briefly on the screen.
(The screen on the right is the back guide monitor.
This is the case. panoramic viewmo

monitor (with left and right confirmation support) display
BTO45DP030
For information on interrupt display, please refer to the separate document.
"Navigation system instruction manual"

please refer to. )
★
How to read the distance display
Interrupt display Approximate distance to obstacle
Normal display back panoramic front code

Rear corner &
guide Kubu Ner & Front
back sensor
monitor monitor sensor
front sensor
Back sensor:
Sir:
Approximately 150cm
Approximately 100cm
〜60cm
〜60cm
(lit) (slow blinking) (slow blinking)
Approximately 60cm Approximately 60cm
~ 45cm ~ 45cm
(lit) (blinking) (blinking)
Approximately 45cm Approximately 45cm
~ 35cm ~ 35cm
(lit) (fast flashing) (fast flashing)
Approximately 35cm or less Approximately 35cm or less
(blinking *1 (lit) (lit)

or
lit *2)
*1multi-information display
*2navigation screen
Voice guidance and buzzer sound
When an obstacle is detected, the buzzer will sound.
Vehicles equipped with a navigation system provide voice guidance at the same time as the buzzer sound.
- When an obstacle is detected only on the front or rear side

- The closer the distance to the obstacle, the shorter the buzzer intermittent time.
When the distance to the obstacle is less than 35cm, the buzzer will emit an
intermittent tone or a continuous beep.
- If multiple sensors detect an obstacle at the same time, a buzzer will sound
according to the distance to the nearest obstacle.
- When obstacles are detected in front and behind the vehicle at the same time
- When the buzzer is sounding continuously by sensing obstacles on

the front side or the rear side, the buzzer sounds "Pipipipipipipi
Pipi" on the other side (front or rear).
Four
- When an obstacle is detected on the front or rear side and the buzzer sounds
continuously, if an obstacle is detected on the opposite side (front or rear)
within the range where the buzzer sounds continuously, the buzzer will beep. luck
Rotation
Repeat.
You can change the buzzer volume and timing.

- Vehicles equipped with navigation system: →P. 257
- Vehicles without navigation system: →P. 442
Range where obstacles can be detected
1 Approximately 100cm (approximately 1.0m)
The sensing range is shown in the diagram on the left.
However, if an obstacle approaches the sensor,

It cannot be detected if it is too long.
Depending on the shape and conditions of the obstacle, it may not be possible to detect it.
The distance that can be detected may become shorter, or the distance that can be detected may become shorter.
There may be no.
You can change the range in which obstacles can be detected.

- Vehicles equipped with navigation system: →P. 257
- Vehicles without navigation system: →P. 442
Voice guidance, navigation screen display, and buzzer settings (vehicles

( equipped with the manufacturer's optional navigation system)
Clearance sonar settings can be made when the power switch is in ON

mode.
1 Touch “SETUP” outside the screen
2 Select "Driving Assistance" on the screen
3 Select "Clearance Sonar Settings" on the screen
- Buzzer volume setting
Touch the volume you want to set

You can adjust the buzzer volume.
- Screen display ON/OFF (sonar display)

Select "No sonar display" on the screen
- It will toggle between "displayed" and "not displayed".
Each time you select Four
- When set to "Not displayed", the switch's operation indicator lights up.
luck
You can set whether the clearance sonar screen is automatically displayed when an Rotation
obstacle is detected.
- Screen display/buzzer timing

Select "Switch" on the screen
- Front sensor:
Each time you make a selection, the sensing range changes between "Far" (green,
within about 100cm) and "Near" (yellow, within about 60cm).
- Back sensor:
Each time you make a selection, the sensing range changes between "far" (green,
within about 150 cm) and "near" (yellow, within about 60 cm).
You can adjust the sensing range where the front sensor/back sensor interrupt display is
displayed and the sensing range where the buzzer is output.
knowledge
- Front corner sensor:

･ When the power switch is in ON mode
･ When the shift lever is in a position other than P
･ When the vehicle speed is approximately 10 km/h or less
- Front sensor:
･ When the shift lever is in a position other than P or R
- Rear corner sensor/back sensor:

･ When the shift lever is in R
- About sensor sensing

- The sensing range of the sensor is limited to the area around the front and rear bumpers of the vehicle.
- Depending on the shape and conditions of the obstacle, the sensing range may be shortened or the object may
not be detected.
- If the sensor is too close to an obstacle, it may not be able to detect it.
- It takes some time for the display or buzzer to appear after an obstacle is detected. Even when driving at
low speeds, there is a risk that the vehicle may approach an obstacle within 25 cm before the display or
buzzer appears.
- Objects that are lower than the sensor or thin stakes may suddenly become undetectable once you get close to
them, even if they are detected once.
- When using an audio system or air conditioner, the buzzer sound may be difficult to
hear due to music, fan noise, etc.
- When “Clearance sonar failure” is displayed on the multi-information display
There is a possibility that the device is not operating properly due to a sensor malfunction.
Please have it checked at your Toyota dealer.

- When "Please remove sonar dirt" is displayed on the multi-information display
It is possible that ice, snow, mud, etc. has adhered to the clearance sonar sensor.
In this case, removing ice, snow, mud, etc. from the sensor will restore normal operation. Also, at low
temperatures, the sensor may freeze, causing an abnormal display to appear, or even if there is an
obstacle, it may not be detected. Once the ice melts, things will return to normal. If the warning message
is displayed even though there is no ice, snow, mud, etc. attached to the sensor section, there may be a
problem with the sensor, so please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
You can adjust the buzzer volume, etc.

caveat
- Before using clearance sonar Four

Failure to follow these precautions may result in an unexpected accident.
luck
- Make sure the vehicle speed does not exceed approximately 10km/h.
Rotation
- There are limits to the sensing range and operating speed of the sensor. When driving forward or backward, be
sure to check the safety around the vehicle (especially the sides of the vehicle) outside the sensor detection
range, fully control the vehicle speed with the brakes, and drive slowly.
- Do not install any accessories within the range that the sensor detects.
caveat
- About the sensor

In the following cases, the clearance sonar may not operate properly, which is dangerous
and may lead to an unexpected accident. Please drive carefully.
- When ice, snow, mud, etc. adhere to the sensor (remove it and it will return to normal)
- When the sensor section freezes (it will return to normal once it thaws).Especially at low temperatures,
freezing may cause an abnormal display to appear, or the sensor may not detect objects even if they are
present.
- When you cover the sensor with your hand, etc.
- Under the hot sun or cold weather
- When driving on uneven roads, slopes, gravel roads, grassy areas, etc.
- When something that generates ultrasonic waves approaches, such as the horn of another car, the sound of a
motorcycle's engine, the air brake sound of a large vehicle, or the clearance sonar of another car.
- When the camera is exposed to heavy rain or water splashes
- When the sensor is covered with water on a flooded road
- When the vehicle tilts significantly
- When a commercially available fender pole, radio antenna, or fog lamp is attached to the car
- When you drive toward a tall or right-angled curb

- The sensing distance may be shorter depending on things such as signs.
- There is no detection near the bottom of the bumper.
Objects that are lower than the sensor or thin stakes may suddenly become undetectable once you get close to them,
even if they are detected once.
- When an obstacle comes too close to the sensor
- When you hit the bumper or near the sensor with something, or when you apply a strong impact such
as being hit.
- When installing suspension other than Toyota genuine products
- When the tow hook is attached

- When installing a light-type license plate
Depending on the shape and conditions of the obstacle, the sensing range may be shortened or the object may
not be detected at all.
caveat
- Obstacles that may not be detected accurately
The following may not be detected: Please drive carefully.

- Thin items such as wire, fences, ropes, etc.
- Materials that easily absorb sound waves, such as cotton or snow
- something with an acute angle
- short one
- tall and with an overhanging top
In particular, it may not be possible to detect people depending on the type of clothing they are wearing, so
always check visually.
Note
Four
- Precautions when using clearance sonar
In the following cases, the device may not operate properly due to sensor luck
abnormality, etc. Please have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
Rotation
- When the clearance sonar operation indicator flashes and the buzzer sounds when no
obstacles are detected.
- When you hit something near the sensor unit or apply a strong impact such as being hit
- when you hit the bumper

- When the display remains lit even though there is no buzzer sound
- Precautions when washing a car
- When washing your car using a high-pressure car washer, do not apply water directly to
the sensor. Strong water pressure may cause a shock and cause it to malfunction.
- When washing your car in a car wash that uses steam, do not let the steam
get too close to the sensor. Steam may cause it to malfunction.
intelligent clearance sonar★
When there is a risk of colliding with an obstacle when parking or driving at low speeds, when starting
suddenly due to pressing the accelerator pedal incorrectly or too much, or when starting with the wrong
shift position selected, sensors detect obstacles in the front and rear directions. When an object is
detected, the system is activated, mitigating collisions with obstacles such as walls and contributing to
damage reduction.
System operation example
The system operates when an obstacle is detected in the direction of travel in the following cases.
- If you forget to press the brake pedal or press it too late when driving at
low speeds
- When you press the accelerator pedal too much
★
- When you start the vehicle by selecting the wrong shift position
Sensor type
1 front corner sensor
2 front sensor
3 rear corner sensor Four
back sensor
Four
luck
Rotation
Intelligent clearance sonar switching
multi-information display In the screen (→P. 82)

Telligent Clearance Sonar ON (operation) ·Is it OFF (stop)?
You can do it.
1 Meter operation switch (→P. 81) Or press "ICS"
Select and press the meter operation switch. Press
2 According to the information displayed on the multi-information display,
press or on the meter operation switch to select "Yes" or "no"
Select and press on the meter operation switch.
intelligent clearance
Sonar is turned off (stopped)
When the ICS OFF indicator light
is on.
If you switch to OFF (stop) and stop Intelligent Clearance Sonar, the
multi-information display will turn off again.
The system will not recover unless you turn “ICS” ON (activated) from the screen.
I won't return.
(It cannot be restored by operating the power switch.)
About operation
When Intelligent Clearance Sonar detects an obstacle that could cause a collision,
it suppresses the output of the hybrid system to prevent the vehicle from
increasing in speed. (Hybrid system output suppression control: Figure 1 below)
If you continue to press the accelerator pedal, the brakes will be applied to
decelerate. (Brake control: Figure 2 below)
Four
luck
Rotation
About operating conditions
- Operation start conditions
It will operate if the ICS OFF indicator light is not lit or flashing (→P. 271, 379) and
all of the following conditions are met.
Hybrid system output suppression control
･ When Intelligent Clearance Sonar is turned on (activated) ･ Vehicle

speed is 15 km/h or less
･ There is an obstacle in the direction of vehicle travel (up to 2 to 4 meters ahead)
･ The system determines that a slightly stronger brake operation than usual is required to
avoid a collision.
brake control
･ Hybrid system output suppression control in operation
･ The system determines that sudden braking is necessary to avoid a collision.
- Operation end condition
Operation ends under any of the following conditions:

Hybrid system output suppression control
･ Intelligent clearance sonar is turned off (stopped) ･ Collision

avoidance is now possible with normal brake operation
･ Obstacles in the direction of vehicle movement have disappeared (up to 2 to 4 meters ahead)
brake control
･ Intelligent clearance sonar is turned off (stopped) ･ Approximately 2
seconds have passed since the vehicle stopped due to brake control
･ The brake pedal is pressed after the vehicle has stopped using brake control.
･ Obstacles in the direction of vehicle movement have disappeared (up to 2 to 4 meters ahead)
About hybrid system output suppression control/brake control display/

buzzer
When hybrid system output suppression control or brake control is

activated, a buzzer sounds and the information is displayed on the multi-
information display.
Output suppression control operates as either acceleration limitation control or maximum output suppression control, depending on the situation.
multi info ICS

control situation mationdis OFF buzzer
play display Indicator light
hybrid
system output Acceleration above a certain level lights out
Inhibition control in operation situation where it is not possible to Mama
(acceleration limit control)
hybrid Four
system output Slightly stronger than normal
lights out
Inhibition control in operation brake operation
Mama luck
(maximum output Situation where production is necessary Rotation
Inhibition control)
"pawn"
(single sound)
brake control Need to brake suddenly lights out
in operation important situation Mama
Brake control operation

System operation
The vehicle stops after lit
Vehicle stopped due to
stopped situation
knowledge
- About the sensing range of the sensor
The detection range of intelligent clearance sonar is different from the detection
range of clearance sonar (→P. 256).
Therefore, even if the clearance sonar notifies you that you are approaching an
obstacle, the intelligent clearance sonar may not start operating.
- When the system is activated
If the vehicle comes to a stop due to system activation, Intelligent Clearance Sonar will stop
and the ICS OFF indicator light will illuminate.
- About system recovery

If the intelligent clearance sonar has stopped due to system operation and you
want to restore it, either turn the intelligent clearance sonar on again and release
the stoppage (→P. 264), or turn off the power switch. Please set it to ON mode
again.
In addition, when the vehicle is driven with no obstacles in the direction of travel, or when the
direction of travel of the vehicle is switched (switching from forward to reverse, or from reverse to
forward), the system automatically recovers. Masu.
- Obstacles that the sensor does not detect
The sensor may not detect the following obstacles:

- Things that are difficult to reflect sound waves, such as people, cotton, and snow
(In particular, people may not be able to detect it depending on the type of clothing they wear)
- Walls that are not perpendicular to the ground, walls that are not perpendicular to the direction of vehicle travel, uneven
walls, and wavy walls.
- short one
- Thin objects such as wire, fences, ropes, etc.
- something very close to the bumper
- About the clearance sonar buzzer

Regardless of whether the clearance sonar is ON or OFF (→ P. 252), if the
intelligent clearance sonar is not stopped (→ P. 264) , front sonar also
When the rear sonar detects an obstacle and brake control is activated, the clearance sonar buzzer
also sounds to notify you of the approximate distance to the obstacle.
- Situations in which the system operates even when there is no possibility of a collision
The system may activate in the following situations even when there is no possibility of a collision:
- Influence of surrounding environment
･ When driving on narrow roads
･ When driving on gravel roads, grassy areas, etc.
Four
luck
Rotation
･ When driving toward banners, flags, hanging branches, or gates (e.g., railroad crossing
bars, ETC bars, parking lot bars, etc.)
･ When there is an obstacle on the side of the road (when driving through a narrow tunnel, narrow railway bridge, narrow
road, etc.)
･ When parallel parking
･ If there are ruts or holes in the ground

･ When driving over a metal cover (grating) such as a drainage ditch
･ When driving on a steep slope
･ When the sensor is covered with water on a flooded road
- weather effects
･ When ice, snow, mud, etc. adhere to the sensor (remove it and it will return to normal) ･ When it
is exposed to pouring rain or water spray
･ Bad weather conditions such as fog, snow, and sandstorms
- Effects of other sound waves
･ When there is something nearby that generates ultrasonic waves, such as the horn of another car, the sound of a
motorcycle's engine, the air brake sound of a large vehicle, a vehicle detector, or the clearance sonar of another car.
･ When commercially available electrical parts (light type license plate [especially fluorescent
lamp type], fog lamp, fender pole, wireless antenna, etc.) are attached near the sensor.
- vehicle changes
･ When the vehicle is tilted significantly

･ When the vehicle height changes significantly due to loading conditions (nose up/nose down,
etc.)
･ When the direction of the sensor is misaligned due to a collision, etc.
- In the unlikely event that Intelligent Clearance Sonar is activated by mistake at a railroad crossing, etc.
Even if the Intelligent Clearance Sonar is accidentally activated at a railroad crossing, etc., the brake
control will be released in about 2 seconds, allowing you to escape by simply moving forward. Also,
even if you press the brake pedal, the brake control is canceled, so you can move forward and
escape by pressing the accelerator pedal again.
- Situations that may cause the system to malfunction The system may not
operate properly in the following situations:
- Influence of surrounding environment
･ When there is an obstacle that cannot be detected between the vehicle and an obstacle that can be detected ･
When an obstacle such as a car, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian cuts in from the side of the vehicle or jumps
out
- weather effects
･ The area around the sensor may become damaged under the hot sun or in cold weather.
If the temperature is extremely high or low
･ When the wind is strong
･ When ice, snow, mud, etc. adhere to the sensor (remove it and it will return to normal) ･ When it
is exposed to pouring rain or water spray
･ Bad weather conditions such as fog, snow, and sandstorms
- Effects of other sound waves
･ When there is something nearby that generates ultrasonic waves, such as the horn of another car, the sound of a
motorcycle's engine, the air brake sound of a large vehicle, a vehicle detector, or the clearance sonar of another car.
･ When commercially available electrical parts (light type license plate [especially fluorescent
lamp type], fog lamp, fender pole, wireless antenna, etc.) are attached near the sensor.
- vehicle changes
･ When the vehicle is tilted significantly

･ When the vehicle height changes significantly due to loading conditions (nose up/nose down,
etc.)
･ When the direction of the sensor is misaligned due to a collision, etc.
- When removing and installing the auxiliary battery
The system needs to be initialized.

You can initialize by driving straight ahead for more than 5 seconds at a speed of about 35km/h or more.
- When there is an abnormality in the system
Four
The ICS OFF indicator light will flash and a warning message will appear. Follow the instructions on
the screen that appears.
luck
- When “ICS currently unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information display and Rotation
the ICS OFF indicator flashes

- There may be ice, snow, mud, etc. attached to the sensor. In this case, removing ice, snow, mud,
etc. from the sensor will restore normal operation. Also, at low temperatures, the sensor may
freeze, causing an abnormal display to appear, or even if there is an obstacle, it may not be
detected. Once the ice melts, things will return to normal.
- If the message appears even after removing dirt from the sensor, or if the message appears
even if the sensor is clean, please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
- The system may not have been initialized after the battery was removed or
installed. Please initialize the system.
You can change the system stopping distance.*

(Customization list → P. 442)
*The distance that can be set is only a guideline, and the stopping distance may vary depending on the surrounding conditions and the object of operation.
Therefore, it will change somewhat.

caveat
- For safe use

Don't overtrust the system. Overreliance on the system is dangerous as it may lead
to unexpected accidents.
- The driver is responsible for driving safely. Always be aware of your surroundings
and strive to drive safely. Intelligent Clearance Sonar may be able to assist in
collision mitigation, but it may not work depending on the situation.
- Intelligent Clearance Sonar is not a system that completely stops the vehicle.
Also, even if you are able to stop the vehicle, the brake control will be
canceled in about 2 seconds, so please press the brake pedal immediately.
- To make the system work properly
Please observe the following regarding the sensor (→ P. 263). It is dangerous if you do not take
your amulet with you as the sensor may not work properly and lead to an unexpected accident.
- Do not modify, disassemble, paint, etc.
- Do not replace with anything other than genuine products.
- Do not apply shock to the area around the sensor
- Always keep the sensor clean without damaging it.

- Regarding handling of suspension
Do not modify the suspension if the vehicle height or vehicle tilt changes, as the
sensor may no longer be able to properly detect obstacles and the system may stop
operating or operate unnecessarily.
Note
- To prevent sensor failure

- If the area around the sensor receives a shock, the device may not operate
properly due to sensor failure. Please have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- When washing your car using a high-pressure car washer, do not apply water directly to
the sensor. Strong water pressure may cause a shock and cause it to malfunction.
- When washing your car in a car wash that uses steam, do not let the steam
get too close to the sensor. Steam may cause it to malfunction.
- To prevent unnecessary operation
Turn off Intelligent Clearance Sonar in the following cases. The system may
activate even when there is no possibility of a collision.
- When using chassis rollers, chassis dynamo, free rollers, etc. for inspection Four
etc.
- When loading onto ships, trucks, etc.
luck
- If you install a lowered suspension or tires of a different size than the original Rotation
- When the vehicle height changes significantly due to loading conditions (nose up, nose down,
etc.)
- When a tow hook is attached

Devices that assist driving
In order to ensure driving safety and performance, the following devices operate automatically
depending on driving conditions. However, these devices are only auxiliary, so please do not rely
too much on them and be very careful when driving.
- ECB (Electronic Control Brake System)
Electronic control generates braking force according to brake operation.
- ABS (anti-lock brake system)
Prevents tires from locking up and reduces slippage when braking

suddenly or on slippery roads.
- brake assist
Generates greater braking force during sudden braking.

- VSC (vehicle stability control)
It helps maintain the vehicle's posture by suppressing skidding during sudden steering
operations or when turning on slippery roads.
- S-VSC (Steering Assisted Vehicle Stability Control)
Coordinates control of ABS, VSC, TRC, and EPS.

This helps maintain the directional stability of the vehicle by controlling the steering
force when suddenly turning the steering wheel while driving on slippery roads.
- TRC (Traction Control)
This suppresses tire spin when starting or accelerating on slippery roads, contributing to
securing driving force.
- hill start assist control
It helps prevent the car from rolling backwards when starting up an uphill slope.
- EPS (Electric Power Steering)
It uses an electric motor to assist in steering operation.

- emergency brake signal
By automatically flashing the emergency flashing lights when braking suddenly, the system
alerts following vehicles and reduces the possibility of a rear-end collision.
When ABS/VSC/TRC is operating

ABS/VSC/TRC are operating
When the slip indicator light flashes
vinegar.
To stop TRC
If the TRC is activated when escaping from muddy, sandy, or snowy roads, the
hybrid system's output may not increase even if you press the accelerator
pedal, making it difficult to escape.
Four
At times like this It may be easier to escape by pressing

luck
Rotation
Masu.
- How to stop TRC
To stop TRC Press
“TRC OFF” will be displayed on the
display.
once again Press to start the system operation.
Return to operational state.

knowledge
- To stop TRC and VSC
To stop TRC and VSC, when stopped Press and hold for more than 3 seconds
The VSC OFF indicator light lights up and "TRC OFF" appears on the multi-
information display.*
once again Press to return the system to ready state.
*Pre-crash brake and pre-crash brake assist (→ P. 218) are also available.
Stop. The PCS warning light will illuminate and a message will appear on the
multi-information display. (→P. 228)
- “TRC OFF” will appear on the multi-information display without pressing .
when indicated
TRC is in a state where it cannot operate. Please consult your Toyota dealer.
- Hill start assist control operating conditions The
system operates when:
- Shift lever position is other than P or N (when starting uphill in forward or reverse mode)
- Vehicle stopped state
- not pressing the accelerator pedal
- Parking brake is not applied

- Automatic cancellation of hill start assist control The
system will be deactivated in one of the following cases.
- The shift lever was moved to P or N shift position.

- stepped on the gas pedal
- applied the parking brake
- Up to 2 seconds have passed since you took your foot off the brake pedal.
- Operating noise and vibration of ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRC, and hill start assist
control
- Operating noise may be heard from the engine compartment when the hybrid system is started,
immediately after starting, or when the brake pedal is pressed repeatedly, but this is not a
malfunction.
- When the above system is activated, the following phenomena may occur, but these
are not abnormal.
･ You feel vibrations in the vehicle body or steering wheel.
･ Motor noise can be heard even after the vehicle has stopped
- Operating noise of ECB (electronically controlled brake system)
You may hear ECB operating noise in the following cases, but this is not a malfunction.
- Operating noise heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal is
operated (clicking, hissing, whirring)
- Brake system motor noise (“whirring” sound) heard from the front of the vehicle when the
Four
driver’s door is opened
- 1 to 2 minutes after the hybrid system stops, you hear operating noises coming from
luck
the engine compartment (clicking, hissing, buzzing). Rotation
- EPS motor operating sound
When you operate the steering wheel, you may hear the sound of the motor (a
whirring sound), but this is not a malfunction.
- About automatic recovery of TRC and VSC
After the TRC or VSC is deactivated, the system returns to the ready state in the following
cases.
- When the power switch is turned off

- (When only TRC is deactivated) When the vehicle speed increases
However, if TRC and VSC have stopped operating, there will be no automatic recovery based on vehicle
speed.
- When EPS effectiveness decreases
If you continue to turn the steering wheel for a long time while the vehicle is stationary or driving at very
low speeds, the EPS system will become less effective and the steering wheel will feel heavier in order to
prevent the EPS system from overheating. Also, during this time, the steering force support of LDA (Lane
Departure Alert [with steering control function]) may not operate. In this case, refrain from operating the
steering wheel or stop the vehicle and deactivate the hybrid system. It will return to its original state in
about 10 minutes.
- Operating conditions for emergency brake signal
The system operates when:

- Emergency flashing lights are not flashing
- Vehicle speed 55km/h or more
- The system determined that it was a sudden brake based on the vehicle's deceleration.
- Automatic release of emergency brake signal
The system will be deactivated in one of the following cases.
- flashed the emergency flashing lights
- The system determined that there was no sudden braking based on the vehicle's deceleration.
caveat
- When ABS is not effective

- When the limit of tire grip performance is exceeded (excessive wear on snow-covered roads)
(e.g. when driving with tires that have been
- When hydroplaning occurs when driving at high speed on rain-wet or slippery

roads.
- When the braking distance may be longer than normal due to ABS activation
ABS is not a device that shortens braking distance. Always reduce your speed and keep a safe
distance from the vehicle in front, especially in the following situations:
- When driving on muddy/gravel roads or snow-covered roads
- When tire chains are installed

- When going over a step such as a road junction
- When driving on rough roads such as uneven roads or piles of stones

Four
- When the effects of TRC and VSC cannot be demonstrated
On slippery road surfaces, the vehicle may not be able to maintain directional stability or drive
luck
force even if TRC or VSC is activated. Drive with particular caution in situations where the vehicle Rotation
may lose directional stability or traction.
- When hill start assist control is not effective

- Do not rely too much on hill start assist control. Hill start assist control may not
be effective on steep slopes or icy roads.
- Hill start assist control is not a function for parking the vehicle for long periods of
time like the parking brake, so do not use this function to park or stop on a slope.
This is dangerous and may lead to an unexpected accident.
- When the slip indicator light is flashing
Notifies that ABS, VSC, and TRC are in operation. Always drive safely. Reckless
driving is dangerous and may lead to unexpected accidents. Drive especially
carefully if the indicator light flashes.
caveat
- When turning off TRC or VSC

TRC and VSC are systems that try to ensure driving force and directional stability of the
vehicle. Therefore, do not leave the TRC/VSC inactive unless necessary. When the TRC or
VSC is inactive, please drive with particular caution and at a speed appropriate to the road
surface conditions.
- When replacing tires or wheels

All four tires must be of the specified size, same manufacturer, brand, and
tread pattern, and at the recommended inflation pressure. (→P. 433)
If the wrong tires are installed, driving assistance systems such as ABS, VSC, and TRC
will not work properly.
When replacing tires or wheels, consult your Toyota dealer.
- Handling tires and suspension
Using defective tires or modifying the suspension may adversely affect the
driving assistance systems and may lead to system failure.
4-6. Driving advice 281
Advice on driving a hybrid car
For environmentally friendly and economical driving, please keep the following in mind.
- Using eco-drive mode
When you use Eco Drive mode, torque is generated more slowly when you press
the accelerator pedal than usual. It also suppresses the operation of the air
conditioner (heating/cooling), leading to improved fuel efficiency. (→P. 175)
- Using the hybrid system indicator
By keeping the hybrid system indicator needle in the meter within the eco
area, you can drive in an environmentally friendly manner. (→P. 79)
- Shift lever operation
When waiting at a traffic light or in traffic jams, shift the shift lever to D. Also, Four
when parking, move the shift lever to P. Moving the shift lever to N has no
effect on improving fuel efficiency. With N, the drive battery is not charged even
luck
if the gasoline engine is running, so if you use the air conditioner, etc., the Rotation
remaining power of the drive battery will decrease.
- Accelerator/brake pedal operation
- Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration and try to drive smoothly. By

accelerating and decelerating more gently, you can use the electric motor more
effectively and reduce excess gasoline consumption.
- Avoid repeated accelerations, as this will reduce the remaining capacity of the drive
battery, resulting in poor fuel efficiency. While driving, you can restore the remaining
battery power by slightly releasing the accelerator pedal.
- Brake operation during deceleration
When decelerating, apply the brakes early and gently. More electrical
energy generated during deceleration can be recovered.
- traffic jam
Repeated acceleration and deceleration and long waits at traffic lights worsen fuel
efficiency. Try to avoid traffic jams as much as possible by checking traffic
information before going out. Also, in traffic jams, ease off on the brake pedal, move
forward slightly, and avoid pressing the gas pedal too much. You can reduce excess
gasoline consumption.
282 4-6. Driving advice
- driving on the highway
Reduce your speed and drive at a constant speed. Also, before you approach a
tollgate, release the accelerator pedal early and apply the brakes gently. More
electrical energy generated during deceleration can be recovered.
- Air conditioner ON/OFF
Turn off the air conditioner switch unless necessary. You can reduce
excess gasoline consumption.
Summer: When the outside temperature is high, set it to internal air circulation mode. This reduces
the load on the air conditioner and improves fuel efficiency.
Winter: The gasoline engine does not automatically stop until the gasoline
engine and cabin warm up, which consumes fuel. Also, avoiding excessive
heating will improve fuel efficiency.
- Checking tire pressure
Check tire pressure frequently. Incorrect tire pressure will lead to

poor fuel efficiency.
Additionally, winter tires have high rolling resistance, which can lead to poor fuel
efficiency on dry roads. Change his tires at the right time depending on the season
and road conditions.
- luggage
Fuel efficiency worsens when heavy loads are loaded. Unload unnecessary items without
leaving them on board. In addition, installing a large roof carrier will also lead to worse
fuel efficiency, just like carrying heavy luggage.
- Warming up before driving
When the gasoline engine is cold, it starts and stops automatically, so

there is no need to warm it up.
Note that repeated short-distance driving means that the gasoline engine will have
to be started frequently to warm up the engine, which will lead to poor fuel
efficiency.
Driving in cold weather
In preparation for cold weather, please take appropriate measures such as preparation and inspection before
operating the machine properly.
Preparations before winter
- Please use the following items that are appropriate for the outside
temperature. · engine oil
· Cooling water
･Washer fluid
- Please have the auxiliary battery checked.
- Please use winter tires (4 wheels) and tire chains.
Use tires of the same size and brand for all four wheels, and tire
chains that match the tire size. Four
(About tires: →P. 337)
luck
before driving Rotation
Please do the following depending on the situation:
- If the door or wiper is frozen, do not force it to open or move it; instead,
pour warm water over it to melt the ice, and immediately wipe off any
moisture.
- If snow has accumulated on the outside air intake in front of the
windshield, remove it to ensure that the air conditioner fan operates
properly.
- If there is snow or ice on the exterior lights, roof of the vehicle, around the
tires or on the brake system, remove it.
- Please remove any snow from the soles of your shoes before riding.
when driving
Start slowly and drive at a moderate speed, leaving plenty of distance between
vehicles.
when parking
- If you apply the parking brake, the brake system may freeze and become
impossible to release. Do not apply the parking brake, put the shift lever in P,
and park the car, making sure to chock the wheels. *1please do.
If you do not chock the wheels, it is dangerous as the car may move and cause an unexpected
accident.
- When parking without applying the parking brake, make sure the shift
lever does not move when it is in P.*2Please Confirm.
If the parking brake is in auto mode, release the parking brake after
shifting the shift lever to P. (→P. 180)
*1Wheel chocks can be purchased at Toyota dealers.
*2The lock is activated when shifting from P without pressing the brake pedal.
Masu. If you can shift, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Please
have it inspected immediately by your Toyota dealer.
knowledge
- About tire chains

Please follow the instructions below for installation, removal, and handling.
- Perform work in a safe place
- Attach to front wheel
- Follow the instruction manual that comes with the tire chain
- Retighten after driving approximately 0.5 to 1.0 km after installation.
- About wiper blades for cold regions

- Wiper blades for cold regions used during the snowy season have metal parts covered with rubber to
prevent snow from adhering to them. Please purchase the blade specified for each vehicle at your
Toyota dealer.
- When driving at high speeds, it may be more difficult to wipe the glass than with
regular wiper blades. In that case, please slow down.
caveat
- Warning when installing winter tires

Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle, resulting in serious
- Use specified size tires
- Adjust air pressure to recommended value
- Do not drive at speeds that exceed the maximum allowable speed or speed limit of the winter tires installed.
- When installing winter tires, be sure to install them on all four wheels.
- Warning when installing tire chains

If you do not follow these precautions, you may not be able to drive your car safely, which may
lead to an unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Do not drive at speeds that exceed the speed limit set by the attached chain or Four
30km/h, whichever is lower.
- Avoid road bumps and potholes luck
Rotation
- Avoid using sudden engine braking due to sudden acceleration, sudden steering, sudden braking, or sudden
shifting operations.
- Slow down enough before entering the curve to avoid losing control of the car.
Note
- Regarding the use of tire chains

We recommend using Toyota genuine tire chains. Some tire chains that are not
genuine Toyota products may come into contact with the vehicle body and
interfere with driving.
- When removing ice from the windshield

Please do not hit or break it.
The inside of the window glass (inside the car) may break.
287
Indoor equipment/functions
Five
5-1. Air conditioner and defogger 5-3. Storage equipment
How to use List of storage equipment..........................303

Auto air conditioner...................288 ･Accessories case......304
Seat heater/ ･Glove box..........304
Seat ventilator....298
･Card holder....304
5-2. How to turn on indoor lights
･Console box..........305
Indoor light list..........................300 ･Cup holder/
･Personal lamp/ Bottle holder..........306
Front room lamp...301 Equipment in the luggage room..........308
･Rear room lamp..........301
5-4. How to use other indoor equipment
Other interior equipment..........311
･Sun visor......311
･Vanity mirror..........311
･Clock...................................312
･Accessory socket/
accessories
Outlet..........................314
･Armrest......320
･Coat hook......321
･Assist grip..........321
･Steering switch....322
288 5-1. How to use air conditioner and defogger
auto air conditioner
Automatically adjusts the air outlet and air volume according to the set temperature.
About the air conditioner control switch
- adjust temperature
While touching the temperature adjustment part, raise your finger.
or slide down
temperature adjustment section Even if you touch the part
You can adjust the temperature.

About flick operations (→P. 293)
BTO51DP222
- Change the air volume
To increase airflow: touch

To reduce air flow: touch
5-1. How to use air conditioner and defogger 289
- Change the air outlet

touch
1 2 3 Four
Does the air outlet turn off every time you touch it?
It will change.
1 Air blows to the upper body
2 Air blows to the upper body and feet
3 Ventilation at your feet
Four
Air blower/front window at your feet BTO51DP011
remove fog from ugarasu
- S-FLOW mode
When there are no passengers in the rear seats, the system switches to blowing air only to the front seats, reducing the
effectiveness of the air conditioning in the rear seats.
touch
When S-FLOW mode is ON, the switch operation indicator light lights up.
again Touch to resume blowing air to the rear seats.
- Other features Five
- Switching between inside air circulation/outside air introduction (→P. 290)

room
- Clear the fog from the front window glass (→P. 290) Inside
outfit
-
Preparation
Remove fog from the rear window glass and frost from the mirror (→P. 290) ·
machine
Noh
Use with automatic setting
1 air conditioner operation switch touch

2 Set temperature
3 When you want to stop your fans, touch
- Regarding the operation indicator light during auto setting
By changing the air volume and outlet, The operation indicator light will turn off.
However, auto settings for functions other than the one you operated will continue.
- Setting the temperature settings for the driver and passenger seats separately (left and right independent
mode) Performing any of the following operations will turn on left/right independent mode.
- air conditioner control panel touch

- Change the passenger seat temperature setting
Left and right independent mode The operation indicator light will light up.
When in left/right independent mode, the temperature of the rear seat air vents is linked to that of the driver's seat.
Other features
- To switch between inside air circulation/outside air introduction
Each time you touch , internal air circulation/outside air introduction switches.
Internal air circulation: Operation indicator light lights up
Outside air intake: Operation indicator light goes off
- How to defog the front window glass

touch
The dehumidification function is activated and the air volume increases. If you are using internal air
circulation, change it to outside air. (It may automatically switch to outside air intake. )
By increasing the airflow and setting the temperature, you can remove fog more quickly.
When the fog clears, touch again to return to the previous mode.
- Rear window defogger & mirror heater

Use it to remove fog from the rear window glass or to remove raindrops and
frost from the door mirrors.
touch
The rear window defogger will automatically turn off after a while.
- front wiper de-icer★

front window glass and
To prevent Iperblade from freezing.
Please use it for your convenience.
Front wiper de-icer is ON

When , the switch operation indicator light lights up.
I'll light it.

The front wiper de-icer is
It will automatically turn off if you unscrew it.
Masu.
Five
room
Inside
outfit
Preparation
·
machine
Noh
★
About the air outlet

- Air outlet position
Depending on the air outlet switching settings
The position and volume of the wind will change.
Masu.
- Adjusting the wind direction and opening/closing the air outlet
Front center air outlet Front left and right air outlets
1 1 2
Rear air outlet
1 1
BTO51DP107
1 Adjusting the wind direction
2 Opening and closing the air outlet

knowledge
- About the operation of auto setting
The air volume is automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting and outside air conditions, so touched
Immediately after, the air blowing may stop for a while until the hot air or cold air is ready.
- About cloudy glass

- When the humidity inside the vehicle is high, the glass tends to fog up easily. In that case,
if you turn it on, dehumidified air will come out from the air outlet, allowing you to
effectively remove fog.
- When you turn it from ON to OFF, the glass becomes more likely to fog up.
- The glass may fog up when using internal air circulation.
- About outside air introduction and inside air circulation
- Internal air circulation is effective when you don't want dirty outside air to enter the car due to tunnels or traffic
jams, or when you want to increase the cooling effect when the outside temperature is high.
- It may change automatically depending on the set temperature, room temperature, etc.
- About flick operation when adjusting temperature
You can quickly adjust the set temperature (up to 8°C increments) by quickly sliding your finger up
Five
or down while touching the temperature adjustment part.
- Regarding air conditioner operation in eco drive mode

room
- Eco-drive mode prioritizes fuel efficiency, so the air conditioning system is controlled Inside
outfit
as follows. Preparation
·
･ Controls engine speed and compressor operation to suppress heating/cooling
machine
Noh
capacity.
･ When using the auto setting, the fan air volume is suppressed.
- If you want to improve the effectiveness of your air conditioning, please do the following:
･ Adjust the air volume

･ Canceling eco-drive mode
- Things to keep in mind regarding touch operations
- Please operate with your fingers (finger pads).
- If you apply a film or paint to the surface of the control panel, it may not
respond.
- Pens etc. do not respond.
- The monitor section cannot be operated by touch.
- When operating the air conditioner, make sure that your fingers do not touch the air conditioner control panel.
- When performing continuous operations, be sure to remove your finger before performing the operation again.
- Do not forcefully press the control panel.
- If water or foreign matter gets on the operation part, it may cause a reaction, so wipe it off
before operating it.
- Situations where touch operations may not respond properly
- When wearing gloves, etc.

- When a film, etc. is pasted or painted on the surface of the control unit.
- When the air conditioner control unit is dirty or has water, etc.
- When you are in an area where strong radio waves or noise is generated, such as near a TV tower,
power plant, gas station, broadcasting station, large display, or airport.
- When carrying a wireless communication device such as a radio or mobile phone
- When the air conditioner control unit is in contact with or covered by metal objects such as the
following:
･ Cards with metal such as aluminum foil pasted

･ Cigarette boxes made of aluminum foil
･ Metal wallets and bags
･ Small change
· Cairo
･ Media such as CDs and DVDs
- If the power switch is set to accessory mode or ON mode while touching or close to the air
conditioner controls, the air conditioner controls may not respond. In that case, remove
your hand from the air conditioner control panel, wait about 10 seconds, and then touch
the air conditioner control panel again.
- If touch operations are not responsive
If the air conditioner control panel is dirty, it may be difficult to respond to touch
operations. Clean the touch operation area frequently.
- When cleaning the air conditioner control section
The switch may react when cleaning. Turn off the power switch before cleaning.
- "Nanoe"*1 about★
The air conditioner is equipped with "NanoE" technology. This technology releases nanoe, a weakly acidic
substance that is gentle on water-covered skin and hair, through the air outlet on the outside of the driver's seat,
creating a refreshing air environment inside the vehicle. *2.
- When the fan operates, "NanoE" automatically operates.

- When "NanoE" is in operation, it is effective under the following conditions. The effect may not be
sufficient under conditions other than the following.
･ When the air outlet blows air to the upper body, to the upper body and feet, or to the feet. ･ When the
air outlet on the outside of the driver's seat is open.
- When ``NanoE'' is activated, a small amount of ozone is generated and may give off a faint odor, but the amount is
the same as that found in nature, such as in forests, so it has no effect on the human body.
- During operation, you may hear a faint operating sound, but this is not abnormal.
*1"nanoe", "nanoe" and "nanoe" marks are used by Panasonic Corporation.
is a trademark of
*2Depending on the temperature/humidity environment, air volume/wind direction, the full effect of "NanoE" may not be obtained.
It may have.
- Regarding ventilation and air conditioner odors
- If you want to bring air from outside the vehicle into the vehicle interior, set it to outside air intake. Five
- When the air conditioner is in use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may be drawn into the air
conditioner and mixed together, causing odors to be emitted in the air coming from the air vents. room
Inside
- To reduce the odor that occurs when the air conditioner starts, we recommend that you turn on
outfit
Preparation
outside air when parking. ·

machine
Noh
- To suppress the odor that occurs when the air conditioner starts, when using the auto setting, the air
blowing may stop for a while immediately after the air conditioner starts.
- About air conditioner filter

→ P. 343
★
- To change the response of the switches on the air conditioner control panel
You can change the time it takes for the switch to respond after you touch it by doing the following: The air
conditioner cannot be operated during operation.
1 Touch and at the same time for about 3 seconds
"01" to "05" will be displayed on the passenger side temperature section in the monitor.
2 Each time you touch , the time it takes to respond changes as follows.
01 (approx. 0.06 seconds) → 02 (approx. 0.10 seconds) → 03 (approx. 0.14 seconds) → 04 (approx.
0.16 seconds) → 05 (approx. 0.20 seconds)
If no touch operation is performed for approximately 5 seconds while the desired setting is displayed, the normal passenger side
temperature display will be displayed and the setting will be completed.
After changing the settings, all displays on the monitor will light up for a while, but do
not turn off the power switch during this time.
The settings you have made will be canceled.
- To turn on/off the switch operation sound on the air conditioner control panel The operation sound
when touching the switch can be turned on/off by the following operation. The air conditioner cannot
be operated during operation.
1 Touch and at the same time for about 3 seconds
"On" or "OFF" will be displayed on the passenger side temperature section in the monitor.
2 Each time you touch , it switches between ON and OFF.

"On" or If you do not perform any touch operation for approximately 5 seconds while "OFF" is displayed, the display
will return to the normal passenger side temperature display and the setting will be completed.
After changing the settings, all displays on the monitor will light up for a while, but do
not turn off the power switch during this time.
The settings you have made will be canceled.
When turned on, the You can set whether or not to turn on the
Masu. (Customization list → P. 442)
caveat
- To prevent the front window glass from fogging up

- If you operate the air conditioner at a low temperature setting when the outside air is humid,
Do not touch. The outside of the glass may fog up due to the temperature difference between the outside
air and the glass, obstructing visibility.
- Defog the front window glass

I'll block the air outlet to prevent it from getting in the way.
Please do not place any objects on it. Air blower

This may cause the fog to become difficult to remove.
I will.
- Rear window defogger & mirror heater/front wiper de-icer★

Warning during operation
- The surface of the door mirror becomes very hot. Do not touch it as it may
cause burns.
Five
- Do not touch the bottom of the windshield and the surfaces next to the front
pillars as they are hot and may cause burns.
room
- "Nanoe"★about Inside
outfit
This system contains high voltage parts and should not be disassembled or repaired. Preparation
·
If repairs are necessary, please contact your Toyota dealer. machine
Noh
Note
- "Nanoe"★to prevent damage to

Do not use spray near the air outlet on the outside of the driver's seat, or do
not insert or stick anything into the air outlet. The system may not function
properly.
When the hybrid system is stopped (READY indicator is not lit), do not use the air
conditioner more than necessary.
★
seat heater★/ Seat ventilator★
You can heat the front seats or blow air out of the front seats to improve
ventilation.
caveat
- About burns
- Please make sure that the following people do not touch the seat heater, as there is a risk of
low-temperature burns.
･ Infants, children, the elderly, the sick, people with disabilities ･ People
with sensitive skin
･ People with severe fatigue
･ If you drink heavily or take drugs that make you sleepy (sleeping pills, cold medicine, etc.)
- Please observe the following when using the seat heater, as it may cause abnormal
overheating or low-temperature burns.
･ Do not use it continuously for long periods of time.
･ Do not use blankets, cushions, etc.
Note
- to prevent damage
Do not place heavy, uneven objects on the seat, or pierce it with sharp objects
such as wires or needles.
Do not use the hybrid system when it is stopped.
★
seat heater
touch the switch actuation bar
The indicator light will light up and turn on.
Each time you touch the switch, the operating status
The state changes as follows, and the number of bars
will change.
Strong (3 lights lit) → Medium (2 lights lit) → Low
(1 light lit) → OFF

The indicator (yellow) lights up during operation.
To do.
indicator
knowledge
When the power switch is in ON mode Five
seat ventilator room

Inside
touch the switch actuation bar

outfit
Preparation
·
The indicator light will light up and turn on. machine
Noh
Each time you touch the switch, the operating status
The state changes as follows, and the number of bars
will change.
Strong (3 lights lit) → Medium (2 lights lit) →

Low (1 light lit) → OFF
The indicator (green) lights up during operation.
To do.
indicator
knowledge

300 5-2. How to turn on indoor lights
Interior light list
1 Personal lamp/ Five

power switch lighting
front room lamp 6 Passenger seat indirect lighting
(→P. 301)
7 front scuff lighting★
2 front cup holder
indirect lighting
8 foot lighting
9 front door courtesy lamp

3 front door handle lighting
Tendoor mirror lighting
Rear room lamp (→P. 301)
Four
★
5-2. How to turn on indoor lights 301
Personal lamp/Front room lamp

- personal lamp
Turn on/off the lamp
BTO52DP003
- front room lamp

1 Turn on/off the lamp
2 Door interlocking ON/OFF
When door interlock is set to ON, the door

The lamp turns on and off in conjunction with opening and closing.
You can switch

1 Five
2
BTO52DP102 room
Inside
outfit
Preparation
rear room lamp ·

machine
Noh
Turn on/off the lamp
Front room lamp linked to door ON
When the door is opened and closed,
The lamp turns on and off
302 5-2. How to turn on indoor lights
knowledge
- illuminated entry system

The lights in each part automatically turn on and off depending on the electronic key detection, door locking/
unlocking, door opening/closing, and power switch mode.
- About footwell lighting and front door handle lighting The light will be dimmed
if you move the shift lever from P to any position other than P.
If the power switch is OFF and the interior lights remain on, they will automatically turn off after
about 20 minutes.
You can change settings such as the time until the interior lights
turn off. (Customization list: →P. 443)
Note
To prevent the auxiliary battery from dying, do not turn on the lamp for a long
time when the hybrid system is stopped.
5-3. Storage equipment 303
Storage equipment list
Five
1Glove box (→P. 304)Fouraccessory case 2Bottle (→P. 304)
room
holder (→P. 306)Fiveconsole 3Cup holder (→P. 306) Inside
Box (→P. 305) outfit

Preparation
·
machine
Noh
caveat
- Do not leave glasses, lighters, or spray cans in storage equipment.
If left unattended, the following may occur and it is dangerous.

･ Glasses may become deformed or crack due to heat from high room temperatures or contact
with other stored items.
･ Lighters and spray cans may explode when the room temperature rises, or the lighter may ignite
when it comes into contact with other stored items, or the gas from the spray can may leak, leading
to a fire.
- Be sure to close the lid when the storage equipment is not in use. If you brake
suddenly, your body may hit the open lid or the stored items may fall out,
leading to an unexpected accident.
304 5-3. Storage equipment
accessory case
press the lid
BTO53DP008
glove box
pull the lever
BTO53DP002
card holder
BTO53DP009
Note
Do not put anything other than cards into the card holder. The card holder may
be damaged.
Console Box
Lift the knob to unlock
Open
BTO53DP003
Five
room
Inside
outfit
Preparation
·
machine
Noh
Cup holder/bottle holder

- cup holder
front
press the lid
BTO53DP005
rear
Fold down the rear armrest and press the button
Press
BTO53DP007
- bottle holder
front rear
knowledge
- Removing the partition (front cup holder)

Dar)
Use the divider to clean the inside of the cup holder.
can be removed.
BTO53DP006
- When storing the rear cup holder

Store with the armrests folded down. It cannot be stored unless the armrest is
folded down.
- About the bottle holder
- Be sure to close the lid of the plastic bottle before storing it.
- Depending on the size and shape of the plastic bottle, it may not be possible to store it.
caveat
Five
- Do not place anything other than cups or cans in the cup holder. Also, do not store
things in the container even when the lid is closed.
room
Doing so may cause the product to fall and cause injury due to sudden braking or an accident. Inside
outfit
- To prevent burns, close the lid when placing a hot drink in the cup holder. Preparation
·
machine
Noh
Note
- To prevent damage, do not retract the rear armrest with the rear cup holder
exposed.
- Do not store paper cups, glass cups, etc. containing juice, etc. in the bottle
holder. There is a risk of juice spilling or glassware breaking.
Equipment in the luggage room
deck hook
Use hooks to secure your luggage.
You can.
Raise the hook and use it
caveat
When the deck hook is not in use, be sure to return it to its original position to
prevent injury.
net hook
With a hook for hanging cargo nets, etc.
vinegar.
deck undertray
in front
Pull up the lever and remove the deck board.

lift up
back side
Pull up the lever and remove the deck board.
lift up
Five
room
Inside
outfit
Preparation
·
knowledge machine
Noh
- About the deck board (back side)
Can be placed in the groove of the deck undertray
can.
caveat
- About deck boards

- If you open the deck board, be sure to close it again before driving. Driving with the
door open is dangerous as it may cause deck boards and other stored items to fly
out when the brakes are applied suddenly, resulting in an unexpected accident.
- Do not place anything on the deck undertray that can easily roll or protrude
from the concave surface.
5-4. How to use other indoor equipment 311
Other interior equipment
Sun visor
1 Use a visor to block the view in front of you.
put it down
2 Use a visor to block the sides 1

Remove from the hook in the lowered state
and turn it to the side
2
BTO54DP001
vanity mirror
Slide the cover open
Vanity mirror run when you open the cover
will light up.
Five
room
Inside
outfit
Preparation
BTO54DP002 ·
machine
Noh
Note
To prevent the auxiliary battery from dying, do not turn on the lamp for a long
time when the hybrid system is stopped.
312 5-4. How to use other indoor equipment
clock
You can adjust the time by pressing the button.

1 Adjust “hour” (H)
2 Adjust “minutes” (M)
3 Set “minute” to 00 *(:00)
*(Example) 1:00-1:29→1:00
1:30-1:59→2:00
knowledge
- When the time is displayed

Accessory socket/accessory outlet★

Please use it as a power source when using the following electrical products.
Accessory socket:
Electrical products with a maximum current of 10A (maximum power consumption 120W) or less at DC12V *
Accessory outlet:
Electrical products with AC100V and maximum power consumption of 1500W or less
*When using electrical products, be sure to close all accessory sockets installed in the vehicle.
Please ensure that the total maximum power consumption is 120W or less.
- accessory socket
Inside the accessory case
Open the lid and use
Five
room
Inside the console box Inside
outfit
Open the lid and use Preparation
·
machine
Noh
BTO54DP004
★
- accessories outlet
Open the lid and use
BTO54DP006
- main switch
When turned on, the operation indicator light lights up.
vinegar.
knowledge
- terms of use
accessory socket
Accessory outlet
When the READY indicator is lit
- When using accessory sockets
Depending on the device to be connected, the USB connection terminal★They may not be able to be used at the
same time.
For information on the USB connection terminal, please refer to the separate “Navigation System
Instruction Manual”.
★
- About accessory outlets (accessory outlets)

- Be sure to use electrical products with AC100V and maximum power consumption of 1500W or less. If you
use an electrical product that exceeds the specified capacity, the protection function of the AC power
supply will activate and the accessory outlet will become unusable.
You may hear an operating sound when the protection function is activated, but this is not a
malfunction.
- If you insert the plug of an electrical product into an accessory outlet while the main switch
is turned on, a large current may flow depending on the circuit configuration of the
electrical product. In this case, the AC power supply's protection function may activate and
turn off the main switch automatically, but this is not a malfunction. After inserting the
power plug, turn on the main switch and use it again.
Electrical products whose main switch may turn off: IH

cookers, etc.
- Even if the power consumption is 1500W or less, if you use an electrical product that momentarily draws a large
amount of current during use, the protection function of the AC power supply may activate and the electrical
product may not start properly.
Electrical products that may not start properly:

Cathode-ray tube TV, compressor refrigerator, electric pump, power tools, IH
cooker, microwave oven, etc. Five
- Please be careful when using the following devices.
room
･ Electrical products that require continuous AC power output, such as devices with timers set (because Inside
AC power output may be temporarily cut off depending on the vehicle condition) ･ Heating equipment, outfit
Preparation
such as electric blankets ·

machine
(If you use only a heating device such as an electric blanket to warm yourself in a car, depending on the Noh
vehicle condition, the AC power output may be temporarily cut off and the heating device may turn
off.)
･ Coffee maker, microwave oven, etc.
(Because it may not work properly if it is not installed horizontally)
- Depending on the electrical appliances you use, noise may enter your radio or television.
- A commercially available tester cannot measure the normal voltage of the accessory
outlet. If you need to check the voltage, have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- When using the accessory outlet, you may hear a cooling fan noise coming from
under the rear seat, but this is not a malfunction.
- When it cannot be used (accessory outlet)

If the operation indicator light on the main switch goes out and AC power is not output from the
outlet, and the power does not return even when you turn the main switch back on, the protection
function may be activated. In this case, please take the following steps first.
- Unplug the electrical appliance, check whether the power consumption is below
1500W, and turn on the main switch again.
- Unplug the electrical appliance, check whether the appliance itself is malfunctioning, and then turn on
the main switch again.
- Check the remaining power of the drive battery on the multi-information

display (→P. 86)
If only one light remains on the remaining power display, move the shift lever to P to restore
the remaining power in the drive battery, and then turn the main switch ON again.
- If the inside of the car is hot, such as right after leaving it in the hot summer sun, use the air conditioner to
sufficiently ventilate the inside of the car to lower the inside temperature, then wait a while and then turn
the main switch on again.
If the system does not recover even after performing the above operations, please have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- When using in cold regions (accessory outlet)

When the outside temperature drops to -15°C or lower, the accessory outlet may not be
usable for several minutes to protect the drive battery.
In this case, use the air conditioner to heat the inside of the car and warm up the drive battery
before using it.
- When using while parked or stationary (accessory outlet)

When the drive battery becomes low, the engine will automatically start and charge the
battery. In some municipalities, if the engine starts while the vehicle is parked or stationary, it
may be subject to penalties due to regulations regarding idling stop. Regarding the use of
accessory outlets while the vehicle is parked or stationary, please check with the relevant local
government before using it appropriately.
- When using electrical products with a ground wire (accessory outlet) Please
use the outlet in the luggage room and connect the ground wire.
- About power frequency (accessory outlet)
The vehicle side power frequency when shipped from the factory is 50Hz. Some electrical products
have a power frequency switching function (50/60Hz), so make sure to match the power frequency of
the vehicle and the electrical product.
If you need to change the vehicle power frequency, please contact your Toyota dealer.
caveat
- To prevent equipment malfunction (accessory outlet)

Even if the maximum power consumption is 1500W or less at 100V AC, do not use the
accessory outlet for the following devices. This is dangerous and may cause the equipment
to malfunction, causing unexpected malfunctions or accidents that may result in serious
injury.
- Medical equipment (AC power output may be temporarily cut off depending on the vehicle
condition while the accessory outlet is in use)
- Weighing instruments, measuring instruments, etc. (measurement accuracy cannot be guaranteed for devices based on
AC power supply voltage)
- Regarding the use of electrical products (accessory outlets)
- Never use electrical products while driving in the following cases. Also, do not
use electrical products unless they are securely fixed. This is dangerous and
may cause an unexpected accident and serious injury.
･ Distracted driving or other obstacles to safe driving (TVs, videos, DVDs, etc.) ･ Accidents caused
by improperly secured electrical appliances tipping over or falling during sudden braking or
collisions, or accidents caused by overheating. When there is a risk of fire or burns (toaster,
Five
microwave oven, electric heater, pot, coffee maker, etc.) When there is a risk of an electrical
appliance getting under the pedal and making it impossible to press the brake pedal (hair dryer,
AC adapter, mouse, etc.) Such) room
Inside
- Do not use appliances that emit steam with windows closed. This is dangerous as the outfit
Preparation
glass may fog up, impairing visibility and impairing driving, which may cause an ·
unexpected accident and cause serious injury.
machine
Noh
Also, it may have a negative effect on other electrical equipment. If you have no choice
but to use it, please open the window.
- Do not use defective electrical products. Doing so may render the accessory
outlet unusable or result in electric shock.
- Do not plug or unplug electrical appliances with wet hands or insert pins into
accessory outlets. This is dangerous as there is a risk of electric shock. Also, if
rainwater, drinking water, etc. or snow gets on the outlet, dry it before use.
- Be sure to follow the instruction manual that comes with the electrical product you are using and the precautions written
on the product.
caveat
- Regarding use while parked/stopped
"When using while parked or stationary" (→P. 316), and then

Please be sure to observe the following. If you don't take care of yourself, it can lead to unexpected
accidents and is dangerous.
- Apply the parking brake, Make sure the shift lever is in P.

Please.
- Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the READY indicator is lit while using
electrical appliances.
- Never use the product in a garage or snow-covered area, as exhaust gas may
fill or stagnate. For more information, ``For exhaust gases''
Be careful!Please refer to (→P. 56).
- Depending on the situation, the engine may start automatically, so do not get close to the
exhaust pipe, place luggage, or put your face or hands close to the engine compartment.
- When using the power cord outside the vehicle, be careful of rainwater getting
in. If rainwater gets on the accessory outlet, dry it before using it. Also, be
careful not to trap the power cord in a door, etc.
- Avoid sleeping in your car using heating devices such as electric blankets. Depending on the
condition of the vehicle, the AC power output may be temporarily cut off and the heating
equipment may turn off, which is dangerous and may cause an unexpected accident.
- Accessory outlets are used by connecting directly to electrical products such as lighting equipment, and
should not be used as a generator to supply electricity to a house, etc. Also, when connecting to an
emergency power supply system installed in a house, etc. (dedicated equipment that can be connected
to an external power source, equipment where the supply circuit from the external power source is
separated from the electrical wiring from the power company, etc.), , consult the manufacturer or
distributor of the system.
- About accessory outlets

Never modify, disassemble, or repair the accessory outlet. Also, never replace the
vehicle's AC100V inverter with a commercially available AC inverter. This is
dangerous and may cause an unexpected malfunction or accident, resulting in
serious injury. For repairs, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- To prevent short circuits and breakdowns
Keep the lid closed when not in use to prevent foreign objects from getting into the
insertion port or splashing with drinking water.
Note
- To prevent the fuse from blowing

accessory socket
Do not use electrical products with a maximum current of 10A (maximum power consumption 120W) or
more at 12V DC.
accessories outlet
Do not use electrical products with a maximum power consumption of 1500W or more at 100V AC. If you
use an electrical product that consumes more than 1500W, the protection circuit will activate and shut off
the power.
Do not use the accessory socket for long periods with the hybrid system
stopped.
- Regarding the use of electrical products (accessory outlets) Please pay
attention to the following points when using electrical products:
- Do not use electrical appliances that produce hot air, such as toasters, near trim or
on seats in your vehicle. There is a risk of melting or burning due to heat.
Five
- Do not use electrical products that are sensitive to vibration or heat inside the car. Electrical
products may malfunction due to vibrations while driving or heat from parking in the hot sun.
room
- Close the lid when the accessory outlet is not in use. If a foreign object gets Inside
outfit
into the outlet or if drinking water gets splashed on it, it may malfunction or Preparation
·
cause a short circuit. machine
Noh
- Do not connect the AC adapter directly to an accessory outlet. Doing so may
damage the lid or cause the AC adapter to fall off.
- Do not allow children to touch the accessory outlet.
- Do not connect a branch outlet such as a bifurcated outlet to the accessory
outlet.
- Make sure that dust and dirt do not adhere to the accessory outlet. Also, clean
the electrical outlets regularly.
- If the plug of an electrical product is loose after you insert it into the accessory
outlet, replace the outlet. For replacement, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- Depending on the remaining power of the drive battery, the accessory outlet may not be
usable. Please use the drive battery with as much remaining power as possible.
- Regarding use while parked/stopped (accessory outlet)

If you are forced to use the product while parked or stationary, such as in the event of a disaster, be
careful not to run out of gas, as the engine runs to charge the battery and consumes gasoline.
armrest
front
Lift the knob to unlock,
slide armrest
rear
Use by folding it forward.
BTO54DP007
knowledge
- About the front armrest

You can open the console box even when the armrest is slid.
Note
To prevent damage to the armrest, please do not apply excessive load.

coat hook
The coat hook is attached to the rear assist tag.
It's attached to the lip.
BTO54DP009
caveat
Do not hang hangers or other hard or sharp objects on it. These objects may fly
out when the SRS curtain shield airbag inflates, causing serious injury or death.
assist grip
Five
assistance attached to the ceiling
The grip is attached to the seat while driving.
room
When supporting your body while sitting Inside
outfit
Please use it for. Preparation
·
machine
Noh
caveat
Do not use the assist grip when riding or getting up from the seat.
Note
To prevent damage, do not overload the assist grip.

steering switch
You can control the audio using the switch on the left side of the handle.
Operations may differ depending on the audio/navigation system
installed. For details, please refer to the instructions included with each
product.
If you drive a vehicle equipped with a navigation system, which is a manufacturer option, please refer
to the separate ``Navigation System Instruction Manual.''
1 adjust volume
2 Turning on the power and switching modes
3 Operation of CDs, radios, etc.
- Turn on the power
Press
- Switch mode
When the audio power is on, Press
The mode (CD, radio, etc.) changes each time you press it.
Press and hold the switch to mute or pause playback.
- adjust volume
To increase the volume To make the “+” side smaller, use “-”
push the side
Press and hold the switch to adjust the volume continuously.
caveat
Be careful when operating the audio switch while driving.

323
How to care for it

6
6-1. How to care
Exterior care.......................324
Interior care.......................328
6-2. Simple inspection/parts replacement
Bonnet..........................331
Garage jack..........334
Refilling washer fluid..........335
About tires..........................337
About tire pressure..........341
Replacing the air conditioner filter...343
Electronic key battery replacement..........345
Inspecting and replacing fuses..........347
Replacing the light bulb (bulb)..........350

324 6-1. How to care
Exterior care
For maintenance, please carry out the following items.
- Using plenty of water, wash the dirt from the car body, suspension, and underside in order from
top to bottom.
- Wash the car body with something soft like a sponge or chamois.
- If the dirt is heavy, use car shampoo and rinse thoroughly with water.
- wipe off water
- If water repellency becomes poor, apply wax.
If the water does not form beads even after removing dirt from the surface of the body, apply wax when the
body temperature is cold (aim for the temperature to be approximately below body temperature).
Please note that if Toyota chemical products such as body coat, wheel coat, glass
coat, etc. have been applied, the care method will be different. Please contact
your Toyota dealer for details.
knowledge
- When using an automatic car wash
- Store the door mirrors and wash the vehicle from the front side. Also, be sure to return the door
mirrors to their original positions before driving.
- Brushes can scratch the car body and damage the paint.
- When using a high pressure car wash
- Do not place the tip of the nozzle too close to the door glass or door frame, as water
may enter the vehicle interior.
- Make sure the fuel filler door is securely closed before washing your car.
- When you splash water on your car during a car wash, etc.
If you carry an electronic key with you and splash water on the door handle at a car wash, etc., the
door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, take the following measures and wash the car.
- Store the electronic key at least 2m away from the

vehicle (be careful of electronic key theft)
- Set the electronic key to power saving mode and stop the smart entry & start system
from operating (→P. 120)
6-1. How to care 325
- aluminum foil
- Please use a neutral detergent to remove dirt as soon as possible.
- After using detergent, do not leave it unattended; rinse thoroughly with water.
- To prevent damage to the paint, be sure to observe the following:
･ Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergents ･ Do not

use hard brushes
･ Do not use detergent when the wheels are hot after driving or parking in the summer.
- About the bumper

Avoid scrubbing with abrasive detergents.
- About water-repellent coating on front door glass
- To prolong the water repellency effect, please pay attention to the following:
･Remove mud and other dirt from the front door glass surface.
･Clean dirt as soon as possible with a soft, damp cloth.
･ Do not use glass cleaners or wax that contain compound (polishing powder) ･
Do not defrost with metal tools
- It can be repaired if water droplets are not repelled properly.
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
caveat
- when washing the car
Do not splash water into the engine compartment.

Water splashing onto electrical parts is dangerous and may cause a vehicle fire.
- When cleaning the front window glass (vehicles equipped with rain-sensing wipers)
Set the wiper switch to the stop position.

Sai. When in AUTO mode, the following
When the wiper operates unexpectedly and your finger
or other objects, resulting in serious injury or
There is a risk of damaging the par blade etc.
Masu.
BTO61DP101
- When you touch the front window glass above the raindrop sensor with your hand
- When you bring a damp cloth, etc. close to the raindrop sensor.
- When the front window glass is impacted

- When a shock is applied to the raindrop sensor by touching it from inside the car.
- About the exhaust pipe
The exhaust pipe becomes hot due to exhaust gas. If you touch it while washing your car, wait
until the exhaust pipe has cooled down sufficiently. There is a risk of burns.
Note
- To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion of vehicle bodies and parts (wheels, etc.)
- Wash your car immediately if:

･ After driving in a coastal area
･ After driving on a road sprayed with antifreeze
･ When the vehicle is contaminated with coal tar, pollen, tree sap, bird droppings, dead insect carcasses, etc. ･ After
driving in an area where there is a lot of fallout of soot, oil smoke, dust, iron powder, chemical substances, etc. ･ When
the vehicle is heavily soiled with dust, mud, etc. When
･ When organic solvents such as benzine or gasoline adhere to the paint
- If the paint is scratched, repair it as soon as possible.

- When storing wheels, remove dirt and store in a dry place to prevent corrosion.
Note
- cleaning the lamp
- Please wash with care. Do not use organic solvents or hard brushes. Doing so
may damage the lamp.
- Do not wax the lamp. Doing so may damage the
lens.
- Cleaning the radiator grill
Please observe the following. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
surface of the radiator grill.
- Before washing your car, use water to remove dust, dirt, sand, and other foreign substances
from the radiator grille surface.
- Do not use hard brushes, scrubbers, or sharp objects; instead, clean with a soft
cloth or sponge.
- When removing dirt, use a neutral detergent and do not use oils such as glass
coat, car wax, alcohol, or abrasives such as glass cleaner.
After washing your car, rinse it with plenty of water so that no detergent remains.
- If iron powder adheres to the surface, remove it by wiping it gently under running water instead of
rubbing it with a dry cloth.
- When using an automatic car wash (vehicles equipped with rain-sensing wipers) 6
Set the wiper switch to the stop position. (→P. 203)

If it is set to AUTO, the wiper may operate unexpectedly and damage the wiper oh
hand
blade. Enter
Re
- When using a high pressure washer of
death
Do not bring the tip of the nozzle too close to the joints of the following parts, boots
mosquito
Ta
(rubber or resin covers), or connectors.
High water pressure can damage parts.
･ Drive system parts
･ Steering parts
･ Suspension parts
･ Brake parts
Interior care
Please follow the instructions below for maintenance.
Indoor care
- Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner, etc., and wipe with a cloth dampened with water or lukewarm
water.
- If the stain does not come off, dilute a neutral detergent with water to about 1% and wipe
it with a soft cloth.
Dip a cloth in water and wring it out thoroughly to wipe off any remaining detergent and water on the surface.
Care of genuine leather parts
- Remove dust and sand with a vacuum cleaner, etc.
- Moisten a soft cloth with diluted detergent and wipe away the dirt.
Use a neutral detergent for wool diluted to about 5% with water.
- Dip a cloth in water and wring it out thoroughly to wipe off any remaining detergent on the surface.
- Wipe the moisture from the surface with a dry, soft cloth and dry in a shaded area with good
ventilation.
Care of synthetic leather parts
- Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner, etc.
- Dilute neutral detergent to about 1% with water and wipe with a soft cloth.
- Dip a cloth in water and wring it out thoroughly to wipe off any remaining detergent and water on the surface.
knowledge
- Guidelines for caring for genuine leather parts
To maintain quality for a long time, we recommend regular maintenance at least twice a year.
- carpet cleaning
We recommend keeping carpets dry at all times. For cleaning, you can use a
commercially available foam type cleaner.
Use a sponge or brush to spread the foam onto your carpet and apply it in a
circular motion. Do not spray water directly on it; wipe it off and let it dry.
- Seat belt
Wash using a cloth or sponge with a mild detergent and warm water.
Regularly check seat belts for fraying, fraying, and scratches.
- Super UV cut glass★about
- If the door glass is dirty, clean it immediately by wiping it lightly with a cloth dampened
with water or lukewarm water.
- If the door glass is very dirty, do not open and close the door glass repeatedly.
caveat
- Water ingress into the vehicle 6

- Do not splash water or spill liquids on the inside of the vehicle, such as the floor, drive battery
(→P. 62) If the drive battery or electrical parts get wet,
cooling inlet, outlet, etc. oh
it is dangerous and may cause malfunction or fire. hand
Enter
Re
- Do not get SRS airbag components or electrical wiring wet. (→P. 33) of
An electrical malfunction could cause the SRS airbag to deploy or malfunction,
death
mosquito
Ta
- When cleaning the interior (especially the instrument panel)
Do not use polishing wax or polishing cleaners. The instrument panel may be
reflected in the windshield, obstructing the driver's view and causing an
unexpected accident, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
★
Note
- About solvents used when cleaning

- Do not use the following solvents as they may cause discoloration, staining, or peeling of the paint.
･ Parts other than the sheet: Organic solvents such as benzine and gasoline, acidic or alkaline
solvents, dyes, and bleaching agents.
･ Seat part: Thinner, benzene, alcohol, and other acidic or alkaline solvents
- Do not use polishing wax or polishing cleaners. Doing so may cause the paint on the
instrument panel and other interior surfaces to peel off, melt, or become deformed.
- To avoid leather damage

To avoid deterioration or damage to the leather surface, please observe the following:
- Immediately remove dust and sand from leather
- Avoid prolonged exposure to direct sunlight

Store your car in the shade, especially in the summer
- Do not place vinyl, plastic, or wax-containing items on leather as they may

stick to the leather when the interior of the car gets hot.
- When water splashes on the floor
Do not wash with water.

If water gets on the audio system or electrical components under the floor carpet, it may
cause the car to malfunction or cause the body to rust.
- When cleaning the inside of the windshield

Avoid getting glass cleaner on the camera sensor lens.
Also, do not touch the lens. (→P. 214)

- When cleaning the inside of the rear window glass
- Do not use glass cleaner or the like, as this may damage the heating wires. Instead, wipe gently along
the heating wires with a cloth dampened with water or lukewarm water.
- Be careful not to scratch or damage the hot wire.

- Super UV cut glass★When cleaning
When cleaning the door glass, do not use compounds or products containing
abrasives (glass cleaners, detergents, wax, etc.). This may damage the coating.
★
6-2. Simple inspection/parts replacement 331
bonnet
Unlock the door from inside and open the hood.
1 Pull the bonnet release lever

The bonnet will pop up a little.
2 Pull up the lever and open the bonnet.

open
knowledge oh
hand
- About auxiliary battery
Enter
Re
of
The auxiliary battery for this vehicle is located in the luggage compartment. death
mosquito
It is located inside the cover of the engine (passenger side). Ta

It is not installed in the room.
When the auxiliary battery goes dead,
Use the rescue terminal in the engine room
and take action. (→P. 415)
BTO62DQ001
332 6-2. Simple inspection/parts replacement
caveat
- Check before driving
Make sure the bonnet is securely locked. If you drive without locking the vehicle,
the bonnet may suddenly open while you are driving, resulting in serious injury
- When performing repairs, vehicle inspections, and maintenance inspections,
You will need to switch to maintenance mode, so be sure to consult your Toyota
dealer. Because it uses a high voltage system, incorrect handling could result in
serious injury or even death.
- Confirmation after engine room inspection
Make sure that no tools or cloths are left behind in the engine compartment. Leaving
tools, cloths, etc. used for inspection or cleaning in the engine compartment is
dangerous as it may cause a malfunction or cause a vehicle fire due to the high
temperature in the engine compartment.
- when closing the bonnet
Be careful not to get your hands caught.

stomach.
It is dangerous and may cause serious injury.

vinegar.
- About replacing the auxiliary battery
When replacing, please use Harrier-specific products. Using a non-specialized product is

dangerous as gas (hydrogen) may enter the room or catch fire and explode. For information
on replacing the auxiliary battery, please contact your Toyota dealer.
Note
- To prevent damage to the bonnet and damper stays

- When closing the bonnet, do not press it forcefully by putting your weight on it.
The bonnet may become dented.
- A damper stay is attached to the bonnet to support the bonnet. To prevent
damage to the damper stay or malfunction, please observe the following.
･ Do not allow foreign objects such as vinyl pieces, stickers, adhesive materials, etc. to adhere to the rod
section of the stay.
･ Do not touch the rod part with work gloves, etc.
･ Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota products to the hood. ･ Do
not place your hands on the stays or apply force in the lateral direction.
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
garage jack
When using a garage jack, be sure to follow the instruction manual that comes
with the garage jack to ensure safe operation.
When using a garage jack to lift the vehicle, set the garage jack in the
correct position.
If not set in the correct position, there is a risk of vehicle damage or
injury.
- front side
- rear side
Refilling washer fluid
How to refill
When the liquid level approaches the LOW position
Please replenish the washer fluid.
stomach.
BTO62DQ005
knowledge
- How to use the game

Current liquid level
Gauges covered with washer fluid film
Check the position of the hole and remove any remaining washer fluid.
Determine the quantity.

The remaining amount is from the second hole from the tip of the gauge.
When it goes down (drops to the LOW position),

Please replenish the washer fluid.
6
caveat
oh
hand
- When refilling washer fluid Enter
Re
Do not refill washer fluid when the hybrid system is hot or while the hybrid of
death
system is operating. mosquito
Ta
Washer fluid contains alcohol, so if it comes into contact with a hybrid system, it
is dangerous and may cause a fire.
Note
- About washer fluid

Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid. Doing so
may cause stains on the paint, or the pump may malfunction and the washer
fluid may not come out.
- How to dilute washer fluid
Dilute with water if necessary. For the proportion of water and washer fluid, refer to
the freezing temperature indicated on the washer fluid container.
About tires
Tire inspections are required by law. Be sure to inspect your tires as part
of your daily inspection.
Rotate tires (change tire positions) every 5,000km to ensure even wear
on tires and extend their lifespan.
Tire inspection items
Check the following items for tires.

For the inspection method, please refer to the separate "Maintenance Note".
- tire pressure
Check the air pressure when the tires are cold.
- Are there any cracks or damage to the tires?
- tire tread depth
- Abnormal tire wear (extreme wear on only one side of the tire, wear level
significantly different from other tires, etc.)
How to rotate tires

Rotate the tire as shown in the diagram.
6
tion.
Equalize tire wear and extend lifespan
oh
In order to extend this period, Toyota conducts regular inspections. hand
We recommend tire rotation for
Enter
Re
of
Masu. in front
death
mosquito
Ta
knowledge
- Tire pressure numbers
The specified tire pressure is the tire on the driver's side.

You can check it on the barometric pressure label.
BTO62DP009
air pressure *kPa (kg/cm2)

tire size
front wheel Rear wheel
225/65R17 102H 240 (2.4)
235/55R18 100H 220 (2.2)
emergency tires★:420kPa (4.2kg/cm2)*

*Air pressure when tires are cold
- When replacing tire-related parts

When replacing tires, disc wheels, and wheel mounting nuts, please consult your
Toyota dealer.
★
caveat
- Warning during inspection/replacement

Failure to do so may result in damage to drive train components or unstable handling
characteristics, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- Use tires that are all made by the same brand, have the same tread pattern, and have no
difference in wear.
- Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified by the manufacturer.
- Do not mix radial tires, bias belted tires, and bias ply tires.
- Do not mix summer tires, all-season tires, and winter tires.

- Prohibition of use of tires with abnormalities
If you continue to install a defective tire, you may be unable to handle the steering wheel while driving or
may experience abnormal vibrations. Also, the following situations may occur, which is dangerous and
may lead to an unexpected accident.
- Cause irreparable damage such as bursting
- vehicle skids
- The vehicle's original performance (fuel efficiency, vehicle stability, braking distance, etc.) is not achieved.
- Precautions when changing tires 6
- Be sure to install the nut with the tapered part inside.

Please attach it. oh
hand
If you install it with the tapered part outward, the hole will Enter
Re
The eel is damaged and comes off, causing serious damage. of
may cause harm or in the worst case, death. death
mosquito
There is a risk. Taper part Ta
- Do not apply oil or grease to the threaded parts. When tightening the nuts, you
may tighten them more than necessary, which may damage the bolts or the
disc wheel. Also, the nut may loosen and the wheel may fall, resulting in a
serious accident. Wipe off any oil or grease on the threads.
- Prohibition of use of wheels with abnormalities
Do not use wheels that are cracked or deformed. This is dangerous and may cause the tires
to deflate while driving, leading to an unexpected accident.
Note
- If air leaks while driving

Do not continue driving.
Tires or wheels may be damaged.
- Caution about driving on rough roads
Be careful when driving on roads with steps or uneven surfaces. This will cause the
tire to deflate and reduce its cushioning effect. Also, parts such as tires, wheels, and
vehicle body may be damaged.
About tire pressure
To maintain proper tire pressure, check your tire pressure at least once a
month. (→P. 433)
knowledge
- If tire pressure is incorrect

If you ride with tire pressures that are not properly adjusted, the following may
occur:
- Deterioration of fuel efficiency
- Decrease in ride comfort and handling stability
- Reduced tire life due to wear

- Reduced safety
If the tire pressure drops frequently, have the tires checked by your Toyota dealer.
- How to check tire pressure

When checking tire pressure, please observe the following:
- Inspect tires when they are cold

6
- Always use a tire pressure gauge
You cannot judge whether the air pressure is appropriate just by looking at the tire's appearance.
oh
- After driving, the air pressure increases as the tires heat up. This is not abnormal, so do not hand
reduce the pressure.
Enter
Re
of
- When loading luggage or riding with a large number of people, avoid applying the load unevenly. death
mosquito
Ta
caveat
- To demonstrate the performance of tires
Maintain proper tire pressure.

If the tire pressure is not maintained properly, the following may occur, resulting
in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
- excessive wear
- Uneven wear
- Decreased steering stability
- Bursting tires due to overheating
- Air leak between tire and wheel

- Wheel deformation, tire damage
- Increased chance of tire damage when driving
(Road obstacles, road joints, steps, etc.)
Note
- After checking and adjusting tire pressure

Make sure to attach the tire valve cap securely. If the valve cap is removed, dust
and moisture may enter the valve and cause air to leak, resulting in a drop in tire
pressure.
Air conditioner filter replacement
To use your air conditioner comfortably, replace the air conditioner filter
regularly.
How to exchange

2 Open the glove box and dump
Remove the pin from the par stay
BTO62DP010
3 Glove box side inward

Press the top tab on one side at a time.
Sushi, pull the tab at the bottom downwards.
Remove it while
6
oh
hand
Enter
BTO62DP011 Re
of
Remove the filter cover
Four
death
mosquito
Ta
1 Unfasten the filter cover.
remove
2 Insert the filter cover in the direction of the arrow.

1 2
direction and fill from the tab.
remove the tar cover
Tsume
BTO62DP012
Five
Remove the filter and replace it with a new one.
replace with filter
Make sure the arrow of the “↑UP” mark points upwards.
Attach it to.
BTO62DP333
6 When installing, follow the steps in the reverse order of removal.
knowledge
- About replacing the air conditioner filter
Please replace the air conditioner filter at the following times.

15,000km [7,500km*] per
*Areas with a lot of traffic and dust, such as large cities and cold regions
- When the air volume of the air conditioner decreases
The filter may be clogged, so please replace it.
Note
- Precautions when using the air conditioner
- Using the air conditioner without a filter installed may cause malfunction. Be
sure to attach a filter.
- The filter is a replaceable type.
Do not clean with water or air blow.
- to prevent damage
When releasing the filter cover fixation

, move the filter cover in the direction of the arrow.
When removing, be careful not to apply excessive force to the claws.
be careful.
The claws may be damaged.
BTO62DP014
Electronic key battery replacement
If the battery is exhausted, replace it with a new one.
What to prepare
- Minus driver
- small flathead screwdriver
- Lithium battery CR2032
How to replace the battery
1 remove mechanical key
BTO62DP015
2 remove the cover 6

To prevent scratches, use a flathead screwdriver.
Wrap cloth etc. around the tip of the bar to protect it.
oh
please. hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
BTO62DP016
3 Take out the exhausted battery
When the cover is removed, the upper cover

Electronic key module is attached to the bar
The battery side may be hidden.
vinegar. In this case, the electronic key module
Turn it over and make sure the battery is visible as shown in the illustration.
Please work in a safe condition.
Install new batteries with the + pole facing up.

BTO62DP017
I'll take it.
Four
When installing, follow the steps in the reverse order of removal.
knowledge
- Obtaining lithium battery CR2032

Batteries can be purchased at Toyota dealers, watch stores, camera stores, etc.
- When you need to replace the card key battery
The battery for the card key is not commercially available, so please replace it at your Toyota dealer.
- If the electronic key battery is exhausted
It will look like this:

- Smart entry & start system wireless function does not work
- Working distance becomes shorter
caveat
- About the removed battery and parts
Please do not let children touch it.

Because the parts are small, if swallowed by mistake, it may become stuck in the throat,
Note
- To make it work properly after replacement
- Do not replace the battery with wet hands
This may cause rust.

- Do not touch or move any parts other than batteries.
- Do not bend the electrode

Fuse inspection/replacement
If the lamp does not light or electrical equipment does not work, the fuse
may be blown. Please check the fuse.

2 open the fuse box
Engine room (driver's side) Engine room (passenger side)
BTO62DQ006
Remove the cover while pressing the tab. Remove the cover while pressing the tab.
Remove Remove
Passenger seat footwell 6

Remove the foot cover,
Remove the fuse box cover. oh
hand
Remove Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
BTO62DP020
3 pull out the fuse

Pull out the fuse with a fuse remover
can do.
BTO62DQ008
Check if the fuse is blown

Four
do
1 normal
2 fuse blown
Follow the instructions on the fuse box.
Replace with a constant capacity fuse.
knowledge
- After replacing the fuse

- If the lamps do not light up even after replacing them, replace the
bulbs. (→P. 350)
- If the fuse blows again even after replacing it, have it checked at your Toyota dealer.
- If the circuit from the auxiliary battery is overloaded, The fuse is

designed to blow before the wiring is damaged.
- When replacing light bulbs
We recommend using genuine Toyota products specified for this vehicle. Some light bulbs are connected to
a special circuit that prevents overcurrent, so you may not be able to use anything other than genuine
Toyota products specified for this vehicle.
caveat
- To prevent car breakdowns and vehicle fires

If you do not follow these precautions, there is a risk of car malfunction, fire, or injury.
- Do not use a fuse other than the specified capacity or anything other than a
fuse.
- Be sure to use genuine Toyota fuses or equivalent products.
- Do not modify the fuse or fuse box.

- About the fuse box near the power control unit
Because high voltage parts and high voltage wiring are nearby, never inspect or
replace them.
Incorrect handling may result in electric shock and serious injury that may be
life-threatening.
Note
- before replacing the fuse

If you find that the cause of the fuse blowing is an excessive electrical load, have it checked
by your Toyota dealer.
6
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
Replacing light bulbs
You can replace the bulbs listed below yourself. The difficulty of replacing light bulbs varies
depending on the bulb. There is a risk of parts being damaged, so we recommend having
them replaced at a Toyota dealer.
Preparing the light bulb
Check the wattage (W) of the burnt out light bulb. (→P. 433)
valve position
- Front (vehicles equipped with automatic high beam)
1 2
1 headlamp high beam

2 Front direction indicator light/emergency flashing light
- rear
1 Reversing light
2 Rear direction indicator light/emergency flashing light
3 Door mirror lighting (bulb type)
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
How to change a light bulb
- Headlamp high beam (vehicles equipped with automatic high beam)

1 Press the tab and remove the connector.
Remove
BTO62DQ009
2 Turn the bulb to the left and remove it
BTO62DP025
3 install a new light bulb

1 2
1Attachment part and bulb tabs (3 pieces)
Place the light bulb as shown in the diagram so that the
Insert it at an angle of approximately 45°.
will be included.
2Turn the bulb to the right to secure it.

vinegar.
BTO62DP026
Four
Attach the connector
After installing the connector,
Gently shake the blanket to remove any wobble.
Make sure that the head is not

Turn on the high beam lamps and
The light from the lamp comes from the mounting part of the lamp.
Visually check that the

Sai.
BTO62DP027
- Front direction indicator light/emergency flashing light (vehicles equipped with automatic high beam)
1 Open the bonnet, press part A of the clip to remove the clip, and
remove the cover.
cover
BTO62DQ004
2 Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

Remove
BTO62DQ010
3 remove the light bulb 6
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
BTO62DP029
Four
Install the new bulb and plug it into the socket.
Insert the lamp into the lamp body and

Attach by rotating
After installing the socket,
Make sure that there is no

Turn on the turn signal lights/emergency flashing lights.
the run from the mounting part of the socket.

BTO62DP047
Visually check that no light is leaking from the
Please acknowledge.
Replace the engine compartment cover

Five
- How to attach the clip
1 Push up the center part of the clip
Ru
2 insert
3 Press the center of the clip
- Rear direction indicator light/emergency flashing light
1 Open the back door and screw

Remove (2 pieces)
BTO62DP130
2 Direct the lamp body toward the rear of the vehicle.
pull it
To prevent scratches, remove the lamp body.
(rear bumper, etc.)

Please apply tape.
BTO62DP231
3 Remove the cord from the tab and

Turn the bracket to the left to remove it.
Zusu 6
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
mosquito
Ta
Four
remove the light bulb
BTO62DP033
Five

Attach by rotating
Fix the cord to the claw as before.
vinegar.
6 The tabs on the lamp body side and the vehicle side
Align the position of the lamp body.

Push the vehicle forward
After installing the lamp body,

Around the main body (rear bumper, etc.)
Peel off the protective tape attached to
please.
7 Fix with screws (2)
BTO62DP130
- Reversing light
1 Open the back door and remove the cover.
Flathead screwdriver for notch

Insert and remove the
To prevent scratches, do not touch the tip of the screwdriver.
Wrap tape around the edges to protect them.
stomach.
BTO62DP035

Remove
BTO62DP036
3 remove the light bulb
oh
hand
Enter
Re
of
death
BTO62DP037 mosquito
Ta
Four

Attach by rotating
BTO62DP049
Replace the back door cover

Five
- Door mirror lighting (bulb type)

1 Push the top edge of the mirror surface to raise the mirror surface.
Orient it to the bottom of the mirror cover.

Apply protective tape
BTO62DP038
2 Negative wire wrapped with protective tape
Insert the tips of the screwdrivers (2).

Insert it in two places on the lower side of the mirror surface.
Remove the tabs from the mirror surface.
Hold the bottom and pull it toward you, then
Remove the tabs (two places on the top).

vinegar
Be careful not to drop the mirror surface.

Please do your work.
BTO62DP051
3 Remove the connector on the back

and remove the mirror surface.
Be careful not to drop the mirror surface.

Please do your work.
When holding a mirror surface, grease may be applied.
Be careful not to grab the marked areas.

Please to mind.
BTO12DP052
Four
Negative wire wrapped with protective tape
Insert the tip of the screwdriver
Remove the tabs with
side)
BTO62DP040
Remove the screws (2)

Five
BTO62DP057
6 Negative wire wrapped with protective tape

Insert the tip of the screwdriver
Remove the claw with
oh
hand
Enter
BTO62DP058 Re
of
7
death
Before removing the cover (lower side) mosquito
Ta
Store the mirror body in
The cover (lower side) stores the mirror body.
Otherwise, it cannot be removed.
BTO62DP059
8 Remove the cover (lower side)
BTO62DP060

Remove
BTO62DP042
Tenremove the light bulb
BTO62DP043
11 Install the new bulb and plug it into the socket.

Attach by rotating
After installing the socket,
Make sure that there is no

Turn on the light and remove the socket.
The light from the lamp is leaking from the mounting part.
BTO62DP050
Visually check that it is not there.
12 Before installing the cover (lower side)

Store the mirror body in
The cover (lower side) stores the mirror body.
It cannot be installed unless the

yeah.
BTO62DP061
13 Align the tabs and cover

Attach (lower side)
BTO62DP062
14 Restore the mirror body
oh
hand
Enter
BTO62DP063 Re
of
15 Fix with screws (2)
death
mosquito
Ta
BTO62DP444
16 Align the tabs and cover

Attach (upper side)
BTO62DP045
17 Also remove the connector you removed.

Attach as shown
BTO12DP053
Align the tabs and place them on the mirror surface.
Push the edge in and place it on the upper side of the mirror surface.
After fixing the two tabs,

Push in the bottom edge of the mirror surface to make it mirror surface.
Fix the two tabs on the bottom of the back.

do
Be sure to press two tabs at the same time.
The tab locks into place with a click sound.
Please make sure it has been done.
If you cannot hear the sound, press the button forcibly.
Remove the mirror surface without soaking it in.
Check that the position of the tab is correct.

please.
After fixing the mirror surface, remove the mirror cover.
Protective tape attached to the bottom of the bar
Please peel it off.

BTO62DP154
- To replace the following light bulbs
When the following lamps burn out, have them replaced at your Toyota dealer.
- Headlamp high beam (vehicles equipped with adaptive high beam system)
- headlamp low beam

- Vehicle width light
- LED daylight★/twilight light★

- cornering lamp★
- front fog lamp
- Front direction indicator light/emergency flashing light (vehicles equipped with adaptive high beam
system)
- Side direction indicator light/emergency flashing light
- tail light
- brake light
- high mount stop lamp

- Number light
- rear fog lamp★

- Door mirror lighting (LED type)
6
knowledge
oh
hand
- About LED lamps Enter
Re
Headlamp high beam (vehicles equipped with adaptive high beam system), headlamp of
death
low beam, width lights, LED daylight/dusk lights, cornering lamps, front fog lamps, mosquito
Ta
front direction indicator lights/emergency flashing lights (vehicles equipped with
adaptive high beam system), Side direction indicators/emergency flashing lights, tail
lights, brake lights, high-mount stop lamps, number lights, rear fog lights, and door
mirror lights (LED type) are composed of several LEDs. If even one LED does not light
up, have it replaced at your Toyota dealer.
- Water droplets and cloudiness inside the lens
Temporary clouding inside the lens does not cause any functional problems. However, in the following
cases, please consult your Toyota dealer.
- There are large water droplets on the inside of the lens.
- Water has accumulated inside the lamp
★
- When replacing light bulbs

→ P. 348
- When replacing the bulbs of the front direction indicator light (vehicles equipped with automatic high beams)/rear
direction indicator light/emergency flashing light
If the indicator light blinks abnormally quickly after replacing the light bulb, turn the
emergency flasher on and then off again.
If the light still flashes abnormally fast, please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
caveat
- to prevent injury
Turn off the power switch before removing the engine compartment cover.
There is a risk of getting burned by hot parts or getting caught in moving parts,
resulting in serious injury.
- when replacing a light bulb
- Please turn off the lamp. Do not replace it immediately after the light is turned
off, as it will be hot. You may get burned.
- Do not touch the glass part of the light bulb with bare hands. If you must hold
the glass part, use a dry, clean cloth to prevent oil or moisture from adhering to
the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is damaged or dropped, it may burn out or explode.
- Make sure to securely attach the light bulb and the parts that secure it. If it is not properly
attached, it may generate heat, catch fire, malfunction due to water seeping inside, or
fogging may occur inside the lens.
- To prevent car breakdowns and fires
Make sure the bulb is firmly installed in the correct position.
Note
- When replacing the door mirror lighting (bulb type)

If it is difficult to work because your tools or body touch the front door glass, open
the door glass to increase your work space. Forcibly working may cause damage to
the vehicle.
- Check after installing the engine room cover
Make sure it is securely installed in its original location.

365
In case of emergency
7
7-1. First of all
When something goes wrong...................366
(hazard lamp)..........367
Flaming cylinder...................................368
To stop the vehicle in an emergency......370
7-2. What to do in an emergency
About towing.......................371
When the warning light comes on......377
warning message
When displayed...................382
(tire puncture
(Vehicles equipped with emergency repair kit)....386

(Vehicle equipped with emergency tires)....400
hybrid system
If you cannot start......411
electronic key is working properly
When I'm not working......413

Auxiliary battery
When I got up......415
When overheating...420
When stuck......425
366 7-1. First of all
When something breaks down
In the event of a malfunction, immediately follow the instructions below.
The emergency flashing lights (→P. 367) are flashing.
While moving, pull the car to the shoulder of the road and stop.
Emergency flashing lights must be turned on if it is unavoidable due to malfunction, etc.
When parking on the street, please notify other vehicles.
I will use it.
On expressways and expressways,

follow the
- evacuate passengers
- Place a flare (→ P. 368) and a stop
sign at least 50m behind the vehicle.
50m or more
or use the stop indicator light. put at the back
･ If visibility is poor, move further back.
please leave it.
･ Use flare tubes in case of fuel leaks or tunnels.
Please do not use it inside the room.
- Then, evacuate to the outside of the guardrail.
knowledge
- About stop display boards and stop indicator lights
- If it is unavoidable on a highway or motorway

Stop display board stop indicator light
When parking or stopping, please use the stop sign board or the stop sign.
The display of indicator lights is required by law.

Masu.
- About purchasing stop indicator boards and stop indicator lights
Please contact your Toyota dealer.

stomach.
7-1. First of all 367
Emergency flashing lights (hazard lights)
If you are forced to park on the street due to a breakdown, please use this to notify
other vehicles.
press the switch

All direction lights flash.
Press it again to turn off the light.
knowledge
- About emergency flashing lights
If you use the emergency flashing light for a long time while the hybrid system is
stopped (READY indicator is not lit), the auxiliary battery may become exhausted.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
flare gun
Used as an emergency signal in the event of a breakdown or accident on expressways or railroad
crossings. (Do not use in tunnels or near flammable materials) Flame time is approximately 5 minutes.
Please use in conjunction with emergency flashing lights.
1 Remove the flare from the passenger seat footwell
BTO71DP002
2 Remove the main unit while turning it, and remove the main unit.
Insert it upside down
3 Remove the cap from the tip and apply a pickpocket to inflame it.
Rub the tip of the cylinder to ignite it.
Please be sure to use it outside the vehicle.
When igniting, point the tip of the tube toward your face or body.
Please don't. pickpocket

7-1. First of all 369
knowledge
- Expiry date of flare

Please purchase at your Toyota dealer before the expiry date shown on the device expires. If the
expiration date has passed, the flame may not ignite or the flame may become small.
caveat
- Places where you should not use flares
Do not use flares in the following locations:

This is dangerous as the smoke may impair visibility and may catch fire.
- inside the tunnel
- Near flammable materials such as gasoline
- Regarding handling of flares

Failure to follow these precautions is dangerous and may result in serious injury.
- While in use, do not point the flare at or near your face or body.
- Do not let children touch flares.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
To stop the vehicle in an emergency
In the unlikely event that the vehicle cannot stop, please stop the vehicle by following
the steps below.
1 Keep firmly pressing the brake pedal with both feet

Do not press the brake pedal repeatedly. This requires more force than usual and the braking
distance will be longer.
2 Put the shift lever in N

When the shift lever is in N
3 After slowing down, park your car safely on the side of the road.
Stop the hybrid system

Four
If the shift lever does not shift to N
3 Keep both feet on the brake pedal to slow down as much as possible.
Four
Press the power switch for more than 2 seconds
Continue, or quickly press three or more times in
succession to activate the hybrid system.
stop
Press for more than 2 seconds or
Press 3 or more times in a row
Five
Park your car safely on the side of the road
caveat
- When you have to stop the hybrid system while driving

The steering wheel becomes heavy, making it difficult to control the car, which can be
dangerous. Make sure to slow down sufficiently before stopping the Ibrid system.
7-2. What to do in an emergency 371
About towing
If possible, request towing from a Toyota dealer or a specialist company.

In that case, we recommend using a tow truck or vehicle transporter.
If you have no choice but to have another vehicle tow your vehicle with a rope, keep it as
short as possible, such as to the vehicle carrying the vehicle.
Situations where it is necessary to contact the dealer before towing
In the following cases, there may be a drive system failure, so please contact your
Toyota dealer or specialist.
- "Hybrid system malfunction. Do not tow this vehicle" is displayed on
the multi-information display and the vehicle does not start.
- there is an abnormal sound
When being towed by a tow truck
When towing forward When towing backwards
Ten thousand
one
BTO72DP217 BTO72DP007 of
place
Use a dolly to lift the rear wheel Use a dolly to lift the front wheel If
to
teeth
372 7-2. What to do in an emergency
When using a vehicle carrier

When transporting by vehicle, follow the instructions in the diagram.
tie down in place
in front
BTO72DQ001
Vehicles using chains, cables, etc.

When securing, use the corners shown in black in the diagram.
Lash so that the angle is 45°

When having your vehicle towed by another vehicle
1 Remove the towing hook (→P. 401, 388)

2 Use a flathead screwdriver to
remove the tab
To prevent scratches, use a flathead screwdriver.
Wrap cloth etc. around the tip of the bar to protect it.
please.
3 Insert the tow hook into the hole

Turn and tighten lightly.
wheel nut wrench or metal

Four
Attach securely using a hard stick, etc.
go
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
Five
Hang the rope on the tow hook to avoid damaging the vehicle body. teeth
Be careful not to damage the vehicle body. Also, please tow in the forward direction he
yes.
6 Attach a white cloth to the center of the rope

Within 25m
Cloth size:
0.3m square (30cm x 30cm) or more Within 5m
white cloth
Towing direction
7 The driver gets into the vehicle being towed and starts the hybrid system.
If the hybrid system does not start, set the power switch to ON mode.
intelligent clearance sonar★Please turn off. (→P. 264)
8 Set the shift lever of the vehicle being towed to N, then release the
parking brake.
While towing, be sure to match the speed of the vehicle in front, even when decelerating, so that the rope does not
slacken.
If the shift lever cannot shift: →P. 177
knowledge
- Purpose of towing hook

The tow hook is used when the vehicle is being towed, and is not for towing
another vehicle.
- When having your vehicle towed by another vehicle
If the hybrid system is stopped, the brakes may become less effective and steering
operations may become heavier than usual.
- About wheel nut wrench
It is installed in the luggage room. (→P. 401, 388)
- About emergency hooks
Can't run while stuck in a snowdrift etc.

When the car stops working, you have no choice but to pull the car over to another car.
It can be used to get

Masu. You cannot tow another vehicle.
★
caveat

- When being towed by a tow truck
Transport with all four wheels lifted.

stomach. Towing with tires on the ground
If the
It may pop out or the motor may rotate.
depending on the state of failure or damage.
may cause a fire.
BTO62DP209
- Regarding driving when being towed by another vehicle
- Avoid sudden starts that place excessive stress on the tow hook or rope. Doing
so may cause the tow hook or rope to break and the pieces to hit nearby
people, causing serious injury.
- Do not turn off the power switch. The handle may become locked and you
may not be able to operate the handle.
- When attaching the tow hook to the vehicle
Please attach it firmly in the specified position.

If the hook is not securely attached to the specified position, there is a risk of the hook coming off
7
when towing.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
Note
- When being towed by a tow truck
To prevent damage to the vehicle, use the warning lights as shown in the illustration.
Do not tow with a car.
BTO62DP010
- When securing a vehicle to a vehicle transport vehicle
Do not over-tighten cables, etc. This may result in damage to the vehicle.
- To prevent vehicle damage
- When having your vehicle towed by another vehicle, be sure to observe the following:
･ Do not use wire rope

･ Keep the speed below 30 km/h and the distance as short as possible, such as to the vehicle loaded
with vehicles.
･ Towing in the forward direction
･ Do not hang ropes on suspension parts, etc.
- Do not tow other vehicles, boats (trailer), etc. with this vehicle.
- When towing on a long downhill slope
Tow the vehicle with a tow truck with all four wheels lifted. If the vehicle is not towed
by a tow truck, the brakes may overheat and become ineffective.
- About emergency hooks
Please be sure to observe the following. Failure to do so may result in deformation of

the device or damage to the vehicle.
- Please do not use it unless it is unavoidable.
- Do not tow another vehicle with the emergency hook.
When the warning light comes on
If the warning light remains on or flashing, remain calm and take the following actions:
Even if the light lights up or flashes, it is not a malfunction if it then goes off. However,
if the same phenomenon occurs again, please have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
List of warning lights and warning buzzers
warning light Warning light name, warning details, and countermeasures
Brake warning light (warning buzzer) *1)

･ Lack of brake fluid
･ Brake system abnormality
It also lights up when the parking brake is not released.
(red)
If the light turns off after the release, it is normal.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer. It is dangerous to continue driving.
brake warning light

･ Abnormality of regenerative brake system
･ Abnormality of electronically controlled brake system
(yellow) ･ Parking brake system abnormality
→ Have it checked at your Toyota dealer immediately.
charging warning light *2
Charging system abnormality 7

→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer.
Ten thousand
one
Oil pressure warning light (warning buzzer)*2
of
Abnormal engine oil pressure place
If
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota to
teeth
dealer.
engine warning light

･ Hybrid system abnormality
･ Malfunction of engine electronic control system
･ Abnormality of electronically controlled throttle
SRS airbag/pretensioner warning light

･ Malfunction of SRS airbag system
･ Malfunction of seat belt system with pretensioner
ABS & brake assist warning light

･ ABS abnormality
･ Brake assist abnormality
Fuel level warning light
The remaining amount of fuel is approximately 8.4L or less.
→ Refuel
Seatbelt not fastened warning light (warning buzzer) *3) Not
wearing seatbelts on driver and passenger seats
→ Fasten your seat belt
master warning
When a system error occurs, it lights up or flashes along with the
buzzer and displays a warning message on the multi-information
display.
→ P. 383
Slip indicator light (when it remains lit)
An abnormality in one of the following functions
･ VSC abnormality
･ TRC abnormality
･ Malfunction of hill start assist control system

Flashes when ABS/VSC/TRC system is activated.
parking brake indicator light

The parking brake may not be fully applied or released.
→ Operate the parking brake switch again. Lights up when the

(blinking) parking brake is not released.
If the light turns off after the release, it is normal.
Brake hold operation indicator light *2

Brake hold system abnormality
(blinking) → Have it checked at your Toyota dealer immediately.
Power steering warning light (warning buzzer)

EPS (Electric Power Steering) abnormality
(red/yellow) → Have it checked at your Toyota dealer immediately.
PCS warning light *2

Temporary malfunction of the pre-crash safety system due to conditions such as
blazing sun, extremely cold environments, or dirty sensors, or an abnormality in the
pre-crash safety system.
→ Check the message displayed on the multi-information
(blinking or display. (→P. 228, 382)
lit) Pre-crash safety system is OFF or VSC
It also lights up when the (vehicle stability control) system is
stopped.
→ P. 228
LDA indicator light *2
LDA (Lane Departure Alert [with steering control function])

error
→ If "LDA is currently unavailable" is displayed on the multi-
information display, turn LDA off and then turn it on again
(yellow) after a while.
(→P. 232)
If any other message appears, follow the instructions in the
message.
ICS OFF indicator light★

Intelligent clearance sonar abnormality
→ Have it checked at a Toyota dealer.
In addition to system abnormalities, the warning light operates as follows.
(blinking) ･ Flashes when the system is temporarily unavailable due to
dirt on the sensor, etc. (→P. 271)
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
★
Brake override system warning light/Drive start control warning

light/ICS warning light★※2
brake override system
The brake override system was activated by pressing the
accelerator and brake pedals at the same time.
→ Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and step on the brake
pedal.
Brake override system error (warning buzzer)
→ Have it checked at your Toyota dealer
immediately. drive start control
The drive start control was activated due to a shift operation
performed with the accelerator pedal depressed (warning
buzzer).
→ Release the accelerator pedal immediately.
Drive start control error (warning buzzer)
→ Have it checked at your Toyota dealer
immediately. intelligent clearance sonar
When intelligent clearance sonar is activated (→P. 267)
→ Follow the instructions on the screen that appears.
High water temperature warning light (warning buzzer)*2
Engine coolant high temperature abnormality
→ Stop the vehicle and check. (→P. 420)
*1Parking brake not released warning buzzer:

→ P. 182
*2displayed on the multi-information display.
*3Driver/passenger seat belt warning buzzer:

A warning buzzer will sound once if the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 20 km/h without the
driver or passenger seat belt being fastened. After 24 seconds without wearing the driver's seat belt or
passenger's seat belt, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 30 seconds, and then the buzzer will
sound again for 90 seconds.
★
knowledge
- Regarding the operation of the occupant detection sensor of the seat belt non-wearing warning light
- Even if there are no occupants, if you place luggage on the seat, the sensor may detect the weight
and the warning light may flash.
- If a cushion is placed on the floor, the sensor may not detect an occupant and the warning light may not
operate.
- About power steering warning light/warning buzzer

If the auxiliary battery is insufficiently charged or the voltage temporarily drops, a warning
light may illuminate and a warning buzzer may sound.
- About the warning buzzer
Depending on the situation, the buzzer sound may not be audible due to external
noise or audio.
caveat
- When the power steering warning light comes on
When it lights up in yellow, the steering force assistance is limited, and when it lights up in red, the
steering force assistance is removed, making it very difficult to operate the steering wheel. If the steering
wheel operation is heavier than usual, hold the handle firmly and operate it more forcefully than usual.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
When a warning message appears
The multi-information display displays messages to warn you of system

failures, incorrect operations, and to notify you that maintenance is
required. If a message appears, take action according to the message
content.
1 master warning
A warning message is displayed on the
It lights up and flashes when
spray
3 Workaround
Please follow the message.
If the message appears again after the treatment, please contact your Toyota
dealer.
Messages and warning activations
The warning light and warning buzzer will change as follows depending on the message content. If
you are prompted to have your vehicle inspected at a dealership, please have your vehicle
inspected immediately by a Toyota dealer.
Dedicated warning light warning buzzer * Warning details
Failure of systems related to driving,

Leaving it as it is may lead to unexpected danger.
lit - can be
Important messages, such as warnings that there is a risk of
means sage.
The displayed system is at risk of failure.

lit or
- can be It means a message such as
blinking
vinegar.
This may cause damage to the vehicle or unexpected danger.
blinking - can be It means messages such as

To do.
Malfunctions, conditions, and maintenance of electrical components
lit - none means a message such as a notice

To do.
If you are not operating the vehicle correctly

blinking - none and advice on how to operate it.
Taste it.
7
The lighting conditions and buzzer sounding conditions may differ from those shown above. In that
case, please respond promptly according to the displayed information. Ten thousand
*Fires when the message is first displayed. one

of
place
If
to
teeth
knowledge
- About warning messages

The warning message displayed in the text may differ from the actual display depending on usage conditions and
vehicle specifications.
- When “Hybrid system high temperature output is being limited” is displayed

The message may appear during stressful driving situations (e.g. driving up a long
hill).
How to deal with it P. 420
- When "The power was automatically turned off to protect the battery" is displayed
A message will be displayed when the auto power off function is activated. Next time hybrid
When starting the hybrid system, leave the hybrid system operating for approximately 5
minutes to charge the auxiliary battery.
- When "Front camera temporarily unavailable. Please wait for a while" or "Front camera temporarily
unavailable. Please remove dirt or fog from the glass" is displayed.
The following systems will be temporarily unavailable or until we take

action. (→P. 228, 382)
- PCS (Pre-crash safety system)
- Radar cruise control (with all vehicle speed tracking function)
- adaptive high beam system★

- automatic high beam★
- When a message asking you to check the instruction manual is displayed
- If the message "Engine coolant is high. Stop in a safe place and check the owner's
manual" is displayed, follow the steps (→P. 420).
- If the message "AT oil high temperature, please check the instruction manual" is displayed,
follow the steps below.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, shift the shift lever to P, and leave the engine
running until the temperature drops.
If the message does not disappear after a while, please contact your Toyota dealer.
- If the message "Brake force has decreased due to a malfunction. Stop in a safe place and check the
instruction manual" is displayed, there may be a malfunction. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. It is dangerous to continue running.
★
- If the message "Auxiliary battery (for starting) is insufficiently charged. Please check the instruction
manual" is displayed, follow the steps below.
· A few seconds later *When the display disappears,
Keep the hybrid system operating for about 15 minutes or more to charge the
auxiliary battery.
･ If the display does not disappear
Start the hybrid system by following the steps in "When the auxiliary battery is
dead" (→ P. 415).
*Displayed for approximately 6 seconds.
- When “Please check at a store” is displayed

A problem has occurred with the system or part whose name is displayed in the warning
message.
Please have it checked promptly at your Toyota dealer.
- About the warning buzzer
Depending on the situation, the buzzer sound may not be audible due to external
noise or audio.
- When the message “Please have the drive battery cooling parts maintained at your dealer” is
displayed
The filter may be clogged, the cooling inlet may be blocked, or there may be a gap
in the duct. Please have your drive battery cooling parts serviced by a Toyota
dealer.
Note
7
- If the message "Some air conditioners and heaters are being restricted due to high power consumption" is displayed
frequently.
Ten thousand
There may be an abnormality in the charging system or the auxiliary battery may have deteriorated. Please have it one
of
checked at your Toyota dealer. place
If
to
- If the message “Auxiliary battery (for starting) is insufficiently charged, please check the instruction teeth
manual” is displayed frequently.
The auxiliary battery may have deteriorated. If left in this condition, there is a risk
of the auxiliary battery becoming flat, so have the auxiliary battery checked by
your Toyota dealer.

( Vehicles equipped with an emergency tire puncture repair kit)
Vehicles equipped with an emergency tire puncture repair kit are not equipped with a spare
tire.
If your tire becomes flat, you can make an emergency repair using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. You can make an emergency repair for minor punctures caused by nails,
screws, etc. (Each bottle of puncture repair fluid can only repair one tire in an emergency.)
For repair or replacement of tires repaired using the emergency tire puncture
repair kit, please contact your Toyota dealer.
caveat
- About driving with a flat tire

Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even short distances is dangerous
as it may damage the tires and wheels beyond repair or lead to an unexpected
accident.
Before making emergency repairs
- Move to a safe location with firm, flat ground.

- apply the parking brake
- Move the shift lever to P
- Stop the hybrid system
- Flashing the emergency flashing lights (→ P. 367)
- Check the extent of tire damage
Where there are nails or screws stuck in the

If this happens, have the tire repaired immediately.
Please.
･ Nails or screws stuck in the tire
Please do not remove the ji etc.
If you remove it, the hole will be big.
Too much damage, making it impossible to perform emergency repairs.
There may be times when

BTO72DP029
･ Prevent puncture repair fluid from leaking.
In order to
If the puncture is
Move the vehicle so that
please.
knowledge
- Punctures that cannot be repaired with an emergency repair kit 7
In the following cases, emergency repair cannot be performed using the emergency repair kit. Please contact your Toyota
dealer. Ten thousand
one
of
- When the tires are damaged due to driving with insufficient tire pressure. place
If
- When there are holes or damage on areas other than the contact surface, such as on the side of the tire. to
teeth
- When the tire is clearly detached from the wheel

- When the tire has a cut or puncture of approximately 4 mm or more
- When the wheel is damaged

- When two or more tires are flat
- When one tire has two or more cuts or punctures
Location of emergency tire puncture repair kit/tools
2
3
6 Five Four
BTO72DQ104
1 tool bag jack *

Four
2 jack handle tow hook
Five
3 wheel nut wrench 6 Emergency tire puncture repair kit
*How to use a jack (→P. 405)

Contents of the emergency tire puncture repair kit/names of each part
1 hose Four
electrical plug
2 air release cap Five

air pressure gauge
3 label 6 power switch
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
How to take out the emergency repair kit
1 Remove the deck board (→P. 309)

2 Take out the emergency repair kit
BTO72DQ105
When performing emergency repairs
1 Take out the emergency repair kit

2 From the valve of a flat tire
Remove the valve cap
BTO72DP030
3 Extend the hose to release air

remove the cap
Do not use the air release cap again.
Please keep it in a safe place so that you do not lose it.
stomach.
BTO72DP031
Four
Connect the hose to the valve
Turn the end of the hose clockwise,
Screw it in as far as possible.
Ten thousand
one
of
BTO72DP032 place
If
to
compressor switch
Five teeth
Make sure it's OFF
BTO72DP033
6 Remove the rubber stopper from the compressor
vinegar
BTO72DP034
7 compressor power plug

remove
BTO72DP035
8 compressor power plug

Plug into accessory socket
(→P. 313)
BTO72DP036
9 Connect the bottle to the compressor

do
Make sure it is connected firmly.
Please.
BTO72DP037
TenAttach the two included labels as shown.

paste each
Thoroughly wipe dirt and moisture from the wheels.
Please take it off and paste the label on it.

stomach. Unable to paste labels
If not, have the tires replaced at a Toyota dealer.
Inject puncture repair liquid when repairing or replacing
Please be sure to let us know that you have already registered.

7
stomach.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
11 Check the specified tire pressure

Check the air pressure label on the driver's side.
You can. (→P. 338)
BTO72DP039
12 Start the hybrid system

13 Turn on the compressor
and fill it with puncture repair fluid and air.
do
BTO72DP040
14 Until the air pressure reaches the specified air pressure
fill 1
1Temporarily the air pressure gauge is 300~
400kPa (3.0~4.0kg/cm2) and
then gradually decreases.
2After turning on the switch 1
About 15 minutes (at low temperatures, about 15 minutes)
degree) to the actual air pressure.

vinegar.
2
Switch off the compressor
Please check. air intake
Be careful not to let it get too hot and keep it at the specified air pressure.
Repeat filling and checking until the

Sai.
BTO72DP041
If the specified air pressure cannot be reached even after filling for 10 minutes or more (35 minutes or more
if the temperature is low), emergency repairs cannot be performed. Turn off the compressor and contact
your Toyota dealer.
If you inflate too much, let out the air until the specified air pressure is
reached. (→P. 397, 433)
15 Make sure the compressor switch is OFF, then remove the power plug
from the accessory socket and remove the emergency repair kit hose
from the tire valve.
Puncture repair fluid may leak when removing the hose.
16 Attach the valve cap to the temporarily repaired tire valve.

17 Air escapes at the end of the bottle hose.
and attach the cap.
If you do not install the air release cap
Puncture repair fluid may leak and make your car dirty.
There is a possibility.
BTO72DP042
Once the bottle and compressor are connected, store them in the luggage
compartment.
To spread the puncture repair liquid evenly inside the tire, About 5km quickly
Drive safely at a speed of 80 km/h or less
After driving, stop on a flat surface and restart the vehicle.
Connect the degree compressor
Ten thousand
BTO72DP043
one
of
Turn on the compressor
2
place
If
After a few seconds, press the switch. 3 to
1
teeth
Turn off and check air pressure
1 Air pressure is 130kPa (1.3kg/
cm2): Emergency repair
you can't. Please contact your Toyota dealer.
Contact Please
2 Air pressure is 130kPa (1.3kg/ BTO72DP044
cm2) or more, but less than the specified

air pressure: Go to step
3 If the air pressure is the specified air pressure (→P. 433): Procedure fart
Turn on the compressor switch, fill with air to the specified air pressure, and
repeat the steps again after driving approximately 5 km.
Air escapes at the end of the bottle hose.
and attach the cap.
If you do not install the air release cap
Puncture repair fluid may leak and make your car dirty.
There is a possibility.
BTO72DP045
Store the bottle and compressor connected in the luggage compartment
Avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration, and sudden steering, and drive carefully to the Toyota
dealership within approximately 100 km and at a speed of 80 km/h or less.
knowledge
- About tire valves after emergency repair

When using the emergency repair kit, replace the tire valve with a new one.
- Regarding inspection of emergency repair kits
Please check the expiry date of the puncture repair fluid regularly. The
expiration date is displayed on the bottle.
Do not use puncture repair fluid that has expired. Repairs using the emergency
repair kit may not be successful.
- About emergency repair kits
- The emergency repair kit is for air filling car tires.

- Puncture repair fluid has an expiration date. The expiration date is displayed on the
bottle. Please replace it before it expires. For replacement, please contact your Toyota
dealer.
- One puncture repair liquid bottle can perform one emergency repair on one tire. To replace the
puncture repair fluid you used, please contact your Toyota dealer. The compressor can be used
repeatedly.
- Can be used when the outside temperature is -40℃ to 60℃.
- Only for tires installed on vehicles equipped with emergency repair kits. Do not use for tires other
than the specified tire size or for other purposes.
- If puncture repair fluid gets on your clothes, it may stain your clothes.
- If puncture repair fluid gets on the wheel or body, it may not be possible to remove it
if left unattended. Please wipe it off immediately with a wet cloth.
- The compressor makes a loud noise while it is operating, but this is not a malfunction.
- Do not use it to check or adjust tire pressure.

- When you put in too much air
1 Remove the hose from the tire
2 Place an air release cap on the end of the hose.

then place the protruding part of the cap on the tire valve.
Press to remove air
BTO72DP046
Ten thousand
one
3 Remove the air relief cap from the hose and reconnect the hose of
place
If
Turn on the compressor, wait a few seconds, then turn it off and check the air
Four to
pressure gauge. teeth
If the air pressure is lower than the specified air pressure, turn on the compressor again and fill
with air until the specified air pressure is reached.
caveat
- About emergency repair kits
- Store the emergency repair kit in the designated location. This is dangerous as the
emergency repair kit may fly out during sudden braking, resulting in damage or an
unexpected accident.
- Emergency repair kits are for your vehicle only. Please do not use it on other cars. It is
dangerous to use it on other vehicles as it may lead to an unexpected accident.
- Do not use for tires other than the specified tire size or for other purposes. Punctures are
dangerous as they may not be completely repaired and may lead to an unexpected accident.
- About puncture repair fluid
- It is harmful to your health if swallowed accidentally. In this case, drink as much water as
possible and seek medical attention immediately.
- If it gets in your eyes or on your skin, rinse thoroughly with water. If you still
feel abnormal, please consult a doctor.
- When repairing a flat tire in an emergency
- Stop the vehicle on a safe, level surface.

- Do not touch the area around the wheels or brakes immediately after driving.The areas
around the wheels or brakes may be hot immediately after driving, so if you touch them
with your hands or feet, there is a risk of burns.
- With the tire mounted on the vehicle, connect the valve and hose securely.
- If the connection is insufficient, there is a risk of air leakage or puncture repair fluid
scattering.
- If the hose comes off during filling, the pressure may cause the hose to move suddenly, which is
dangerous.
- After filling, the puncture repair fluid may scatter when you remove the hose or
let the air out.
- Perform emergency repairs according to the work procedure. If you do not follow
the instructions, the puncture repair fluid may squirt out.
- To avoid the risk of exploding, stay away from the tire being repaired while the
emergency repair kit is in operation. If the tire is cracked or deformed, immediately
switch off the kit and stop repair work.
- Emergency repair kits can overheat when operated for extended periods of time. Do not
operate continuously for more than 35 minutes.
caveat
- When the emergency repair kit is in operation, some parts will become hot. Please handle with
care during and after use. The metal parts where the bottle and compressor connect become
particularly hot, so do not touch them during or immediately after use.
- Do not affix the speed limit label anywhere other than the designated location. If you apply it
to the SRS airbag deployment area, such as the pad part of the steering wheel, the SRS airbag
may not operate properly.
- About driving to spread the repair liquid evenly
- Drive slowly and carefully. Be especially careful when making curves or turns.
- If the vehicle does not drive straight or if the steering wheel is lost, stop the
vehicle and check the following:
･ Check the tires. The tire may have come off the wheel.
･ Check the air pressure. If it is less than 130kPa, the tire may have suffered
significant damage.
Note
- When performing emergency repairs
- Perform emergency repairs without removing nails or screws stuck in the tire. If
removed, the emergency repair kit may no longer be able to perform emergency
repairs.
- Emergency repair kits are not waterproof. When it rains, avoid getting water 7
on it when using it.
- Do not place the product directly on sandy or other dusty areas. Inhaling dust, Ten thousand
one
etc. may cause malfunction. of
place
If
- About emergency repair kits to
teeth
- The emergency repair kit is for DC12V only. Cannot be used with other power sources.
- If the emergency repair kit gets splashed with gasoline, it may deteriorate. Make sure that
gasoline does not come into contact with it.
- Store the emergency repair kit away from dust and water.
- Store the emergency repair kit in the designated location and be careful not to allow children to
accidentally touch it.
- Never disassemble or modify the product. Also, do not apply shock to pressure
gauges, etc. This may cause a malfunction.
In case of a flat tire (vehicles equipped with emergency tires)
Replace the flat tire with the emergency tire provided. (Please refer to
page 337 for detailed explanation about tires)
caveat
- When your tire gets flat

Do not drive with a flat tire.
Even short distances are dangerous as they may damage the tires and wheels beyond
repair or lead to an unexpected accident.
Before lifting the vehicle with a jack
- Move to a safe location with firm, flat ground.

- apply the parking brake
- Move the shift lever to P
- Stop the hybrid system
- Flashing the emergency flashing lights (→P. 367)
Tool and jack location
2
3
6 Five Four
BTO72DQ003
1 tool bag jack

Four
2 jack handle Five
emergency tires
3 wheel nut wrench 6 tow hook
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
caveat
- About using a jack

If you mishandle the jack, your vehicle may fall, resulting in serious injury or, in
the worst case, death.
- Do not use the jack for any purpose other than changing tires, installing or removing
tire chains.
- The provided jack can only be used on your car, so do not use it on other cars
or use the jack from another car on your car.
- Place the jack correctly in the jack set position.
- Do not put your body under a car that is supported by a jack.
- Do not start the hybrid system or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is supported
on a jack.
- Do not lift the car with someone inside
- When lifting a car, do not place anything on or under the jack.
- When lifting your car, do not raise it above the height where you can change a tire.
- If you need to crawl under the car to work, use jack stands.
- When lowering your vehicle, make sure there are no people around, and if there are people, call out to them before
lowering the vehicle.

How to remove the jack

2 take out the tool bag
hook
3 Hook the jack fixing band
fixing hole1remove from
take out the jack

Four
1
BTO72DP223
knowledge
- About the jack fixing band

Jack fixing band hook fixing hole1from
When removed, twist the band and tighten the fixing hole.
2You can put a hook on it.
How to remove emergency tires

7
2 Remove the luggage undertray Ten thousand
one
Remove of
place
If
to
teeth
BTO53DQ103
3 Remove the clasp and remove the spare tire.

take out
The spare tire clasp is hard and won't roll.
If not, use the vehicle's wheel nut lever.
Please use the (Secure the tires.)
Attach the fasteners by hand when

please. Use tools such as wrenches
please do not. )
BTO72DP014
caveat
- When storing emergency tires

Be careful not to get your fingers caught between the body and the emergency tire.
Replacing a flat tire

1 wheel chock* do
*Purchase wheel chocks at a Toyota dealer.
can do.
flat tire Wheel chock position
left Behind the right rear wheel

front wheel
right side Behind left rear wheel
left In front of right front wheel
Rear wheel
right side In front of left front wheel
2 Loosen the nut slightly (approximately 1 turn).
Melt
7
BTO72DP016
3 jack's1turn the part by hand Ten thousand
one
and set the jack in the jack groove. of
hang firmly in position place
If
to
teeth
Jack the wheel nut wrench.

Four
Attach to the key handle
BTO72DP018
Five
Until the tires are slightly off the ground.
Then raise the vehicle
BTO72DP019
6 Remove all nuts and tie

remove the
When placing the tire directly on the ground,
the surface of the eel to prevent scratches.
on top.
BTO72DP020
caveat
- About tire replacement
- Immediately after driving, do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes.
The area around the disc wheels and brakes will be hot immediately after driving, so if
you touch them when changing a tire, etc., there is a risk of burns.
- If you do not follow the instructions below, the nut may loosen and the wheel
may fall off, resulting in serious injury or, in the worst case, death.
･ Do not apply oil or grease to the threaded parts.
When tightening the nut, you may tighten it more than necessary, which
may damage the bolt or the disc wheel. Also, the nut may loosen and the
wheel may fall. Wipe off any oil or grease on the threads.
･ After replacing the wheel, immediately tighten the nut with a force of 103 N·m (1050 kgf·
cm).
･ When installing the tire, use nuts designed specifically for the wheel you are using. ･ If there are any
abnormalities such as cracks or cracks in the threaded parts of bolts and nuts, or in the bolt holes of the
wheel, have them inspected at your Toyota dealer. receive
･ When installing the nut, be sure to install it with the tapered part
inside (→P. 339)
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
Installing emergency tires
1 Wipe off dirt from wheel contact surface

Ru
If the wheel contact surface is dirty, driving
The nut inside became loose and the tire came off.
There is a risk of
BTO72DP021
2 Attach the emergency tires and Taper part

by hand until it does not shake.
Temporarily tighten the nut
The tapered part of the nut is the seat of the wheel.
Rotate until it lightly touches the
Seat part
BTO72DP022
3 lower the vehicle
BTO72DP024
Four
Tighten the nuts two or three times in the numerical
order shown in the diagram.
Tightening torque:
2
103N·m (1050kgf·cm) Four
Five
1
3
BTO72DP025
Store all tools, jacks, and flat tires

Five
knowledge
- About emergency tires

- TEMPORARY USE ONLY is written on the side of the tire. Please use for
emergency purposes only.
- Be sure to check the air pressure. (→P. 433)
- When installing emergency tires
The vehicle height is lower than when standard tires are installed.
- When the front tire goes flat on a snowy or icy road
1 Replace the rear wheel with an emergency tire
2 Replace the punctured front wheel with the removed rear wheel.
3 Attach the tire chain to the front wheel
caveat
- When using emergency tires

- Please do not use it on other vehicles as it is designed exclusively for your car.
- Do not use more than one emergency tire at the same time.
- Replace with regular tires as soon as possible.
- Avoid sudden engine braking caused by sudden acceleration, sudden steering, sudden
braking, or sudden shifting.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
caveat
- When installing emergency tires

Accurate vehicle speed may not be detected and the following systems may not
operate properly.
･ABS ･VSC
･ Brake assist ･ PCS (Pre-crash safety system)
･LDA (Lane Departure Alarm) stem)
(With steering control function) ･ Automatic high beam★
･ Radar cruise control (all ･ Adaptive high beam system★
(with vehicle speed tracking function) ･ GPS voice navigation★
･ Clearance sonar★ ･EPS
･ Intelligent clearance sensor ･ Back guide monitor★
Na★ ･ Panoramic view monitor (left and right)
･TRC (with confirmation support)★
In addition, the following systems may not only not perform to their full potential, but may also have a
negative impact on the drive train components.
･ Electric 4WD system

- Speed limit when using emergency tires
When equipped with emergency tires, do not drive at speeds above approximately
80 km/h.
Emergency tires are not suitable for high-speed driving and may lead to unexpected
accidents.
Note
- About installing tire chains

Do not attach tire chains to emergency tires. Tire chains may hit the vehicle
body, damaging the vehicle or adversely affecting driving.
★
When the hybrid system cannot start
The reason why the hybrid system cannot start varies depending on the situation.
Please check the following and take appropriate action.
The hybrid system cannot be started even after following the correct hybrid system starting method (→ P.
165).
Possible causes are:

- The electronic key may not be working properly. (→P. 413)
- There may be no fuel in it.
Please refuel.
- There may be a problem with the immobilizer system. (→P. 66)
- There may be a problem with the steering lock system.
- There may be an electrical system problem, such as a dead electronic key battery
or a blown fuse. Depending on the type of abnormality, the hybrid system can be
started as a temporary measure. (→P. 412)
If the interior lights/headlights are dim/the horn sound is low or does not sound
Possible causes are:

- The auxiliary battery may be dead. (→P. 415)
- The auxiliary battery terminal may be loose. (→P. 331)
7
If the interior lights/headlamps do not turn on/the horn does not sound Ten thousand
one
Possible causes are: of
place
If
- The auxiliary battery may be dead. (→P. 415) to
- The auxiliary battery terminal may be disconnected. (→P. 331)

teeth
If you do not know what to do, or if the hybrid system cannot start even after taking the
necessary measures, please contact your Toyota dealer.
Emergency start function
If the hybrid system does not start using the normal hybrid system startup
procedure, the hybrid system may start using the following procedure.
Do not start using this method except in an emergency.

1 Make sure the parking brake is applied Make sure
2 the shift lever is in P position
3 Set the power switch to accessory mode
Four
Firmly press the brake pedal and hold down the power switch for about 15 seconds or
more.
Even if the hybrid system starts using the above method, there is a possibility that the system has
malfunctioned. Please have it inspected immediately by your Toyota dealer.
When the electronic key does not work properly
If communication between the electronic key and the vehicle is interrupted (→P.
120) or the electronic key battery runs out, the smart entry & start system and
wireless remote control will no longer be usable. In this case, you can open the
door or start the hybrid system by following the steps below.
Locking/unlocking the door
Using the mechanical key (→P. 92)

You can do the following:
1 All doors locked
3
Four 1
2 Door glass closes (keep turning)
)* 2
3 All doors unlocked
Door glass opens (keep turning)

Four BTO72DP049
)*
How to start the hybrid system

1 With the shift lever in P position, press the brake pedal.
2 Toyota emblem side of electronic key
and touch the power switch 7
When the electronic key is recognized, a buzzer sounds,
Switch to ON mode. Ten thousand
one
of
Smart engine with vehicle customization function place
If the tree and start system is set to If

to
When activated, the accessor teeth
Switch to Lee mode.
3 Firmly press the brake pedal and turn on the multi-information
on display Make sure that is displayed
Four
press the power switch
If the product does not work even after taking the measures, please contact your Toyota dealer.
knowledge
- How to stop the hybrid system

In the same way as stopping a normal hybrid system, move the shift lever to P and
press the power switch.
- About battery replacement
The method of starting the hybrid system described here is a temporary measure. If
the battery runs out, we recommend replacing it immediately. (→P. 345)
- About auto alarm
If the door is locked with a mechanical key, the auto alarm will not be set.
- About changing the power switch mode

If you take your foot off the brake pedal and press
3 the power switch in the procedure for
starting the hybrid system, the hybrid system will not start and the mode will change each
time you press the switch. (→P. 166)
- If the electronic key does not work properly
- Check the settings of the smart entry & start system in the vehicle
customization function, and if it is inactive, change the setting to enable it. (→P.
438)
- Make sure your electronic key is not set to power saving mode. If it is
set, please cancel it. (→P. 120)
caveat
- When operating the door glass using the mechanical key
Make sure that there is no risk of anyone getting caught in the door glass before
operating it. Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical keys. There is a
risk that children or other people may become trapped or caught in the door glass.
When the auxiliary battery goes dead
If the auxiliary battery is dead, you can start the hybrid system by
following the steps below.
If you have a booster cable and a rescue vehicle with a 12V battery, you
can start the hybrid system by following these steps.
1 Make sure you have an electronic key with you
confirm
When connecting the booster cable, if
Therefore, the auto alarm will activate and
The door will be locked dynamically (. →P. 68)
2 Open the hood and remove the fuse box.

open the box
BTO62DQ006 7
3 Rescue end inside fuse box

open the child cover Ten thousand
one
of
Open the cover by pulling the tab lightly. place
If
Masu to
teeth
BTO72DQ006
Four
Connect the booster cables in the following order
Four 3
BTO72DQ007
1 Connect the red booster cable to your vehicle's rescue terminal
2 Connect the other end of the red booster cable to the + terminal of the rescue
vehicle's battery.
3 Connect the black booster cable to the - terminal of the rescue vehicle's battery.
Connect the other end of the black booster cable to an unpainted

Four
metal part (a fixed part as shown)
Five
Start the rescue vehicle's engine, turn the engine slightly higher, and charge your vehicle's auxiliary
battery for about 5 minutes.
6 Open or close any door with the power switch turned OFF
7 While keeping the rescue vehicle's engine running, turn the power
switch to ON mode and start the hybrid system.
8 Make sure the READY indicator lights up
If the light does not light up, please contact your Toyota dealer.
9 Once the hybrid system starts, disconnect the booster cables in the reverse
order of connection.
Even if the hybrid system starts, have it checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
knowledge
- About starting when the auxiliary battery is dead
This vehicle cannot be started by pushing.

- When the hybrid system is stopped, turn off the lamps and air conditioner.
- When the vehicle is stopped for a long time due to traffic jams, etc., turn off unnecessary electrical equipment.
- About auxiliary battery

→ P. 331
- About charging the auxiliary battery
Even when the vehicle is not in use, the power in the auxiliary battery is consumed little by little
due to consumption by some electrical components and natural discharge. Therefore, if the
vehicle is left unused for a long period of time, the auxiliary battery may die and the hybrid system
may not be able to start. (The auxiliary battery is automatically charged while the hybrid
system is operating.)
- When the auxiliary battery is dead or removed, etc.
- When charging or replacing the auxiliary battery, make sure that the key is not in the
vehicle. If the auto alarm is activated, the key may become trapped inside the
vehicle. (→P. 68)
- Immediately after removing and installing the auxiliary battery, the door may not be
unlocked using the smart entry and start system. If you are unable to unlock the door, use
the wireless remote control or mechanical key to unlock/lock it. 7
- After removing and installing the auxiliary battery, the hybrid system may not start at the first
start operation, but this is not a malfunction. Please perform the starting operation again. Ten thousand
one
of
- The vehicle always remembers the power status. When the auxiliary battery is removed, the vehicle will place
If
return to the state it was in before the auxiliary battery was removed. When removing or installing the to
teeth
auxiliary battery, turn off the power switch first.
If the condition of the auxiliary battery before it goes dead is unknown, be especially careful when connecting
the auxiliary battery.
- Please initialize the power backdoor system. (→P. 111)

caveat
- To prevent the auxiliary battery from catching fire or exploding
The flammable gas generated from the auxiliary battery may ignite and cause an explosion,
which is dangerous, so please observe the following to prevent fire or sparks.
- Do not connect the booster cable to any terminal other than the correct one.
- Do not let the tip of the booster cable connected to the + terminal come into contact with nearby brackets or
unpainted metal parts.
- Never let the + and – terminals of the booster cable touch each other.
- Do not smoke or start a fire with matches or lighters near auxiliary equipment batteries.
- Regarding handling of auxiliary battery
The auxiliary battery contains a toxic and corrosive acidic electrolyte, and related parts
contain lead or a mixture of lead, so be sure to observe the following precautions when
handling the battery:
- When handling auxiliary equipment batteries, wear safety goggles to prevent the liquid (acid) from getting on
your skin, clothing, or vehicle body.
- Do not bring your face or head closer to the auxiliary battery than necessary.
- If battery fluid accidentally gets on your body or in your eyes, immediately wash it with plenty of water
and seek medical attention immediately.
Also, keep a sponge or cloth dampened with water on the affected area until you see a doctor.
- If you accidentally swallow battery acid, drink plenty of water and seek medical attention
immediately.
- Wash your hands after handling auxiliary battery supports, terminals, and other related parts.
- Keep children away from the auxiliary battery
- After dealing with a dead auxiliary battery

Please have the auxiliary battery checked at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. If the auxiliary
equipment battery has deteriorated, if you continue to use it as is, it is dangerous as it may emit strange
odor gas, which may pose a health hazard to the passengers.
- About replacing the auxiliary battery
→ P. 332
Note
- Regarding handling of booster cables

When connecting or disconnecting the booster cable, be careful not to get it
caught in the cooling fan or belt.
- About rescue terminals
This car's rescue terminal is for emergency charging of the auxiliary battery
from another car. Do not use this rescue terminal to rescue another vehicle's
dead battery.
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
When it overheats
Overheating may occur in the following cases:

- The water temperature gauge (→P. 76) needle in the meter enters the red
zone, or the output of the hybrid system decreases (e.g. no speed).
- `Èngine coolant high temperature, please check the instruction manual'' is
displayed on the multi-information display, or ``Hybrid system high
temperature output is being limited'' is displayed.
- Steam comes out from the engine room
Workaround
- When the water temperature gauge needle in the meter enters the red zone or "Engine
coolant is high in temperature. Please check the instruction manual" is displayed on the
multi-information display.
1 Stop in a safe place, turn off the air conditioner, and then stop the
hybrid system.
2 If steam is coming out:
After making sure that steam is no longer coming out, carefully open the
bonnet.
If no steam is coming out:

Open the bonnet carefully
3 Hybrid system is sufficient
After it has cooled down, turn on the radiator.
A part (heat dissipation part), hose, etc.

Check for cooling water leaks.
1 radiator
1
2 fan
If there is a large amount of cooling water leakage,
2 BTO72DQ008
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
please.
Four
The amount of coolant is the reservoir tank.
“FULL” (upper limit) of
Between “LOW” (lower limit)
1
check if there is
1 Reservoir tank 2
2 “FULL” (upper limit)
3
3 “LOW” (lower limit)
BTO72DQ009
Five
If there is insufficient cooling water,
Replenish cooling water
If there is no cooling water, as an emergency measure
Please replenish water.
BTO72DQ010
6 Start the hybrid system and check the multi-information display
If the display does not disappear:
Stop the hybrid system and contact your Toyota dealer

If the display is off:
Have it inspected at your nearest Toyota dealer
7
Ten thousand
one
of
place
If
to
teeth
- When “Hybrid system high temperature output is being limited” is

1 park in a safe place
2 Stop the hybrid system and carefully open the hood
3 Hybrid system is sufficient
After it has cooled down, turn on the radiator.
A part (heat dissipation part), hose, etc.

Check for cooling water leaks.
1 radiator
1
2 fan
If there is a large amount of cooling water leakage,
2 BTO72DQ008
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
please.
Four
The amount of coolant is the reservoir tank.
1
“FULL” (upper limit) of
Between “LOW” (lower limit)
check if there is 2
1 Reservoir tank 3
2 “FULL” (upper limit)

3 “LOW” (lower limit)
BTO72DQ011
Five
If there is insufficient cooling water,
Replenish cooling water
If there is no cooling water, as an emergency measure
Please replenish water.
BTO72DQ012
6 Wait at least 5 minutes after stopping the hybrid system, then start
the hybrid system and check the multi-information display.
If the display does not disappear:
Stop the hybrid system and contact your Toyota dealer

If the display is off:
Normal driving is possible as the temperature of the hybrid system has
decreased. However, if it continues to appear frequently after that, please contact
your Toyota dealer.
caveat
- While inspecting the engine room

Failure to follow these precautions may result in serious injury such as burns.
- If steam is coming out of the engine compartment, do not open the bonnet until the
steam has stopped coming out. Due to the high temperature inside the engine
compartment, it is dangerous and can cause serious injury.
- After the hybrid system is stopped,Make sure the READY indicator is off.
Please check with. When the hybrid system is operating, the gasoline engine
may start automatically, or the cooling fan may suddenly start running even
when the gasoline engine is stopped. If you touch or approach rotating parts
such as belts or fans, your hands or clothing (especially neckties, scarves,
mufflers, etc.) may get caught in them, causing serious injury.
7
- Do not open the coolant reservoir cap while the hybrid system and radiator
are hot.
This is dangerous as high-temperature steam and cooling water may spray out due to pressure, Ten thousand
one
causing serious injury such as burns. of
place
If
to
teeth
Note
- When adding cooling water
Please wait until the hybrid system has cooled down before inserting it slowly. If you
suddenly turn on cold coolant when the hybrid system is hot, there is a risk of
damage to the hybrid system.
- To prevent cooling system failure

- Do not allow foreign matter (sand, dust, etc.) to mix with the cooling water.
- Do not use cooling water additives

When you get stuck
If the tires spin or become stuck in muddy, sandy, or snowy roads, try
the following methods.
1 Apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P to stop the
hybrid system.
2 Remove dirt, snow, etc. from around the front wheels
3 Place something like a tree or stone under the front wheel.
Restart the hybrid system

Four
Put the shift lever in D or R, release the parking brake, and carefully
Five
press the accelerator pedal.
knowledge
- When it is difficult to escape
Press to turn off TRC.
Ten thousand
caveat one
of
place
- when to escape If
to
teeth
If you repeatedly move forward and backward to escape from the stack, make sure there is
nothing nearby to avoid collision with other vehicles, objects, or people.
Be especially careful when escaping from the stack, as the vehicle may fly
forward or backward.
- When operating the shift lever
Be careful not to operate with the accelerator pedal depressed. This is dangerous as
the car may start suddenly and cause an unexpected accident.
Note
- To avoid damage to the transmission and other parts

- Avoid spinning the tires and do not press the accelerator pedal more than
necessary.
- If you are unable to escape using the methods above, you will need towing assistance.
427
Vehicle information
8
8-1. Specification list
maintenance data
(Specified fuel/
oil amount, etc.)...................428
8-2. Customization function
User customization
Function list................................434
8-3. Initial settings
Items that require initial settings..........445

428 8-1. Specification list
Maintenance data (specified fuel/oil amount, etc.)
The quality of the oil and fluids used greatly affects the lifespan of your vehicle.
Our genuine oils and fluids (hereinafter referred to as It's called a "designated brand."
) is recommended.
If you use a brand other than the designated brand, please use one of equivalent quality to the
designated brand.
fuel
Specified fuel Capacity [L] (reference value)
･ Unleaded regular gasoline

56
･ Bio blended gasoline (regular)*
*You can use gasoline with an ethanol content of 10% or less or an ETBE content
of 22% or less (oxygen content of 3.7% or less).
8-1. Specification list 429
engine oil
Capacity [L](Reference value *1)
oil and
Designated brand
oil only oil
exchange filter
exchange
toyota castle motor oil

SN 0W-20*2
- API SN/RC, ILSAC GF-5, SAE 0W-20 Toyota
Castle Motor Oil
SN 5W-20
4.0 4.4
Castle Motor Oil
SN 5W-30
Castle Motor Oil
SN 10W-30
- API SN/RC, ILSAC GF-5, SAE 10W-30
*1The engine oil capacity is a guideline when replacing the engine oil. To check the oil level, check the engine
Stop the hybrid system after it has warmed up, and wait at least 5 minutes before checking
the level using the level gauge.
*20W-20 is the oil with the best fuel efficiency among the specified brands in the table above.
car
both
affection
Information
- Specified engine oil

Please use oil that meets API standards SN/RC, SM/EC, or ILSAC
standards. In addition,Cans of oil that meet ILSAC standards are marked
with the ILSAC CERTIFICATION mark.
1 API mark
2 ILSAC CERTIFICATION mark
nine
- Recommended viscosity of engine oil
Please use one with a viscosity appropriate for the outside temperature based on the diagram below.
*0W-20 is filled when the car is new, and among the ones shown in the diagram above, it is the most fuel-efficient.
It's an excellent oil.

Regarding oil viscosity (explained using 0W-20 as an example):
･ 0W in 0W-20 indicates engine starting characteristics at low temperatures. The smaller
the number before W, the easier it will be to start the engine in winter or cold
weather.
･ The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristics at high temperatures. Oils with
higher viscosity (higher numbers) are suitable for high-speed or high-load driving.
radiator
Capacity [L] (reference value)
Designated brand
gasoline
inverter
engine
Toyota genuine super long life coolant

Freezing guaranteed temperature
6.7 3.1
Concentration 30% -12C
Concentration 50% -35C
Hybrid transaxle fluid
Designated brand Capacity [L](Reference value *)
Toyota genuine auto fluid WS 3.8
*If replacement is necessary, please contact your Toyota dealer.
Transaxle fluid for rear motor
Designated brand (recommended viscosity) Capacity [L] (reference value *)
Toyota genuine auto fluid WS 1.8
*If replacement is necessary, please contact your Toyota dealer.
car
both
affection
Information
brake
- Brake fluid
Designated brand
Toyota genuine brake fluid 2500H-A
- break pedal
item Standard value [mm]
play 1-6
Gap between the floorboard and the floorboard when you step on it * 100
*With the hybrid system operating, apply a pedal force of 490N (50 kgf).
Minimum gap between floorboard and floorboard when
washer tank
Capacity [L] (reference value)
Cold region specification vehicle 4.8

Excluding cold region specification vehicles 2.5
tires/wheels
the tires are cold

wheel air pressure when
tire size kPa (kg/cm2)
size
front wheel Rear wheel
225/65R17 102H 17×7J 240 (2.4)

standard tires 18×7
235/55R18 100H 220 (2.2)
1/2J
emergency tires★ T165/80D17 104M 17×4T 420 (4.2)
Light bulb (bulb)*
light bulb W (watt) number
Headlamp high beam (automatic high

60
(Valve type: HB3)
Beam equipped vehicle)
Front direction indicator light/emergency flashing light (automatic)

twenty one
car with high beam)
outside the car
Rear direction indicator light/emergency flashing light twenty one
Reversing light 16
Door mirror lighting (LED type) Five
vanity mirror lamp 8
Inside the car
door courtesy lamp Five
*Lamps not listed in the table use LED.

8
Vehicle specifications
car
Model engine Electric motor model Drive system both
affection
2AR-FXE Front: 2JM 4WD Information
AVU65W
(2.5L gasoline) Rear: 2FM (4 wheel drive)
★
434 8-2. Customization function
User customization function list
The operation of the various functions installed in your vehicle can be changed at your
Toyota dealer according to your wishes. In addition, a navigation system (equipped only) is
available as a manufacturer option. ·Multi-information display
There is also a function that allows you to change settings by operating the Ray.
Depending on the function, the settings may change in conjunction with other
functions. Please contact your Toyota dealer for details.
How to change settings
When operating, park the vehicle in a safe place, shift the shift lever to P,
and apply the parking brake.
- To configure settings on the multi-information display
1 Display the screen (→P. 82)
2 Press the meter operation switch (→P. 81) selection switch to Or
select the item you want to change settings.
3 meter operation switch Press
Each press switches ON/OFF, etc.

8-2. Customization function 435
- To configure with navigation system

1 Touch the "SETUP" switch
2 Press to display the "Vehicle" screen.
3 Select “Vehicle” on the “Settings/Edit” screen

Four
Category for which you want to change settings
select
Five
Select the item whose settings you want to change from the list.
6 Select the function operation.

For functions that can be activated or deactivated,"do" (operation)·
"do not" (deactivated)
Choose.
With functions that allow you to change the volume, sensor sensitivity, etc.Select "+" or "-"
Masu.
car
both
affection
Information
Vehicle customization settings list
Depending on the function, the settings may change in conjunction with other
functions. Please contact your Toyota dealer for details.
1 Settings can be changed using the navigation system screen operations
2 Settings can be changed using the multi-information display Settings can be
3 changed at Toyota dealers
- Meter, multi-information display (→P. 82)
Functional content Initial setting After change 1 2 3

can be
EV indicator none - ○ -
(Automatically lights up)
Interrupt display can be none - ○ -

blue
theme color blue-white red ○ ○ -
golden
- Vehicle approach notification device (→P. 58)

level 2
Volume adjustment level 1 - - ○
level 3
- LDA (Lane departure alert [with steering control function]) (→P. 229)

Steering control function (steering
can be none - ○ -
rudder support)
Sensitivity of alarm buzzer

standard high - ○ -
( alarm sensitivity)
Wobble detection function can be none - ○ -
Sensitivity of the wobbling detection function

low
standard - ○ -
section
high
- PCS (Pre-crash safety system) (→P. 218)

Pre-crash safety
can be none - ○ -
function
(far)
Alarm timing adjustment - ○ -
(middle)
(close)
- Auto alarm (→P. 67)

Solve using mechanical keys
can be none - - ○
Alarm release when locked
- Door lock (→P. 101)

Vehicle speed sensitive auto door lock can be none ○ - ○
Move the shift lever to a position other than P.
Lock all doors when

none can be ○ - ○
( Shift operation interlock door lock
nine)
When the shift lever is moved to P

All doors unlocked 8
can be none ○ - ○
( Shift operation linked unlock
nine)
car
both
when you open the driver's door affection
Information
All doors unlocked
none can be ○ - ○
( Driver's door opening link
rock)
- power back door★(→P. 104)

desired position
stop at *
Back door automatic opening stop position Opening degree 5 - ○ ○
Opening degree
1-4
Buzzer sound during operation can be none - - ○
During ~
Buzzer volume during operation Big - ○ ○

small
*bottom of back door Set by operating a switch. (→P. 107)

- Common to smart entry & start system and wireless door lock (→P.
98, 104)

activation signal OFF
level 5 ○ - ○
( buzzer volume adjustment) Level 1-7
activation signal
( emergency flashing lights)
60 seconds
I didn't open the door after unlocking it.
30 seconds - - ○
Time until automatic locking 120 seconds
door ajar warning buzzer can be none - - ○
- Smart entry & start system (→P. 118)

Smart Entry & Su
tart system
Valid number of consecutive lock operations Twice unlimited - - ○
★
- Wireless door lock (→P. 98, 104)

wireless function can be none - - ○
none
back door
When locked: None
back door
When unlocking: short press
back door
wireless remote control back door
When locked:
When locked: None
switch operation none
back door - - ○
( → P. 104) to power back door
To unlock: press twice
When unlocked:
open the back door★
Long press back door lock
Both at time and when unlocked.
Press twice
back door lock

Both at time and when unlocked.
Long press
- position memory★(→P. 128)

Moving the driver's seat when getting off the vehicle
OFF
standard ○ - ○
Amount adjustment
Less
Linked with memory call function
driver's door all doors - - ○
Selecting the door to
8
car
both
affection
Information
★
- Door mirror (→P. 141)

OFF
Door lock/
Auto electric retraction operation
power switch - - ○
Linked with unlocking
Linked with chi
- Power window (→P. 144)
○
Mechanical key interlocking opening/closing machine
none can be - -
Noh
Wireless remote control interlocking opening
none can be - - ○
Close function
Wireless remote control operation

can be none - - ○
Dynamic signal (buzzer)
- panoramic moonroof★(→P. 147)

Moonroof open warning display can be none - - ○
★
- Automatic lamp on/off system (→P. 187)

Light sensor sensitivity adjustment standard -2~+2 ○ - ○
Time until the light turns on
standard Longish - - ○
while
LED daylight/dusk light on

can be none - - ○
light★
- adaptive high beam system★(→P. 190)

Switching the shading beam can be none * - - ○
narrow
Front vehicle and blackout high beam
standard - - ○
spacing between
wide
Approximately 30km/h
High beam according to vehicle speed
Approximately 15km/h operation
Adjust the brightness and range of illumination. - - ○
operation Approximately 80km/h
Adjustment
operation
while driving around a curve

and the Hi-Vee on the side in the direction of travel. can be none * - - ○
brightly illuminate the room
Depending on the distance from the preceding vehicle,
The range illuminated by the low beam can be none * - - ○

adjustment
*Operates as automatic high beam. (→P. 195) 8
car
both
affection
Information
★
- clearance sonar★(→P. 251)

Front sensor detection possible
far close ○ - ○
ability distance
Detectable distance of rear sensor

far close ○ - ○
away
level
buzzer volume level 3 ○ - ○
1-5
all
Switching the sensor display no display ○ - ○
display
- intelligent clearance sonar★(→P. 262)

Estimated stopping distance far close - - ○
- Air conditioner (→P. 288)

When the AUTO switch is ON
○ ○
The external air intake and internal air intake are linked together.
do do not -
Automatically switches air circulation
Ru
Turn on the AUTO switch
When the A/C (air conditioner)
do do not ○ - ○
The switch is linked and turns on.
Ru
★
- Illumination (→P. 300)

Indoor lighting control can be none - - ○
OFF
Time until indoor lights turn off 15 seconds 7.5 seconds ○ - ○
30 seconds
power switch
can be none - - ○
Operation after OFF
Lighting when unlocked can be none - - ○

Lighting when approaching can be none - - ○
Turning on foot lighting can be none - - ○
Door mirror lighting control can be none - - ○
OFF
Until the door mirror lights turn off
15 seconds 7.5 seconds ○ - ○
time of
30 seconds
on approach
can be none - - ○
Turning on the door mirror lighting
When unlocked
can be none - - ○
Turning on the door mirror lighting
Depending on the surrounding brightness,
Automatically dims the illuminance of lights, etc. 0 -2〜+2 - - ○

Sensitivity of the sensor for
Dimming depending on surrounding brightness

8
The illuminance of the meter etc.
0 -2〜+2 - - ○
Sen to return to original position
sensor sensitivity
car
both
affection
Information
knowledge
- About vehicle customization

- ``Vehicle speed-sensitive auto door lock'' and `Àll doors lock when the shift lever is moved to a position other than
P (shift operation linked door lock) ” is set to “Yes”, as follows:
It works.
･ If you move the shift lever to a position other than P, all doors will be locked.
･ If you start the vehicle with all doors locked, the speed-sensitive automatic door locks will not
operate.
･ If you unlock any door lock before starting the vehicle, the vehicle speed-sensitive
auto door lock will be activated.
- The signal when the automatic lock is activated when the door is not opened after unlocking is: "The operation
Signal (emergency flashing lights) ”·

"Activation signal volume (buzzer volume adjustment) ' settings.
caveat
- When customizing
The hybrid system will be operated when it is activated, so ensure adequate ventilation in
enclosed areas such as garages. If ventilation is not provided, the exhaust gas will fill up
and the carbon monoxide (CO) contained in the exhaust gas may cause serious health
problems or, in the worst case, death.
Note
- When customizing
This may cause the auxiliary battery to die, so be sure to perform this with the
hybrid system on.
8-3. Initial settings 445
Items that require initial settings
The following items require initial settings for the system to operate properly, such
as after reconnecting the auxiliary battery or performing maintenance.
item When initial settings are required reference
back guide
monitor★
Separate volume “Navigation”
panoramic view System instruction manual
Monitor (left and right confirmation sensor)
with port)★
Charging and replacing the auxiliary battery
power back door★ When reconnecting later P.111
intelligent
P.271
clearance sonar★
panorama
P.150
moonroof★
car
both
affection
Information
★
446 8-3. Initial settings
447
Sakein
In times like this

(Symptom-specific screening)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
When the car makes a noise

(sound sound) ................................451
Sort alphabetically..............453
Alphabetical order......................454
If you drive a vehicle equipped with a navigation system as a manufacturer

option, please read the separate ``Navigation System Instruction Manual'' for
information on the following equipment.
·navigation ･ETC2.0 system

･Audio & visual ·hands free
･Voice operation system ･T-Connect
･Back guide monitor
448 In such cases (Symptom-specific information)
In such cases (Symptom-specific information)
If you have any problems, please check the following before contacting your
Toyota dealer.
Unable to lock/unlock/open/close door
lost the key
- If you lose your mechanical key, a new Toyota genuine mechanical key
can be made at your Toyota dealer. (→P. 94)
- If you lose your electronic key, the risk of theft is extremely high, so
contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (→ P. 96)
Unable to lock/unlock
- Is the key battery exhausted or dead? (→P. 345)

- Is the power switch set to ON mode? When locking the
door, turn off the power switch. (→P. 166)
- Have you left your electronic key in your car?

When locking, make sure you have your electronic key with you.
- Depending on the radio wave conditions, the function may not be working
properly. (→P. 120)
rear door won't open
- Is the child protector on?

If the child protector is on, it cannot be opened from inside the car.
Open it from outside the vehicle and release the child protector. (→P.
101)
In such cases (Symptom-specific information) 449
Is it malfunctioning? If you think so
Hybrid system won't start
- Are you pressing the power switch while firmly depressing the brake
pedal? (→P. 165)
- Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 168)
- Is the key in the car where it can be detected? (→P. 118)
- Is the steering wheel locked? (→P. 168)
- Is the key battery exhausted or dead? In this case, you can start the
hybrid system in a temporary manner. (→P. 413)
- Is the auxiliary battery dead? (→P. 415)
The shift lever does not move from P even when the brake pedal is pressed.
- Is the power switch in ON mode?

When the power switch is in ON mode and cannot be released even if you step on the
brake (→P. 177)
I can no longer turn the steering wheel after stopping the hybrid system.
- It will be automatically locked to prevent theft. (→P. 168)
The door glass does not open or close even if you operate the power window switch.
- Is the window lock switch pressed?

If the window lock switch is pressed, all power windows other than the
driver's seat cannot be operated. (→P. 144)
back door won't open
- You can open the back door from the inside. (→P. 109)
450 In such cases (Symptom-specific information)
The power switch turned off automatically
- (Hybrid system
Accessory mode or ON mode for a certain period of time
(inactive), the automatic power OFF function will operate. (→P. 167)
Warning sound/alarm/horn started sounding
- When the warning sound starts to sound,"When the car makes a sound (sound sound)" ”
Please check (→P. 451).
When a warning light or warning message appears
- If a warning light or warning message appears, please check pages 377

and 382.
A problem has occurred
Tire is punctured
- Vehicle equipped with emergency tires
Park your vehicle in a safe location and replace the flat tire with an
emergency tire. (→P. 400)
- Vehicle equipped with tire puncture emergency repair kit
Park your car in a safe place and use the emergency tire puncture
repair kit to repair the flat tire. (→P. 386)
stuck
- Try out how to escape if you get stuck in mud, sand, snow, etc. (→P.
425)
When the car makes a sound (sound sound) 451
When the car makes a sound (sound sound)
In the following situations, a warning tone will sound to notify you of vehicle status or incorrect
operation.
When getting into/getting off the car
situation cause detail
The anti-theft device (auto alarm) is activated.

when unlocked P.67
Ta*
I left my electronic key in the car P.382
The shift position is other than P. P.382
panoramic moonroof★is open (ha)

when opening and closing the door
Hybrid system stopped [READY in] P.149
] only when the indicator is not lit)
The anti-theft device (auto alarm) is activated.
P.67
Ta*
hybrid system
Electronic key battery is low P.382
when you stop
One of the doors is not closed securely P.119

when trying to lock
I left my electronic key in the car P.382
( (When the lock cannot be locked)
The shift position is other than P. P.382
*Smart Entry & Start System - Side door with wireless remote control
or unlock the backdoor, Or set the power switch to ON mode,
The alarm can be canceled by starting the hybrid system.
★
452 When the car makes a sound (sound sound)
while driving
situation cause detail
Make sure that either door/bonnet is closed securely.

P.382
Not waiting
When I started running Parking brake not released P.377
Fasten your driver and passenger seat belts

P.378
not present *
when downshifting The operation exceeded the downshift limit. P.176

step on the brake pedal
The brake pads may be worn out.
When it's squeaky P.159
be
scratching sound)
Radar cruise control (all speed tracking)

When approaching the vehicle in front P.246
(with slave function) is used.
collide with an obstacle in front of you PCS (Pre-crash safety system)
P.218
When that happens ) was activated.
LDA (Lane Departure Alert

When you deviate from your lane P.229
[with tearing control function]) is used.
*The buzzer may also sound if there is luggage on the passenger seat.
Sort alphabetically 453
Sort alphabetically
A/C
(Air conditioner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS
(Anti-lock brake system) 274, 378 AHB
(Automatic high beam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 E.C.B.
(Electronically controlled brake system) . EDR
(Event data recorder) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EPS
(Electric power steering) 274, 378 EV
(Electric vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ICS
(Intelligent Clearance Sonar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 ILSAC CERTIFICATION
(Irsac Certification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOFIX
(isofix/isofix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDA
(Lane Departure Alert/Lane Departure Warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 PCS
(Pre-crash safety system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 SRS
(Supplemental Restraint System) 33, 377 S-VSC
(Steering Assisted Vehicle Stability Control) . . .274 TRC
(Traction control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 VSC
(Vehicle stability control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

454 Scan in alphabetical order
Scan in alphabetical order
a intelligent
Armrest ................................320 Clearance sonar......262
Outer mirror (door mirror)...141 Warning light...................................379
Operation...................................141 Warning messages..........267, 271
Accessory outlet..........314 Operation................................... ......262
Accessory socket..........313 Indicator light...................................73
Accessory mode...................166 Inner mirror..........................139

Assist grip..........................321
Footlights..........................................300 cormorant
adaptive high beam Turn signal (direction indicator light)...........179
System ................................190 Replacing light bulbs......350
alarm Direction indicator lever..........179
Auto alarm..........................67 Wattage...................................433
Sound recording................................451
Window...................................144
Washer ..........202, 206 Power
Warning buzzer..........377, 382 anti-
window ..........144
lock brake system
rear window
(ABS)...................................274
Defogger..........................290
Antenna (smart entry &
Window lock switch..........144
Start system)...................118
Warning lamp (warning light)....377
Washer...................202, 206
stomach
Replenishing fluids...................335
easy closer
Switch...................202, 206 Tank
Backdoor...................................110
capacity...... ......432
EV drive mode...................................171
Preparations and inspections before winter...283
EV display...................................................75
When you can't move
ignition switch
(Stack) ................................425
(power switch)...................165
Raindrop sensing wiper......203
position exchange
Driving ................................................154
(tire rotation)..........337
Devices that assist driving..........274
event data recorder
Driving in cold weather ..........283
(EDR)...................................8
Correct driving posture..........................24
Immobilizer system..........66
Procedure..........................................154
illuminated entry
hybrid car driving
System ................................................302
Advice..........................281
Indicator................................74
driver seat position
hybrid system
Memory...................................128
Indicator..........................79
Indicator light...................................74
Scan in alphabetical order 455
picture auto leveling system

air conditioner (headlamp)..........................189
Auto air conditioner..........................288 Overheat..........................420
Replacing the filter..........343 opener
Airbag..........................................33 Fuel filler port................................208
SRS airbag warning light...377 Bonnet..........................331
Operating conditions...................................37 When carrying a child......41
Placement ................................................33 Window lock switch....144
LED daylight..........................188 For your child's safety..........41
electric Children's seat..........................42
Power steering (EPS)....274 Wearing your seat belt......30
Function ................................................274 child seat
Power steering warning light....378 Installation ................................50
engine Child protector......101
Engine warning light..........................377 Odometer...................................76
Overheat..........................420 Features...................................76
hybrid system Switching the display/
How to start...................165 Reset switch...................77

Bonnet..........................331
Engine oil..........................429 mosquito
Preparations and inspections before winter...283 courtesy lamp

Maintenance data..........429 Mounting position...................300
Engine hood (bonnet)...331 Wattage...................................433
How to open...................................331 Curtain shield airbag......33
Card holder..........................304
oh Carpet..........................................22
Oil (engine oil)..........429 Cleaning...................................329
Emergency tires ................................400 How to install the floor mat...22
Air pressure...................................433 Outside temperature display...................76
How to replace...................400 Regenerative brake..........................................58
Auto alarm................................67 Exterior light bulb (bulb)......350

auto door lock Replacement instructions...................350
Unlock function...................101 Wattage...................................433
Automatic high beam......195 Customization functions..........................434
Model ................................................433
Cup holder..........................306
camera Emergency response
Automatic high beam....199 Overheated..........420

White line recognition camera (LDA)....229 The key battery is dead...........345
defogging glass The warning light is on......377
(Rear window warning message
Defogger) ................................290 Displayed................................382
Garage jack.......................334 Towing................................................371
Submerged waterway driving...................163 When something goes wrong......366
Driving in cold weather ................................283 Stopping the vehicle in an emergency..........370
Stuck ................................425
tree Electronic key does not work properly....413
Key................................................. ..92 hybrid system

Key number plate..........92 Unable to start...................411
Configuring keys................................92 Flaming cylinder................................................368
Keyless entry......98, 104 Lost I got a flat tire......400, 386 The

key......94, 96 Doesn't work auxiliary battery died....415
properly...... ......413 Emergency brake signal....274
Unable to lock/unlock...........413
Electronic key...................................92 Ku
The battery is dead...................345 Air pressure (tires)...................433
hybrid system Maintenance data..........433
Unable to start...................413 Section distance meter (trip meter)...76
Mechanical key..........................93 Features...................................76
Wireless remote control..........92 Change/reset switch...77
Keyless entry..........98, 104 Drive battery..........................................61
Smart entry & About charging ................................59
Start system..........118 Mounting position...................................61
Wireless door lock..........92 Cooling inlet/outlet....62

Refueling...................................208 Defogging................................................290
I can't open the fuel filler door......211 Mirror heater..........................290
How to refuel......208 rear window
Maintenance data..........428 Defogger..........................290
Emergency start function Klaxon (horn)..........137
(Hybrid system)..........412 Clearance sonar......251
Warning messages...................258
Operation...................................251
Clearance lamp (vehicle width light)...187 Brake...................................377

Replacing light bulbs......363 brake override
Switch...................................187 System ................................380
clip Brake hold operation
Engine room cover..........353 Indicator light................................378
Floor mats..........................22 Master Warning..........378

Cruise control..........239 warning buzzer
Warning messages...................250 Not wearing a seatbelt..........378

radar cruise Downshift limit..........176
Controls..........................239 Proximity warning (radar cruise)
Glove box..........................304 control)...................246
Parking brake
hair Unreleased...................................182
Alarm sound device (horn)...................137 Panoramic moonroof open......149
Instruments (meters)..........76 Door ajar.......................99, 119 Stagger
Illuminance adjustment...................77 alarm function........... ......230
multi information Brake...................................377
Display.......................80 Reverse...................................176
Meter...................................76 Warning message..........................382
Warning light...................................72 Makeup mirror (vanity mirror)....311
ICS...................................380 Towing................................................371
ICS OFF...................379 How to tow...................371
ABS & Brake Assist....378 Hook................................................373
SRS airbag...................377
LDA indicator light..........................379 child
Engine...................................377 exchange
High water temperature..........................380 Key battery..........................345

Not wearing seatbelts..........378 Tires...................................400
Slip...................................378 Light bulb (bulb)..........350
drive start Fuse...................................347
Controls..........................380 Tools (Tools)......401, 388 Reversing
Fuel remaining...................378 light (backup lamp)
Parking brake Replacing light bulbs......350
Indicator light................................378 Wattage...................................433
Power steering..........378 High voltage parts...................61
PCS................................................379 Caution label...................61
Pretensioner...................377 Coat hook................................321
Cornering lamp..........188 Seat belt..........................................26

Children's seat................................42 Children's wear..........................30
How to select...................................42 Emergency seat belt fixing mechanism...30
How to install...................50 Seatbelt not worn warning light....378

Accessory case...................................304 Height adjustment...................................29
Console box...................305 How to wear it correctly..........26

con light How to put it on and take it off...........26
(Automatic lighting/extinguishing device)..........187 Care...................................329
For use by pregnant women......31
difference Seatbelt not worn warning light..........378
Service plug................................61 Seatbelt pretensioner....29
Side airbag..........................33 Features...................................29
Side direction indicator light...................179 Pretensioner warning light....377
Replacing light bulbs......363 Seat ventilator..........298
Direction indicator lever..........179 Interior light (room lamp)..........301
Side mirror (door mirror)...141 How to start...................165
Operation...................................141 Shift position...................174
sunshade Shift lever................................174
Panoramic moonroof..........147 Changing the shift range......174
Sun visor ................................311 shift lock system
(Release button) ................................176
death Operation...................................174
Sheet...................................124, 126 Reverse warning buzzer..........176
Children's seat..........................42 The shift lever
Correct driving posture..........................24 When you cannot shift......177
Adjustment......124, 125, 126 Tightening torque (wheel)......408
Care................................... ................328 jack
power easy access Garage jack..........334
System................................128 Car jack ..........401, 388 Jack
Headrest.......................133 handle..........401, 388 Width
Position memory..........129 light.................................... ......187
Memory call function..........131 Replacing light bulbs......363
Seat heater..........................298 Lamp switch..........................187
Vehicle model...................................433
Vehicle specifications (specs)......428
Recording vehicle data...................7 Power switch..........................165

To stop the vehicle in an emergency..........370 Handle position adjustment..........136
Storage equipment................................303 emergency flashing lights
Junior seat..........................43 (Hazard lamp)..........367

Specifications (vehicle specifications)...................428 VSC OFF................................275
shock sensing door lock Fog lamp ................................200
Release system..........................103 Brake hold...................184
Headlamp ................................187
vinegar Direction indicator lever..........179
Water temperature gauge...................................76 Horn (alarm bell)...................137
switch Position memory..........129
adaptive high beam Lamp..........................................187
System................................190 rear window
Ignition.......................165 Defogger..........................290
Window lock...................144 radar cruise
Washer..........202, 206 Air Controls..........................239
conditioner operation switch.....288 Wiper.......................202, 206
LDA (with steering control) stack.........................................425
switch................................232 steering wheel
Automatic high beam....195 (Handle)...................................136
Cruise control..........239 Position adjustment...................................136
Seat adjustment...124, 125, 126 steering wheel
Seat heater...................299 Switch ..........77, 81, 322 Steering
Seat ventilator..........299 lock..........168

When you cannot cancel...................168
Changing the distance between vehicles (radar)
Stop lamp (braking light)

cruise control)....245
Replacing light bulbs......363
Temporary suspension of vehicle approach notification....58
Snow tires (winter tires)....283

Door mirror................................141
Speedometer..........................76
Door lock..........................100
Spare tire (emergency tire)....400
Parking brake
Air pressure...................................433
switch................................180
How to replace...................400
Panoramic moonroof..........147
Specs (vehicle specifications)......433
Power window...................144
Smart entry & sensor

Start system...................118 Inner mirror..........................140
Antenna position...................118 Light sensor..........................188
Customization settings...................438 Radar sensor...................214
Warning buzzer..........................119 Car wash ................................................324
Warning messages...................119 Headlights (headlamps)..........187
Operating range...................................118 light bulb
When it does not work properly......413 Replacement......350, 363 Light
Power saving function...................119 sensor...... ......188
radio waves emit Function to prevent forgetting to turn off the lamp....188
About the impact......123 Lamp switch..........................187

Unlocking/locking the door......98 Wattage...................................433
hybrid system
Starting...................................165
So
Unlocking/locking the back door...104
Speedometer (speedometer)...........76
Small lamp (vehicle side lamp)...........187
Ta
Lamp switch..........................187
turn signal lamp
(turn signal light) ................................179
height
light bulb
Cleaning...................................324, 328
Replacement...................350, 363
Aluminum wheels..........................325
Direction indicator lever..... ..........179
Air conditioner operation switch..........294
Wattage...................................433
Exterior ................................................324
Tires................................................337
Seat belt..........................329
Emergency tires..........................400
Interior ................................................328
Air pressure......341, 433
Radiator grill....327
Replacement...... ......................400
Radar sensor...................215
Tightening torque......408
brake light
Inspection...................................337
Emergency puncture repair kit..........386
Distance meter (odometer)..........76
When you get a flat tire......400, 386
Function ................................................76
Wheel size......433
Switching the display/
rotation
Reset switch...................77
(Position exchange)..........................337
Security
the tires spin freely
Indicator......66, 67 Proximity warning
(stuck)..........................425
(radar cruise
Tire chain..........................283
control)...................................246
Chi Light bulb (bulb)

Chain (tire chain)....283 Replacement procedure (exterior valve)..........350
Child seat................................42 Wattage...................................433

Installation with ISOFIX bar......52 Inspection standard value
Fixing with seat belt ..........51 (Maintenance data)..........428

How to select...................................42 Electronic key..........................................92
Child protector..........101 Operating range...................................118
parking brake When it does not work properly..........413
(Parking brake)..........180 Power saving function...................119

Operation...................................180 The battery is dead......413
Warning buzzer when driving without release....182 Battery replacement................................345
Maintenance data..........432 Battery replacement (key)...................345

tilt & telescopic Electric parking brake..........180
Steering................................136
and
Two door ................................98, 104
Tools......401, 388 auto door lock
Unlock function...................101
hand Shock sensing door unlock
Care...................324, 328 System ................................103
Aluminum wheels..........................325 Smart entry &
Air conditioner operation switch..........294 Start system..........118
Exterior ................................................324 Child protector......101
Seat belt..........................329 Door glass..........................144
Interior ................................................328 Door lock switch..........100
Radiator grill....327 Lock lever ................................100
Radar sensor...................215 Wireless remote control....98, 104
Deck undertray..........309 Door courtesy lamp..........300
Deck hook ................................308 Position...................................300
Tail lamp (tail light)...................187 Wattage...................................433
Replacing light bulbs......363 Door mirror..........................................141
Lamp switch..........................187 Operation...................................141
Defogger (rear window) Door mirror lighting..........................300
Defogger) ................................290 Replacing light bulbs......350
Wattage...................................433
anti-theft device Nu
Immobilizer system..........66 Stuck in the mud
Auto alarm..........................67 (Stack) ................................425
Clock................................................312
Top tether anchor..........50 hey
driving position Fuel efficiency
Memory ................................................128 Average fuel consumption...................81

power easy access Fuel consumption screen...................................87
System................................128 Fuel ................................................428

Position memory..........129 Refueling...................................208
Memory call function..........131 Type..........................................428
drive start Fuel level warning light...........378
Control system..........156 Capacity..........................................428
traction control Fuel gauge................................................... 76
(TRC)...................................274
Transmission...................174 teeth
downshift Parking brake......180

Restriction warning buzzer..........176 Warning messages...................182
Operation...................................174 Operation...................................180
Maintenance data..........431 Parking brake indicator light....378
Trip information Warning buzzer when driving without release....182
(Multi-information Maintenance data..........432

display)...................................81 Personal lamp..........................301
Trip meter..........................76 Wattage...................................433
Function ................................................76 Exhaust gas...................................56
Change/reset switch...77 High beam (headlamp)....187
adaptive high beam
Na System ................................190
Interior Automatic high beam....195
Storage equipment...................303 Replacing light bulbs......350
Care...................................328 Lamp switch..........................187
“Nanoe” ................................295 Wattage...................................433
to
Knee airbag..........................33
luggage
Precautions when loading...................164
Luggage room..........................308
Hybrid system......57 Anti-pinch function

EV drive mode..........171 Panoramic moonroof..........149
Driving advice...................281 Power window...................144
Overheat..........................420 Flaming cylinder................................................368
Regenerative brake..........................58 Backup lamp (reverse light)

When you run out of gas......63 Replacing light bulbs......350
Emergency start function......412 Wattage...................................433
How to stop in an emergency...370 Backdoor...................................104
Emergency stop system...................62 Easy Closer..........110
For driving battery cooling Equipment in the luggage room....308
Inlet/Outlet......62 Battery (for driving)
Warning message..........................382 About charging ................................59
High voltage parts......61 Mounting position...................................61
Service plug..........................61 Cooling inlet/outlet....62

When an accident occurs....64 Battery (auxiliary battery)
If you cannot start......411 Mounting position...................331
How to start...................165 Auxiliary battery died....415
Vehicle approach notification device...................58 auxiliary battery
Charging ................................................59 When replacing...................332
Caution ................................................61 The battery died..........415
Features...................................57 Vanity (cosmetic) mirror..........311
Unique sounds and vibrations..........60 Vanity mirror lamp..........311
power (ignition) About equipment ................................311
Switch...................................165 Wattage...................................433
Auxiliary battery died....415 Panoramic moonroof..........147
maintenance· Warning buzzer..........................149
When repairing or scrapping a car..........60 Operation...................................147
hybrid system Anti-pinch function..........149
indicator.............................79 bulb (light bulb)
high mount stop lamp Replacement instructions (exterior valve)...350
Replacing light bulbs......363 Wattage...................................433

Dusk light...................................188 power easy access
Hazard lamp (emergency flashing light)...367 System...................................128
Switch...................................367
light bulb
Replacement......350, 363
Wattage...... .........433
Power window..........................144 fire

Window lock switch....144 vehicle stability
can be closed Control (VSC)..........274
When you can't......145 heater
Operation...................................144 Air conditioner................................288
door lock interlocking door glass Seat heater...................298
Opening/closing function................145 rear window
Pinch prevention function...................144 Defogger..........................290
Entrapment prevention function......145 Emergency flashing lights (hazard lights)....367
power switch Switch...................................367

(ignition switch)....165 light bulb
Power steering......274 Replacement......350, 363
Power steering warning light....378 Wattage...... .........433
I got a flat tire Tail light (tail lamp)...................187
Vehicles equipped with emergency tires......400 Replacing light bulbs......363
Emergency tire puncture repair kit Lamp switch..........................187
Equipped vehicles..........................386 Fuse................................................347
Number light Indicator light................................................ 74
(License plate lamp)...187 Sunshade (sun visor)..........311

Replacing light bulbs......363 hill start assist
Lamp switch..........................187 Controls.......................274
handle
(steering wheel)..........136 debt
Position adjustment...................................136 booster cable
Audio switch..........322 How to connect...................415
driving position Fog lamps..........................200
Memory................................128 Switch...................................200
TRIP switch..........................77 Replacing light bulbs......363
Meter operation switch..........81
buzzer Brake assist...................274

Seatbelt non-wearing warning....378 ABS & brake assist
Downshift limit warning..........176 Warning light................................378
Lane Departure Alert (LDA)..........229 Functions..........................................274
Proximity warning (radar cruise) A squealing noise comes from near the brakes.
control)...................246 I can hear...................................159

Parking brake not released Brake fluid..........................432
Warning...................................182 Brake hold...................184
Stagger alarm function......230 Floor mats...................................22
Brake warning.......................377 Front armrest..........320
Moonroof open warning..........149 Front seat..........................124
Reverse warning.......................176 Seat heater...................298
hook Seat ventilator..........298
Tow hook................................373 Correct driving posture..........................24
Coat hook................................321 Adjustment...................124, 125

Deck hook................................308 Care...... ......................328
Net hook................................308 power easy access
Floor mat fixing hook..........22 System ................................128
Fuel meter (fuel gauge)...76 Headrest ................................133
Fuel lid (fuel filler port)...208 Position memory..........129
Fuel filler door won't open......211 Memory call function..........131
How to refuel......208 Front personal lamp..........301
Preparation before winter (driving in cold weather)...283 Switch...................................301
Winter tires...................................283 Wattage...................................433
Pre-crash safety Front fog lamp....200
System (PCS)..........218 Switch...................................200
Features...................................218 Replacing light bulbs......363
PCS warning light..........................379 Front direction indicator light...................179
brake Replacing light bulbs......350

Regenerative brake..........................58 Direction indicator lever..........179
Emergency brake signal..........274 Wattage...................................433
Warning buzzer..........................377 Front wiper de-icer....291
Parking brake..........180
Brake warning light.......................377
Brake hold...................184
Maintenance data..........432
fart Ma
Average fuel consumption......81, 85 Entanglement prevention function
Headlamp...... ......................187 Power window......145

light bulb Master warning..........378
Replacement......350, 363 Light multi information
sensor...... ......188 Display...................................80
Function to prevent forgetting to turn off the lamp....188 Warning message...................382
Lamp switch..........................187 Trip information...81
Wattage...................................433
headlamp auto leveling fruit
System ................................189 mirror

Headrest ................................133 Inner mirror..........................139
Baby seat ................................43 Door mirror................................141
ventilator Vanity mirror..........................311
(Seat ventilator)..........298 Auxiliary confirmation device ..........143
Ho nothing
wheel Moonroof..........................................147
Replacement (tire)......400 Warning buzzer..........................149
Maintenance data..........433 Operation...................................147
Direction indicator light...................179 Anti-pinch function..........149
light bulb
Replacement...................350, 363 eye
Direction indicator lever........... ......179 Meters (instruments)...................76
Wattage...................................433 Warning light...................................377
Horn (alarm bell) ..........137 Illuminance adjustment...................77
Auxiliary battery Indicator light...................................74
Mounting position...................331 multi information
Auxiliary battery died....415 Display...................................80
auxiliary battery Meter...................................76
When replacing...................332 Mechanical key..........................93
Position memory......128 Memory call function...................131
guarantee................................................. .....9 Maintenance data......428
Auxiliary confirmation device ..........................143
Bottle holder..........................306
Bonnet...................................331
How to open...................................331
too Front personal lamp....301

Motor (electric motor)..........57 Front fog lamp..........200
Running with a motor Headlamp (headlight)..........187
(EV drive mode)..........171 direction indicator light (turn signal)
Lamp/turn signal)...........179
hot water Light sensor..........................188
User customization function......434 Function to prevent forgetting to turn off the lamp....188
I slipped on the snowy road and couldn't move. Rear fog lamp..........201
(stuck)..........................425 Room lamp ................................301
Oils and fats...................................428 Wattage...................................433
Function to prevent forgetting to turn off the lamp....188
and others
license plate lamp the law of nature
(number light) ................................187 Rear armrest..........................320

Replacing light bulbs......363 rear window defogger
Lamp switch..........................187 Switch...................................290
radiator Rear fog lamp...................201
Overheat..........................420 Switch...................................201
Maintenance data..........431 Replacing light bulbs......363
lamp Rear direction indicator light...................179
adaptive high beam Replacing light bulbs......350
System................................190 Direction indicator lever..........179
LED daylight...................188 Wattage...................................433
Automatic high beam....195
Cornering lamp..........188 Ru
Interior light..........................................301 room mirror
Replacing light bulbs......350 (Inner mirror)..........139
Personal lamp..........301 Room lamp (indoor light)..........301
Dusk light...................................188
(hazard lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Re circle
Cooling water...................................431 wiper &

Water temperature gauge...................................76 Washer...................202, 206 Wiper de-
Preparations before winter..........283 icer...................291
Maintenance data..........431 Wiper blade (for cold regions)....284
Cooling device (radiator)..........431 Wireless remote control..........98, 104
Overheat..........................420 Operation signal................................99
Maintenance data..........431 operation...................................98,
radar cruise control 104 Replacing the battery......345
Proximity alert...................................246 Door ajar warning buzzer..........99
Radar sensor...................215 Wax..........................................324
lane departure alert Wattage..........................................433
(LDA) Interrupt display................................78
Lane departure warning function......229
Steering control function..........230
Stagger alarm function......230
Meter display...................233
lever
Shift...................................174
Direction instructions...................179
Lock (door)...................100
reactor
rock
Window lock...................144
Shift lock.......................176
Smart entry &
Child protector......101
Door ................................................100
Wireless remote control....98, 104
472
Information at gas stations

We have compiled a list of items you will need when refueling, replacing, etc.
bonnet hook back door switch★ Fuel filler
P.331 P.105 P.210
Bonnet release lever fuel filler opener tire pressure

P.331 P.210 P.433
Fuel capacity (reference value) 56L

·Unleaded regular gasoline P.428
·Bio-blended gasoline (regular)*
Type of fuel *Mixing ratio of ethanol less than 10% or mixing of ETBE
Gasoline with an oxygen content of 22% or less (oxygen content of
3.7% or less) can be used.
Standard tires:
Front wheel kPa Rear wheel kPa

tire size
the tires are cold (kg/cm2) (kg/cm2)
air pressure when 225/65R17 102H 240 (2.4)
235/55R18 100H 220 (2.2)
emergency tires★:420kPa (4.2kg/cm2)
engine oil capacity

P. 429
(Reference value)
Types of engine oil toyota castle motor oil P. 429
★

Harrier Hybrid 201706 Eng

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Harrier Hybrid 201706 Eng

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Translated from Japanese to English - www.onlinedoctranslator.

1 For safety and security to customersThings you must read

Fourdriving Operations and advice necessary for driving

FiveIndoor equipment/functions How to use indoor equipment, etc.

6 How to care for it Car care and maintenance methods

7 In case of emergency What to do in case of breakdown or emergency

Japanese syllabarysearch for

Things you should know........... 6

For your child's safety......41 Front seat................... 124

Children's seat................................ 42 Rear seat....................... 126

child seat power easy

2 How to read the meter Power window......144

2. How to read the instruments

Warning lights/indicator lights......72

4-5. About driving support devices

Before driving...................154 LDA (Lane Departure)

EV drive mode..........171 Clearance sonar..........251

wiper & washer Auto air conditioner................... 288

5-3. Storage equipment

List of storage equipment..........................303

7 In case of emergency 8 Vehicle information

7-1. First of all 8-1. Specification list

When something goes wrong...................366 maintenance data

(hazard lamp)..........367 oil amount, etc.)......428

Flaming cylinder...................................368 8-2. Customization function

When I'm not working......413

·navigation ･ETC2.0 system

What you need to know

About the contents of this book

About unauthorized modification

Tourism, it may be illegal modification.

- Please contact your Toyota dealer in the following cases.

accidents such as malfunctions and vehicle fires.

Regarding the installation of electrical components to failure diagnosis connectors, etc.

Inspect and clean failure diagnosis connectors, etc.

About recording vehicle data

be identified to a research institution, etc.

- About data handling by T-Connect

event data recorder

- Disclosure of EDR data

Toyota uses it in a lawsuit

About installing the RF transmitter

Installing an RF transmitter in your vehicle may affect systems such as:

About warranty and inspection

Warranty and inspection and maintenance information is included in the separate

It is the customer's responsibility to carry out daily and periodic inspections

About hybrid system

How to read this book

This symbol explains that, if you do not follow these precautions,

Indicates the operation/work procedure. Please follow the number order.

I was pushing, turning, etc.

Actions after operations such as opening the lid

The object/place to be explained

In addition to explaining functions and operation methods, this section

- Search by installation position

- Search by symptoms or sounds

･ At times like this

Illustration table of contents

TenFront fog lamp/rear fog lamp★. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 200

Set the shift position to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

★:Equipment may or may not be provided depending on grade, options, etc.

*:Please refer to the separate "Navigation System Instruction Manual".